IPS 2016 Catalog Links 0316

T-Slot Aluminum Framing
Parker Industrial Profile Systems

T-Slot Aluminum Framing Solutions
Everything You Need to Build Anything
Parker’s extensive line of
structural T-slot aluminum
extrusions, fasteners, panels,
doors, hardware and accessories
can be configured to meet any
design challenge with a durable,
high performance solution.
Test Station with Granite Top
Cabinets and Storage Material Handling Systems
Factory Lean Solutions Machine Bases and Frames
Front Office Reception Desk Portable Gantry System Workstations and Tables
NEW!
Factory Lean Solutions
Parker has introduced a series of
standard lean factory solutions
such as team tracking and
communication boards and day
by the hour boards using our
modular T-slot aluminum framing
system. These systems can be
ordered as a kit or an assembly. www.parker.com/FactoryLeanSolutions
2 Parker Hannifin Corporation • Electromechanical & Drives Division • www.parker.com/ips

Service and Support: When, Where & How You Need It
Customer satisfaction is key
to your success, and ours. Our
IPS Service Centers
nationwide network of IPS • Plant locations in Wadsworth, OH and Rohnert
service centers and distributors Park, CA
provide the right level of product • Parts, accessories and extrusions in stock
and engineering expertise and • Engineering capabilities for kits and
response to support your needs. assemblies
• Machining services: cutting, tapping, drilling
and counter boring
• Assembly services
• Factory direct customer service support
Authorized Design Centers

• Locations across the country
• Local inventory of most parts, accessories and
extrusions
Wadsworth, OH • Engineering capabilities for kits and
assemblies
• Machining services: cutting, tapping, drilling
and counter boring
• Assembly services
• Factory trained staff
Authorized Distributors
Rohnert Park, CA • Locations across the country
• Local support
• Other value added services
• Factory trained staff
Online Tools
Parker IPS offers the tools needed to design and develop
www.parker.com/ips your assembly solution. Use our website for access to the
industry’s most comprehensive resource for:
• Complete selection and specification information
on all IPS products available on-line in pdf format
• Native SolidWorks® and Inventor® 3D CAD file
libraries available for download or on USB for all
IPS products
• Training materials
• Support and downloads
• Rapid quote requests
• Distributor/Design Center Locator
Avoid paying too much for an over-engineered solution,

contact our applications team today at 800-358-9068 for
quick response and help with designing the best solution.
SolidWorks® is a registered trademark of Dassault Systemes Solidworks Corp.
Inventor® is a registered trademark of Autodesk Inc.
T-Slot Aluminum Framing • Wadsworth, OH 800.333.4932 • Rohnert Park, CA 800.358.9068 3

Think it. Design it. Build it.
From Concept to Completion.
Turn your brainstorm into an
application quote in as little Typical Markets Served
as 24 hours – Parker’s IPS
network can help! Applications •
•
Aerospace
Automotive
Are other structural aluminum • Motion systems • Educational
providers unable to provide integration • Industrial manufacturing
the right solution? Are you • Enclosures and guarding • Medical
considering using aluminum over • Machine bases and • Packaging
traditional welded steel? We can frames • Pharmaceutical
convert pen or pencil sketches • Workstations and tables • Plastics
into final drawings and quotes, • Material handling systems • Semiconductor
often saving you time and money. • Lean manufacturing tools • Textiles
• Clean room applications • Tires
Parker can also supply • Conveyor frames
engineered kits or sub-assemblies • Test equipment
to make your next project flow • Tool racks
smoothly. Most quotes can be • Test tables
turned around quickly. • Trade show booths
• Store fixtures
Call 800-358-9068 to discuss
• Sound enclosures
your requirements with an
applications engineer.

Need a Quote in a Hurry?
Parker IPS has the engineering
experience to make ground-
up system development quick
and easy. Let us assist you in
designing your next system from
concept to completion.
The IPS team of engineers
is available to help design
systems to ensure perfect field
integration. IPS solutions are
custom fabricated and shipped
installation ready as a kit or
Machine Services Value Added
complete assembly. •
•
Cutting
Tapping
Services
• Drilling • Metric and Imperial
• Counter boring design catalog
• Parker’s Framing &
Custom services also available Aluminum Structures
by our expert machinists to Toolkit
meet your exact requirements. • Motion system integration
• Deflection program
• Engineering quotes and
drawings
• Quick quote software
• Assembly manuals
• Assemblies, kits and
bundles

Complete Design Solutions
For the factory floor…
IPSSolutions
IPS SolutionsatatWork:
Work:
CardboardStorage
Cardboard Storage
Before…
Before…
A valve
A valve manufacturing
manufacturing plant
plant waswas looking
looking to to
update their cardboard storage area. Throughout
update their cardboard storage area. Throughout
thethe
dayday
thethe shippers
shippers hadhad to do
to do a lot
a lot of bending
of bending
and other tasks that were not ergonomically
down and other tasks that were not ergonomically
friendly.
friendly.
After…
After…
… and the front office!
TheThe valve
valve manufacturer
manufacturer waswas able
able to use
to use IPSIPS
to to
make the cardboard storage area more visually
Put Our Product, Market, make the cardboard storage area more visually
aesthetic,
aesthetic, modular
modular and
and ergonomically
ergonomically friendly.
friendly.
& Application Experience This contributed to approximately 125,000 sq.sq.
This contributed
reclaimed
to approximately
manufacturing floor
reclaimed manufacturing floor space!
125,000
space!
ft. ft.
of of
to Work for You

Maintenance Workstations Steel Enclosure Replacement
Before… Before…
This maintenance department was in need of a way A customer in the paper industry was looking
to organize tools and make them accessible. They to retrofit the steel enclosures around their
also needed a dedicated work area that was clear of machines. Steel has its benefits, but from a
clutter in which to work. weight, modularity, and flexibility standpoint, the
customer felt it was time to upgrade and came to
Parker IPS for assistance.
After… After…
With the Parker IPS redesign, the customer was

By using Parker’s T-Slot Aluminum Framing to able to completely retrofit the heavy steel framing
revamp the maintenance area, the maintenance with lightweight but equally strong and durable
department was able to have a modular and more aluminum. Pneumatic cylinders replaced the
organized work space. This improvement added to hydraulic cylinders to lift the enclosures, resulting
the overall plant productivity by roughly 14%. in an added cost reduction. The line of sight for the
machines was also greatly improved adding to the
success of the plant upgrade.

Build Smart...
With T-Slot Aluminum Framing Components
Parker IPS materials can create
an unlimited variety of machine
Lean Solutions Choose What
• Improve your Quality and
bases and frames, linear-slide
systems, safety guarding, Lean journey Suits Your Needs
enclosures, worktables, material • Tracking and
Choose a level of service to suit
handling systems, and other Communication, Day by the
your needs from a completely
industrial structures. Innovative Hour boards, and more!
assembled structure to a
customers use our IPS technology • Pre-configured, standard
bundle of uncut profiles:
as the foundation for systems that part numbers
feature industry-leading Parker Assemblies
motion control solutions. Fasteners &
Think Aluminum Accessories
• T-slots, end
Aluminum framing offers
caps, fasteners, and covers
numerous benefits over typical
• Gussets, plates and
welded steel fabrication.
brackets Parker IPS offers complete
• Extremely short turnaround • Handles and hinges assembled solutions that are
time from design to completion • Panels, sliding doors and designed, custom fabricated,
• No welding, grinding, cleaning, gate hardware and shipped in as little as
painting, or distortions • Feet and casters seven business days. (Lead
• Eliminates costly traditional • Work station accessories times may vary and are
manufacturing processes • Slide blocks and bushings application dependent.)
• Flexibility to re-configure as • Rollers and slide bearings
requirements change Kits
• Lighter Panels & Wire Mesh
Panels and wire mesh are
Profiles available in full sheets or to
specified cut-to-size dimensions.
Parker offers a
Standard panel choices include:
comprehensive
offering of metric • Polycarbonate Profiles are cut and machined to
and inch based profiles: • Trespa® order, fasteners and accessories
• Expanded PVC are included based on a parts
• 100+ individual high- • PVC coated wire mesh list, and the entire order is
strength aluminum profiles • Aluminum composite packaged and shipped for final
• All structural profiles are
Specialty panels of any material assembly at your location.
aircraft grade, high strength,
mill-certified with metallurgical can be ordered for any project.
Bundles
properties of 6105-T5
• Aesthetically appealing Machining Services
extrusions offer best-in-class
rigidity, durability, and hardness Standard machining options
• Unique T-slot design for include cutting, tapping, drilling,
reliable connection and and counter boring. Additional
easy modification custom machining by our expert
• Metric sizes range from 20 machinists ensure that your Our entire product line can be
mm to 160 mm; inch sizes design is complete and to your ordered as bundles of uncut or cut-
range from 1” to 6” exact requirements. to-length profiles, with packages
• Extensive range of smooth, of fasteners and accessories.
grooveless profiles
Catalog 1816-4/US
Table of Contents Introduction
& Accessories
• Basic Profiles
• Specialty Profiles
Profiles
• Profile End Caps
Profiles & Accessories • T-Slot and Profile Covers
• Conduit Profiles
• Conduit End Caps
• Fasteners
Fasteners
• T-Nuts
Fasteners • Miter Connectors

• Screws, Bolts, Nuts & Washers
• T-Clips & Cable Holders
• Brackets
Gussets, &
• Gussets
Brackets,
Plates
• Corner Elements
Brackets, Gussets, & Plates • Joining Plates
• Panels & Wire Mesh
& Doors
Panels
Panels & Doors • Panel Mounting/Mesh Retainers
• Door Guides & Rollers
• Rail Carts
• Handles
Hinges, &
• Door Catches
Handles,
Latches
Handles, Hinges, & Latches • Latches & Locks
• Hinges
• Pivot Joint
Casters
• Feet
Feet &
Feet & Casters • Casters
• Base/Corner Mounting Plates
Special
• Pneumatic Components
Special Applications • Workstation Accessories
• Slide Blocks Linear

Linear Applications • Linear Roller Systems
Tips, & Tools
• Machining Services
Services,
• Assembly Tips
Lean,
Lean, Services, Tips, & Tools • Tools

• Lean Communication Boards
• Part Number Index

Index
Index / Offer of Sale • Catalog Index by Topic

• Offer of Sale

Catalog 1816-4/US
Overview Introduction
Section 1 – Profiles & Accessories
40 Series 30 Series 28 Series 20 Series 1.5" Series

Pages 26-39 Pages 40-43 Page 44-48 Page 49-51 Page 52-58
1" Series 18x32 Frame Profile Door Guide Profiles Panel Profiles Clamp Profiles
Page 59-60 Page 61 Page 62 Page 63 Page 64
Rack Angle Profiles UHMW Profiles Gaskets, Profile Covers End Caps Conduit Profiles
Page 65 Page 66 Pages 67-68 Pages 69-71 Pages 72-77
Section 2 – Fasteners
Fasteners Miter Connectors T-Nuts T-Slot Bars Anodize Breaker

Pages 81-85 Page 86 Pages 87-92 Page 90 Page 93
Bolts, Nuts, Washers Screws Clips T-Clips/Cable Holders

Pages 93-94 Pages 95-99 Page 99 Page 100-101

Catalog 1816-4/US
Section 3 – Brackets, Gussets, & Plates
& Accessories
Profiles
C’sink for
5/16" FHCS Ø 0.27"
Fasteners
Corner Brackets Corner Connectors Profile Connectors Mounting Plate Clamp Block
Page 103 Page 104 Page 105 Page 106 Page 106
1.00" 1.50"
1.50"
0.236"
0.50"
Gussets, &
Brackets,
Plates
Joining Plates Angle Brackets Gussets Corner Elements
Pages 107-108 Pages 109-110 Pages 111-112 Pages 113-114
& Doors
Panels
Section 4 – Panels & Doors
M8x20 FHCS
Hinges, &
Spacer
Handles,
Latches
Door Glide
Washer
Tap M8
25mm deep
40 Series
M8x20 FHCS
Spacer
Door Glide
Washer
Tap M8
20mm deep
30/28 Series
Panels & Wire Mesh Panel Mounting Blocks Mesh Retainers Bifold Door Glides Sliding Doors
Casters
Feet &
Pages 116-118 Pages 119-122 Pages 123-124 Pages 125-126 Pages 127-130
Rollers
Page 131-133
Rail Carts
Page 134
Roller Carts
Page 134
Special
Linear
Tips, & Tools

Services,
Lean,
Index

Catalog 1816-4/US
Section 5 – Handles, Hinges, & Latches
Handles Tube Handle Supports Hinges Pivot Joints Quarter Turn Latches
Pages 136-138 Page 139 Pages 140-153 Page 154 Pages 156-158
Deadbolt Slam Latch Door Catches Ball Plungers Door Stops

Page 159 Page 160 Pages 162-164 Page 165 Page 161
Section 6 – Feet & Casters
Leveling Feet Knuckle Feet Foot Accessories Corner Mounting Plate L-Base Leveler/Anchor
Pages 167-169 Pages 170-171 Page 172 Page 172 Page 173
Floor Brackets Flange Feet Casters Floor Lock Base Plates

Pages 174-175 Page 176 Pages 177-181 Page 185 Pages 182-185

Catalog 1816-4/US
& Accoessories
Section 7 – Special Applications
Profiles
Fasteners
FOR M8 BHCS A ∅35.5 ∅9
Pneumatic Plates Pneumatic Fasteners Pneumatic Seals Workstations Tool Runners
Pages 188-189 Page 189 Page 190
∅11 Pages 191-193 Page 193
40 80
40 66 80
40
80
15.9 1.6
Gussets, &
Brackets,
Plates
Lift Systems
Pages 194-195
Section 8 – Linear Applications
& Doors
Panels
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
Slide Blocks Block Accessories Roller Track Linear
160
Roller
68
System
150
Pages 200-207 Pages 208-211 Page 212 Page 213-229
128
Section 9 – Lean, Services, Tips, & Tools
Casters
Feet &
Special
Lean Boards
Page 242-245
Linear
Section 10 – Index and Offer of Sale Tips, & Tools

Services,
Lean,
Index

Catalog 1816-4/US
Catalog Information Introduction
Product Each product page in the catalog

includes:
Profile Compatibility
As a quick reference for product
Information • application information and compatibility, the Ordering
examples Information section groups
product by profile series.
• technical information
Additional information can be
• dimensions found in the applications drawings
• how to assemble associated. Where available, the
• recommended fasteners, if Recommended Hardware section
applicable will highlight the necessary
hardware components based on
• ordering information (part #, the profile series application.
unit and weight)
Contact your Parker IPS Service
Center or Customer Service to
discuss specials or applications
not found in this catalog.
Catalog 1816-3/US Industrial Profile Systems

Door Stops Handles & Hinges
40 Series
Door Stops
Door Stop
3D View
28 - Angle
[23-126]
40 Series - 5.5mm
28 Series - 4mm
Optional
Velcro® Plate
[23-158] Min
How to Assemble 28 Series Ø7 51 6.5
Optional
25.4 51 Dimensions
Velcro® Plate
Door Stop - Straight
[23-158]
[23-124]
11 13
23-124 Part #
Part # A B C D E F
Technical 23-125 51 44.5 25.4 30 4.75 M5
Data
Application Technical Data
Application Door Stops provide a positive stop to
keep the door lined up with a frame. An
Aluminum, Clear Anodized
with Velcro® Pad C
F
E
Information optional Velcro® plate can be added to

create a light-duty catch. B
& Hinges
D
Handles
Recommended Fastening Hardware (Order Separately) A B

Profile Part # Part # Part #
Series Fastener 23-125
23-124 23-125 23-158
Recommended 40, 30
Screws
T-Nuts
24-120-6
20-056
24-220-6
20-056
24-212-5
20-052
Fastening 28
Screws 24-120-6 24-210-5 24-210-5
T-Nuts 20-055 20-038 20-038
Hardware 1.5"
Screws 25-114-4 25-210-4 25-208-2
T-Nuts 25-001 or 20-083 25-001 or 20-083 25-009 or 20-088
Screws 25-112-4 25-206-2 25-206-2 3.3 51
1"
T-Nuts 25-031 or 25-034 25-030 or 25-035 25-030 or 25-035
19
38
Ordering Information For M5
FHCS
Description Unit Weight Part # 23-158*

Ordering Door Stop - Straight Each 91 g 23-124
Door Stop 40, 30 - Angle Each 91 g 23-125
Information Velcro® Plate Each 9g 23-158
* For wider surfaces, use 22-145 and apply velcro strip. Order M6 hardware separately.
Parker Hannifin Corporation

Industrial Profile Systems
153 Wadsworth, Ohio USA
Throughout this catalog you may notice our ACE designator. This symbol will highlight our high-volume components and parts
that will have reduced lead time when compared to items without the ACE designator. We encourage the use of these items to
ensure the fastest service from our team.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Ordering Information Introduction
& Accessories
Ordering
Profiles
Parker offers several ways to order metric and Inch product
so that you can choose a level of service to suit your needs.
You can order everything from a bundle of uncut profiles to a Choices
completely assembled structure.
• Bulk – IPS product line can be ordered as bundles of
Fasteners
profiles and packages of fasteners and accessories to
machine and assemble at your location.
• UPS Shipping Requirements – IPS profiles can be

shipped via UPS Air if they are cut to 8' (2.4m) length
max and each package does not exceed 70 lbs (31kg).
Gussets, &
Brackets,
Cut charges will apply.
Plates
• Kits – IPS product line can be ordered in a kit form
where the profiles are cut and machined to order and
fasteners and accessories are included based on a
parts list. This kit can be assembled at your location.
& Doors
Panels
• Complete Assembly – IPS product line can be ordered
completely assembled and shipped as an assembled
unit. Shipping costs should be a consideration when
using this method.
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
Casters
Feet &
Machining
Special
• Order cut to size – specify the length in millimeters or decimal meter
dimensions. Example: 1500mm or 1.5meters. See the conversion Services
chart on page 19 for fraction to decimal conversions. A cut charge
will be included with cut to size lengths. Linear
• Additional machining should also be specified along with the profile

if it is required for fasteners or accessories. Standard machining
Tips, & Tools
options include tapping, drilling, and counter boring. See machining

Services,
services pages in this catalog for correct part numbers. Any

Lean,
additional custom machining can be done by our expert machinists

to ensure that your design is complete and to your requirements.
Index
• Cut to length tolerance is +/-0.40mm[+/-0.015”].

Catalog 1816-4/US
Choosing a What aspect is critical for fastening?

• Aesthetics/hidden (standard fastener, universal)
Fastener/ • Strength (universal fastener, standard)
Accessory • Ease-of-assembly
• Gussets and joining plates can be used instead of machining to
assemble
• Adjustability (gussets, angle bracket, universal)
When ordering universal fasteners or standard fasteners, machining
operations are required for the fastener to work in a profile. Part
numbers and descriptions for machining operations are found in the
machining services section of the catalog.
Choices of Accessories
A full range of accessories are available to complete an assembly:
• T-Slot Covers
B
• End Caps
• Brackets and Gussets A
• Joining and Base Plates

• Casters
• Hinges
• Handles
What aspect is critical for accessories?

Parker offers a wide range of accessories to provide the right part for
the special considerations of your application.
• Aesthetics
• Ease-of-assembly
Panels & Wire Panels and wire mesh can be ordered as a full sheet or cut to a
specified dimension in square meters. When ordering full sheets,
Mesh please add a P to the end of the part number that you are ordering
(e.g. 26-790-6P)
Standard panel choices include:
• Polycarbonate
• TRESPA®
• Expanded PVC
• PVC Coated Wire Mesh
• Aluminum Composite
Specialty panels of any material can be ordered for any project.
Additional time may be required to expedite any specials.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Technical Data Introduction
Mechanical
& Accessories
• All structural IPS profiles are prime aluminum, mill-certified with
metallurgical properties equivalent to 6105-T5/6005-T5/6063-T66.
Profiles
Accessory products are 6061-T6 or 6063-T6. Properties
• Yield (0.2 limit) Rm min. 240 N/mm2 (33-35 ksi)
• Tensile strength Rm min. 260 N/mm2 (37-42 ksi)
Note: Cross sectional thickness variations of the profiles may
influence yield and tensile strength.
Fasteners
• Elongation for 2 in. long specimens:
6005-T5 (thickness up thru 0.124 in), 6061-T6 (up thru 0.249 in),
6105-T5 (up thru 0.5 in) – 8% min
6005-T5 (thickness 0.125-1 in.), 6061-T6 (0.25 in. and over) – 10% min
• Modulus of Elasticity "E" approximately 70,000 N/mm2 (10,150 kpsi)
Gussets, &
• Brinell Hardness approximately 75 HB 2.5/187.5
Brackets,
Plates
• The molecular structure of the 6005-T5 alloy is generally stable in an
ambient temperature range of:
-40°C to +200°C (-40°F to +392°F)
Extreme temperature fluctuations may change the mechanical properties.
Profile Finish
& Doors
Panels
• Clear anodizing: AA M10, C22, A31, Clear
• Black anodizing: AA M10, C22, A34, Black
• Minimum depth: 0.010mm (0.0004 in.)
• Surface hardness: approximately 250 HV, outer surface exposed
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
• Custom anodizing and protective finishes available
Tolerances
• Extrusions conforming to DIN 17 615 specifications and to IPS
blueprints.
• Twist per 300mm (1 ft) length not to exceed 0.25° and total twist over
Casters
Feet &
6m (20 ft) length not to exceed 1.5°.
• Flatness 0.10mm (0.004 in) per 25mm (1 in) of width.
• Straightness 0.32mm (0.0125 in) per 300mm (1 ft) of length and not
Special
exceeding 3mm (0.12 in) over 6m (20 ft) of extrusion.
Maximum bow 3mm (0.12 in) over 6m (20 ft).
• Cut to length tolerance +/-0.40mm[+/-0.015”].
Defined Rest Linear
All 40, 30, 28, 20, 1.5" and 1" series profiles have a taper built-in to
the T-slot. Preload in the material elastic range results in a vibration
Points
safe connection because the profile is pulled flush with the connecting
surface during fastener tightening. The high-quality material ensures
Tips, & Tools
Rest Point
Services,
that the profile T-slot will remember its

Lean,
original shape if disassembly is Profile Series Preload Range

required, making all IPS 1.5", 40, 30, 28 0.2mm
profiles completely reusable.
20, 1" 0.1mm
Index
Rest Point

Catalog 1816-4/US
Engineering Data Introduction
Deflection Calculation
Application
Standalone program able to calculate deflection and stress of IPS
aluminum profiles based on profile selection, length and load (evenly
distributed and/or concentrated at the critical point). Three cases for
the profile attachment are calculated: supported at both ends, fixed
at one end, fixed at both ends. Metric or inch units of measure can be
used to enter profile length and load. Calculated deflection given in
both millimeters and inches. Stress values are given in both N/mm2
and psi.
Download at www.parker.com/IPS
Formulas for calculating deflection at critical points

Supported at both ends Fixed at one end Fixed at both ends
F
F F
ƒ= F * L3 ƒ= F * L3 ƒ= F * L3
48 E * I * 104 3 E * I * 104 192 E * I * 104
Total Load F Total Load F Total Load F
ƒ = 5 * F * L3 ƒ= F * L3 ƒ= F * L3
384 E * I * 104 8 E * I * 104 384 E * I * 104
In the formulas: Example

ƒ = deflection in mm Find the deflection for the following conditions:
80x40 Standard Profile (10-080), upright
F = load in N IX = 71.97 cm4
m = 3.18 kg/m
L = free profile length in mm L = 1000 mm
E = Modulus of Elasticity in N/mm2 F = 50 N - concentrated load
No additional load other than profile weight
EAl= 70,000 N/mm2
I= Moment of inertia in cm4 Calculate Profile weight (uniform load)
FU = m * L * g = (3.18 * 10-3) * 1000 * 9.81 = 31.2 N
Total deflection ƒTOTAL= ƒCONCENTRATED + ƒUNIFORM
Supported at both ends:

ƒ = 0.021 + 0.008 ≈ 0.03mm
X Axis Fixed at one end:
ƒ = 0.331 + 0.077 ≈ 0.041mm
Y Axis
Fixed at both ends:
ƒ = 0.005 + 0.002 ≈ 0.01 mm
Catalog 1816-4/US
Conversion Charts Introduction
& Accessories
Fractions to Decimals
Profiles
Fraction Decimal
1/16 0.063
1/8 0.125
3/16 0.188
1/4 0.25
Fasteners
5/16 0.313
3/8 0.375
7/16 0.438
1/2 0.50
9/16 0.563
5/8 0.625
Gussets, &
Brackets,
11/16 0.688
Plates
3/4 0.75
13/16 0.813
7/8 0.875
15/16 0.938
Metric/English Conversions
& Doors
Panels
Below is a conversion chart for converting metric and inch units of
measure for applicable physical conditions with this product line.
Multiply by To Get
Linear mm 0.03937 Inches
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
Inches 25.4 mm
cm 0.3937 Inches
m (meter) 3.2808 Feet
Feet 0.3048 m (meters)
Area mm2 0.00155 Inches2
Inches2 645.16 mm2
Casters
Feet &
cm3 0.06102 inches3
Volume inches3 16.387 cm3
inches3 0.0165 liters
Liters 61.024 inches3
Special

Mass Gram (g) 0.0353 Ounce (oz)
Ounce (oz) 28.329 Gram (g)
Kilogram (kg) 2.2046 Pounds (lb)
Pounds 0.4536 Kilograms (kg)

Velocity Meters/Minute 3.281 Feet/Minute Linear
Feet/Minute 0.3048 Meters/Minute
Kilograms-f (kgf) 9.807 Newtons (N)
Force Newtons (N) 0.10194 Kilograms-f (kgf)
Tips, & Tools
Pounds-f (lbf) 4.448 Newtons (N)

Services,
Newtons (N) 0.2248 Pounds-f (lbf)

Lean,
Pressure Bar 14.5 PSI

PSI 0.069 Bar
Torque Newton-Meters (Nm) 8.851 Pound-Inches (lb-in)
Pound-Inches 0.11298 Newton-Meters (Nm)
Index
Moment of Inertia cm4 0.02403 inch4

inch4 41.623 cm4

Catalog 1816-4/US
General Information Introduction
All information in the catalog is current as of the print date, but information can certainly change over time.
Always check parker.com/ips for the latest electronic version of the catalog and other product information.
! WARNING
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN
CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or system op-
tions for further investigation by users having technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application and review the informa-
tion concerning the product or system in the current product catalog. Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or
systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring
that all performance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to change by
Parker Hannifin Corporation and its subsidiaries at any time without notice.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Contents
& Accessories
Section 1
Profiles
Profiles & Accessories
Profiles Accessories
40 Series 26-39 Door Profiles

Rolling Door Guide 62
30 Series 40-43 Panel Profiles

Stiffener/Handle 63
Panel Mounting 63
28 Series 44-48 Clamp Profiles

Mesh Clamp 64
Clamp Bar 64
20 Series 49-51 Rack Angle 65
B
1.5” Series 52-58 End Caps 69-71
1” Series 59-60 UHMW Profiles 66
18x32 Frame Profile 61 Panel/Mesh Gaskets 67

Cover Strips 68
Conduit Profiles 72-76 Profile Covers 66

Conduit End Caps 77

Catalog 1816-4/US
Overview Profiles
20 Series
12-120 12-020
12-124 12-040
28 Series
12-028 12-128 12-228 12-328 12-044
12-428 12-628 12-728 12-056
30 Series
12-030 12-034 12-033 12-060
40 Series
10-016 10-540 10-040 11-040 10-340 10-140 10-240
10-440 11-540 10-043 10-044 10-045
10-081 10-083 10-085 10-086 10-089
10-680 10-080 10-180 10-380 11-080 14-248

11-100

Catalog 1816-4/US
Overview
& Accessories
40 Series
Profiles
10-088 11-088 11-089
10-120 11-122
10-161 11-128 10-164 11-140 11-084 10-160 11-160
1" Series
12-1010
12-1020 12-2020
1.5" Series
12-1515 10-1515 11-1515 10-1591 10-1592 10-1593 10-1594 10-1543
12-1530 10-1530 11-1530 10-3030 11-3030 10-1560

Catalog 1816-4/US
Overview Profiles
18x32 Frame Profile
12-032
Roller Systems
13-505 13-513 13-106 13-114
Conduit
15-040 15-080
15-120 15-160
15-041 15-161
15-122 15-082 15-042
Door
12-012 12-014 12-011 12-013 12-015 12-022
T-Slot Covers
12-101† 12-102† 12-103† 12-106 12-107 12-108† 12-111† 12-115† 12-116† 12-117-x 12-113† 12-114
Slides
12-410
12-421 12-430 12-420
12-400
Panel
12-105 12-010* 12-109* 12-016

12-110*
†
Available in 2m bar only.
*Available in 3m bar only

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
Moment of Inertia Section Modulus
IX IY WX WY Section Weight Cat.
Part # Description [cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m] Page
10-016 Profile 16x40 1.10 7.19 1.29 3.60 4.38 1.17 24
10-040 Profile 40x40 Standard 9.46 9.46 4.73 4.73 6.65 1.72 19
10-043 Profile 40x40 Quarter Round 6.95 6.95 3.15 3.15 5.87 1.59 21
10-044 Profile 40x40-45° Standard 6.79 6.79 3.03 3.03 5.72 1.53 22
10-045 Profile 40x45° Heavy 16.25 34.51 7.40 12.20 10.22 2.76 22
10-081 Profile 16x80 2.22 50.72 2.61 12.68 8.41 2.20 24
10-083 Profile R40x80 30° Standard 8.48 5.87 4.01 3.64 5.71 1.57 23
10-140 Profile 40x40 Bi-Slot Corner 9.29 9.29 4.64 4.64 6.67 1.81 20
10-161 Profile 16x160 3.73 289.10 4.13 36.14 12.98 3.45 24
10-180 Profile 40x80 Tri-Slot Corner 16.61 68.92 8.14 17.15 11.16 2.83 26
10-240 Profile 40x40 Bi-Slot Mid-Frame 9.57 9.13 4.79 4.57 6.73 1.82 20
10-340 Profile 40x40 Tri-Slot 9.94 9.33 4.01 4.66 6.83 1.82 20
10-380 Profile 40x80 Quad-Slot 16.77 69.20 8.21 17.30 11.28 3.06 26
10-440 Profile 40x40 Mono-Slot 8.47 8.71 4.08 4.35 5.81 1.56 20
10-540 Profile 40x40 Light 8.27 8.27 4.14 4.14 5.20 1.41 19
10-680 Profile 40x80 Light 15.30 56.78 7.65 14.70 9.10 2.46 26
11-040 Profile 40x40 Heavy 14.26 14.26 7.13 7.13 9.29 2.53 19
11-080 Profile 40x80 Heavy 26.97 102.65 13.48 25.66 16.74 4.58 26
11-084 Profile 40x80x80 Corner Heavy 127.47 128.57 27.62 27.66 23.23 6.27 30
11-088 Profile 80x80 Heavy 186.37 186.37 46.59 46.59 26.23 7.02 27
11-089 Profile 80x80 Extra Heavy 223.90 223.90 55.97 55.97 37.39 9.83 27
11-100 Profile 40x100 Heavy 31.22 193.34 15.61 38.67 18.02 4.94 25
11-122 Profile 80x120 Heavy 274.14 738.22 68.53 119.29 39.79 10.82 27
11-128 Profile 28x160 20.62 737.99 14.73 92.25 31.27 8.46 25
11-140 Profile 40x160 Heavy 53.10 738.07 26.55 92.26 32.17 8.72 28
11-160 Profile 80x160 Heavy 343.37 1106.92 85.84 138.37 48.23 13.07 29
11-540 Profile 40x40 Heavy Square 15.78 15.78 7.89 7.89 7.98 2.16 31

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series Profiles
T-Slot Detail
Light Standard Heavy
23 20
4.5 4.5 20 4.5
8 8 8
Ø6.8 12.2 6.8 12.3 6.8 12.3
15.9 15.5 16 15.5 16 15.5
Fastening Methods
Standard Fastener
Universal Fastener
STANDARD FASTENER
UNIVERSAL FASTENER
TAP
ACCESS HOLE
Butt Fastener
UNIVERSAL STEP DRILL
BUTT FASTENER

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
Ø 0.281
DRILL THRU
0.75" FROM END
TAP 5/16-18 X
0.625" DEEP
Servicing For
Standard Fastener
(Side)
Servicing For
Standard Fastener 40
(End)
Example Workstation
Ø 0.813" X
0.625" DEEP
0.813" FROM END Servicing for 40
Universa
Universal Fastener
10-540*
Application
• T-slots located on all four faces
• This profile provides extensive mounting options for connections and
accessories directly onto a structure
• An excellent choice for general purpose applications such as workstations,
40
machine guarding and enclosures
• These profiles are weight optimized and available in light, standard and heavy
ratings
40
Technical Data
10-040
Aluminum, Clear or Black Anodized (See Technical Data page 9 for full material
and finish specifications)
Part # IX IY WX WY Section Weight

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-540 8.27 8.27 4.14 4.14 5.20 1.41 40
10-040 9.46 9.46 4.73 4.73 6.65 1.72

11-040 14.26 14.26 7.13 7.13 9.29 2.53
40
Ordering Information
11-040
Description Max. Length Part # (Clear) Part # (Black)
Profile 40x40 Light 6 meters 10-540 10-540B
Profile 40x40 Standard 6 meters 10-040 10-040B
Profile 40x40 Heavy 6 meters 11-040
Cut to Length Service Number 19-001 19-001
End Caps Part # * End tap requires spiral tap

40x40 18-813

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series Profiles
40
Universal Fastening Set 20-004 Corner Bracket (22-146) and Square

on 40 x 40 bi-slot corner profile. Connector Cap (18-842) used with 40
40
x 40 bi-slot corner profile.
10-140
Application
• Similar to 40X40 Standard profiles except closed faces are positioned in
various arrangements
• Provides efficient fastening in a variety of configurations while retaining a
smooth surface for applications requiring an aesthetically clean look
• Particularly useful in clean room, packaging, medical and pharmaceutical
40
applications as they reduce areas where contaminants and dirt could
potentially accumulate
40 Technical Data
Aluminum, Clear Anodized (See Technical Data page 9 for full material and
10-240 finish specifications)

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-140 9.29 9.29 4.64 4.64 6.67 1.81
10-240 9.57 9.13 4.79 4.57 6.73 1.82
40 10-340 9.94 9.33 4.01 4.66 6.83 1.82
10-440 8.47 8.71 4.08 4.35 5.81 1.56
40 Ordering Information
Description Max. Length Part # (Clear)
10-340
Profile 40x40 Bi-Slot Corner 6 meters 10-140
Profile 40x40 Bi-Slot Mid-Frame 6 meters 10-240
Profile 40x40 Tri-Slot 6 meters 10-340
Profile 40x40 Mono-Slot 6 meters 10-440
Cut to Length Service Number 19-001
40
End Caps Part #
40x40 18-813
40
10-440

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
M8 BHCS
Note: See page 67

for miter connector.
Corner Bracket 40
[22-146]
Radius Cap 40
[18-821]
40 Quarter Round
[10-043]
40
Application
40
This profile is designed with a radius quarter round face and T-Slots on the
remaining perpendicular sides. This is particularly useful for engineering
frames, workstation edges, shelving or enclosures where a rounded edge is
10-043
aesthetically or functionally desirable.
Technical Data
finish specifications)

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-043 6.95 6.95 3.15 3.15 5.87 1.59
Profile 40x40 Quarter Round 6 meters 10-043
End Caps Part #

40x40 Quarter Round 18-843

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series Profiles
40 x 40 x 45°
[11-044]
40 x 45° End Cap

[18-820]
40
40 Series
Bi-Slot Corner
[10-140]
Use 40 Series Universal Fasteners [24-004] on the inside

of this joint to create a smooth exterior.
40
10-044 Application
With angled faces and perpendicular T-Slots, profile 10-044 is ideal for
smoothing corners of structures for clean room, medical, pharmaceutical as
well as display and workstation applications.
Profile 10-045 provides T-Slots on three sides: one parallel with the closed
face, and two positioned to provide a 45° angle. This profile can be used when
creating polygonal shaped structures.
45°
Technical Data
40

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
72 10-044 6.79 6.79 3.03 3.03 5.72 1.53
10-045 16.25 34.51 7.40 12.20 10.22 2.76
10-045*
Profile 40x40-45o Standard 6 meters 10-044
Profile 40x45o Heavy 3 meters 10-045
* No end cap available
End Caps Part #

40x40-45° 18-820

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
30°
20-004
40
10-085 10-040
10-083
Application
Radius surfaces on two facing sides make these profiles particularly useful
for creating rounded corners. They are ideal for applications requiring an
45°
aesthetically pleasing look, or where contaminants and dirt must be kept to a
minimum such as medical and pharmaceutical environments. These profiles are
also useful in constructing cases, tables and angled structure bases.
Technical Data
40
Part # IX IY WX WY Section Weight 10-085

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-083 8.48 5.87 4.01 3.64 5.71 1.57
10-085 10.96 16.64 4.75 8.23 6.99 1.92 60°
10-086 13.02 35.75 6.30 10.38 8.26 2.25

10-089 21.68 110.54 8.73 20.89 12.67 3.44
40
Profile R40x80 30° Standard 3 meters 10-083
Profile R40x80 45°Standard 3 meters 10-085
10-086
Cut to Length Service Number 19-001 90°
End Caps Part #
10-083 18-883
10-085 18-885
10-086 18-886
40
10-089*

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series Profiles
Application
Light construction and support for
16x40 Profile
attaching items such as valves, limit [10-016]
40 28 switches, pneumatics and control
Tap M6x12 Dp x2
equipment. Profile 10-081 can be
used as a base plate on Roller
Mounting Plate M8x16 SHCS
System 6 Bearing Units. Profile [22-139] [24-316-8]
Ø4.9 10-161 has a large surface area with
16 8mm and 5mm T-Slots providing M6x16 FHCS
convenient attachment points for [24-216-6] x2
10-016 multiple accessories (this profile
should not be used as a structural
member). Any M8 T-Nut
Ø4.1
Technical Data 40 Series Profile
Aluminum, Clear Anodized (See

Technical Data page 9 for full material and finish specifications)
80 68

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-016 1.10 7.19 1.29 3.60 4.38 1.17
10-081 2.22 50.72 2.61 12.68 8.41 2.20
16
10-081 10-161 3.37 289.10 4.13 36.14 12.98 3.45
Profile 16x40 6 meters 10-016
Profile 16x80 6 meters 10-081  

160 End Caps Part #

Profile 16x40 18-811
Profile 16x80 18-812
10-161 16

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
100
Application
These heavy profiles are ideal for general engineering structures such as 40
machine bases, structural supports and mounting surfaces on fixturing
applications. 11-128 is used as a carriage plate for bearing block assemblies 11-100*
on Linear System 14.
Technical Data

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
11-100 31.22 193.34 15.61 38.67 18.02 4.94
11-128 20.62 737.99 14.73 92.25 31.27 8.46
Profile 40x100 Heavy 6 meters 11-100 160

End Cap Part #

28x160 18-816
28
11-128
T-Slot Aluminum Framing • Wadsworth, OH 800.333.4932 • Rohnert Park, CA 800.358.9068 * No end cap available. 33
Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series Profiles
80 80
10-680* 40 11-080 40
Application
Designed for applications where high strength is required. Ideal for general
engineering structures such as machine frames, work stations and support
structures. Profiles 10-080 and 11-080 can be used in the construction of
linear slides with the IPS Roller Systems. Both profiles can also be used for
80 compressed air piping.
Technical Data
Aluminum, Clear or Black Anodized (See Technical Data page 9 for full material
and finish specifications)
40 Part # IX IY WX WY Section Weight

10-080
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-680 15.30 58.78 7.65 14.70 9.10 2.46
10-080 17.23 71.56 8.62 17.89 11.49 3.18
10-180 16.61 68.92 8.14 17.15 11.16 2.83
10-380 16.77 69.20 8.21 17.30 11.28 3.06
80 11-080 26.97 102.65 13.48 25.66 16.74 4.58
Description Max. Length Part # (Clear) Part # (Black)
Profile 40x80 Light 6 meters 10-680  
10-180 40 Profile 40x80 Standard 6 meters 10-080 10-080B  
Profile 40x80 Tri-Slot Corner 6 meters 10-180
Profile 40x80 Quad-Slot 6 meters 10-380
80 End Cap Part #

40x80 18-814
40
10-380
*End tap requires spiral tap

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
80
80
10-088
Application
Designed for heavy duty applications and construction of linear slides with IPS
roller systems, these profiles are also suitable for compressed air piping.
Profile 11-089 can be used as a manifold for pressurized air (150 psi). This
diameter can also be used to house electrical or air lines. 80
Technical Data
Aluminum, Clear or Black Anodized (See Technical Data page 9 for full material 80
and finish specifications). 11-088

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-088 136.85 136.85 34.21 34.21 19.98 5.45
11-088 186.36 186.37 46.59 46.59 26.23 7.02 80
11-089 223.90 223.90 55.97 53.97 37.39 9.83
11-122 274.14 738.22 68.53 119.29 39.79 10.82
Ordering Information 80
Description Max. Length Part # (Clear) Part # (Black) 11-089**

Profile 80x80 Standard 6 meters 10-088 10-088B
Profile 80x80 Heavy 6 meters 11-088  
Cut to Length Service Number 19-002 19-002

Profile 80x80 Extra Heavy 6 meters 11-089**  

120
End Caps Part #

80x80 18-815
80x120 18-841
80
11-122
** Requires single ear fastener 20-144 / 25-014

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series Profiles
120
160
40
10-120
40 Application
10-164 Designed for applications such as fixturing, vertical structural support and
headers for bearing block assemblies on IPS Linear System 14. These profiles
are also suitable for compressed air piping.
Technical Data

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-120 25.04 225.56 12.52 37.59 16.66 4.35
10-164 32.84 510.4 16.42 63.8 21.23 5.80
11-140 53.10 738.07 26.55 92.26 32.17 8.72
160
Profile 40x120 Standard 6 meters 10-120
End Caps Part #

40x120 18-840
40 40x160 18-817
11-140

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
160
Application
80
Designed for very high load or wide span applications and construction of linear
slides with IPS Roller Systems. These high-strength profiles are also suitable 10-160
for compressed air piping.
Technical Data

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-160 268.68 738.22 67.17 92.28 37.76 10.29
11-160 343.37 1106.92 85.84 138.37 48.23 13.07 160
End Cap Part #

80x160 18-818
80
11-160

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series Profiles
40
80
40
80
11-084*
Application
Designed for very high load construction corner posts in structures or machine
assemblies.
Technical Data
finish specifications).


[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
11-084 127.47 128.57 27.62 27.66 23.23 6.27
Profile 40x80x80 Corner Heavy 3 meters 11-084

Catalog 1816-4/US
40 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
28X28 EXTRUSION
(12-028)
28
M8 ECONOMY T-NUT 28S SQUARE 40
(20-090)
40X40 HEAVY SQUARE EXTRUSION

(11-540)
M8 WASHER 40
(24-700-8)
11-540
M8X16 RACHET LEVER

(23-316)
Application
These profiles are engineered as support elements for a variety of applications
including table bases, frames and machine guarding. These profiles are
engineered to create a telescoping post for lightweight applications. This cavity
can also be used as a channel for counterweights. To mount the 11-540, please
contact the factory.
Technical Data

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
11-540 15.78 15.78 7.89 7.89 7.98 2.16
Profile 40x40 Heavy Square 6 meters 11-540
End Caps Part #

40x40 (11-540 only) 18-805

Catalog 1816-4/US
30 Series Profiles

12-030 Profile 30x30 3.15 3.15 2.10 2.10 3.33 0.90 33
12-033 Profile 30x30 Quarter Round 2.48 2.48 1.51 1.51 3.13 0.85 34
12-034 Profile 30x30 Bi-Slot Corner 3.52 3.51 2.24 2.23 3.69 1.00 33
12-060 Profile 30x60 6.12 21.20 4.08 7.07 6.19 1.68 35
20
T-Slot Detail 8
2
6.8
9.8
11
10.5
Fastening
Methods Standard Fastener
STANDARD FASTENER
Universal Fastener
UNIVERSAL FASTENER
TAP
ACCESS HOLE
UNIVERSAL STEP DRILL Butt Fastener

BUTT FASTENER

Catalog 1816-4/US
30 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
30
30
12-030
Application
Designed for general structures, safety guards and partition frames, light duty
enclosures and industrial peripherals. Profile 12-034 has closed faces on two
perpendicular sides making it ideal for constructing smooth corners.
Technical Data
30
Part # IX IY WX WY Section Weight 30

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
12-030 3.15 3.15 2.10 2.10 3.33 0.90
12-034
12-034 3.52 3.51 2.24 2.23 3.69 1.00
Profile 30x30 Bi-Slot Corner 6 meters 12-034
End Cap Part #

30x30 18-803

Catalog 1816-4/US
30 Series Profiles
M8 BHCS
Corner Bracket 30
[22-150]
Radius Cap 30
[22-151]
30 30 Quarter Round
[12-033]
30
12-033
Application
Designed with a quarter round smooth face and T-Slots, this profile is
particularly useful for engineering frames, shelving or enclosures where a radius
edge is aesthetically or functionally desirable.
Technical Data

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
12-033 2.48 2.48 1.51 1.51 3.13 0.85
Description Max. Length Part #
Profile 30x30 Quarter Round 6 meters 12-033
End Cap Part #

30x30 Quarter Round 18-838

Catalog 1816-4/US
30 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
60
30
12-060
Application
These profiles are ideal for general use structures, safety guards and partition
frames, light duty enclosures and industrial peripherals.
Technical Data
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
12-060 6.12 21.20 4.08 7.07 6.19 1.68
End Cap Part #

30x60 18-863

Catalog 1816-4/US
28 Series Profiles

12-028 Profile 28x28 2.37 2.27 1.70 1.62 2.96 0.81 37
12-428 Profile 28x56 4.65 16.42 3.32 5.86 5.60 1.51 37
12-056 Profile 56x56 30.44 30.44 10.87 10.87 8.87 2.40 37
12-128 Profile 28x28 Tri-Slot 2.64 2.35 1.78 1.68 3.12 0.84 38
12-228 Profile 28x28 Bi-Slot 2.69 2.69 1.83 1.83 3.32 0.90 38
12-328 Profile 28x28 Bi-Slot Mid-Frame 2.41 3.00 1.72 2.14 3.32 0.90 38
12-044 Profile 28x28 45 Deg. 1.97 1.97 1.28 1.28 2.87 0.78 39
12-628 Profile 28x56 Bi-Slot 5.92 18.01 4.23 6.43 6.36 1.72 40
12-728 Profile 28x56 Quad-Slot 5.23 17.10 3.53 6.11 5.96 1.62 40
20
2
T-Slot 6.8
8
9.8
Dimensions
11
10.5
Fastening
Methods Standard Fastener
STANDARD FASTENER
Universal Fastener
UNIVERSAL FASTENER
TAP
ACCESS HOLE
Butt Fastener
BUTT FASTENER

Catalog 1816-4/US
28 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
28
28
12-028
Application
These profiles are designed with T-slot faces on all four sides. They are useful
for constructing safety guards, partition frames, light duty enclosures and
industrial peripherals.
56
Technical Data
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
28
12-028 2.37 2.27 1.70 1.62 2.96 0.81
12-428
12-428 4.65 16.42 3.32 5.86 5.60 1.51
12-056 30.44 30.44 10.87 10.87 8.87 2.40
Cut to Length Service Number 19-001 56
End Caps Part #

28x28 18-808
28x56 18-809
56
12-056*

Catalog 1816-4/US
28 Series Profiles
28
28
12-128
28
Application
28 Designed with various closed faces, these profiles provide efficient fastening in
12-228 a variety of configurations while retaining a smooth exterior for an aesthetically
clean look.
Technical Data
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
12-128 2.64 2.35 1.78 1.68 3.12 0.84
28
12-228 2.69 2.69 1.83 1.83 3.32 0.90
12-328 12-328 2.41 3.00 1.72 2.14 3.32 0.90
Profile 28x28 Tri-Slot 6 meters 12-128
Profile 28x28 Bi-Slot 6 meters 12-228
Profile 28x28 Bi-Slot Mid-Frame 6 meters 12-328
End Cap Part #

28x28 18-808

Catalog 1816-4/US
28 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
12-044
20-005
12-028
45°
28
28
12-044
Application
Designed with an angled closed face and T-Slots on two sides. This profile is
ideal for applications where perpendicular surfaces are not desired.
Technical Data
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
12-044 1.97 1.97 1.28 1.28 2.87 0.78
Description Max. Length Part #  
Profile 28x28 45° 6 meters 12-044
End Cap Part #

28x28-45o 18-844

Catalog 1816-4/US
28 Series Profiles
56
28
12-628
56
Application
Designed with various closed faces, these profiles provide efficient fastening in
a variety of configurations while retaining a smooth exterior for an aesthetically
clean look.
28
Technical Data
12-728 Aluminum, Clear Anodized (See Technical Data page 9 for full material and
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
12-628 5.92 18.01 4.23 6.43 6.36 1.72
12-728 5.23 17.10 3.53 6.11 5.96 1.62
Description Unit Part #
Profile 28x56 Bi-Slot Cut off max. 6m 12-628
Profile 28x56 Quad-Slot Cut off max. 6m 12-728
End Cap Part #

28x56 18-809

Catalog 1816-4/US
20 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
12-120 Profile 20x10 0.12 0.53 0.22 0.53 1.29 0.35 42
12-020 Profile 20x20 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 1.80 0.52 42
12-040 Profile 40x40 20 Series 8.74 8.74 4.37 4.37 4.83 1.32 43
12-124 Profile 20x40 1.33 5.03 1.33 2.52 3.16 0.86 42
11.7 1.8 6.4

511.7 T-Slot Detail
4.3 1.8 6.4
5
4.3
7.3
7.3
7.5 7.5
Fastening
Universal Fastener
Methods
UNIVERSAL FASTENER
Standard Fastener
STANDARD FASTENER
TAP
ACCESS HOLE

Catalog 1816-4/US
20 Series Profiles
10
20
12-120
20
20 Application
12-020 20 Series profiles are designed for light duty enclosures and fixtures. They are
also useful in building light accessories and components on workstations or
assembly tables. The 5mm T-slot requires 20 Series hardware.
Technical Data

[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
12-120 0.12 0.53 0.22 0.53 1.29 0.35
12-020 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 1.80 0.52
12-124 1.33 5.03 1.33 2.52 3.16 0.86
20
12-124
End Caps Part #

10x20 18-830
20x20 18-802
20x40 18-831

Catalog 1816-4/US
20 Series
& Accessories
Profiles
40
Application
20 Series profiles are designed for
light duty enclosures and fixtures.
They are also useful in building light 40
accessories and components on
workstations or assembly tables. 12-040
The 5mm T-Slot requires 20 Series
hardware.
Technical Data
Part # IX Iy WX Wy Section Weight
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
12-040 8.74 8.74 4.37 4.37 4.83 1.32
Profile 40x40, 20 Series 4 meters 12-040
End Cap Part #

40x40 18-832

Catalog 1816-4/US
1.5" Series Profiles

Section Weight
Part # Description Ix [cm ]4
Iy [cm ] 4
Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m] Page
10-1515 Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Standard 8.49 8.49 4.46 4.46 6.19 1.70 45
10-1530 Profile 1.5” x 3" Standard 15.15 61.85 7.95 16.23 10.38 2.81 48
10-1543 Profile 1.5" Quarter Round 6.16 6.16 2.90 2.90 5.48 1.47 47
10-1560 Profile 1.5” x 6" Standard 27.97 420.89 14.68 55.24 18.33 6.98 50
10-1591 Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Mono-Slot 8.53 8.70 4.47 4.57 6.20 1.68 46
10-1592 Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Bi-Slot Corner 8.62 8.62 4.51 4.51 3.24 1.68 46
10-1593 Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Tri-Slot 8.66 8.49 4.53 4.46 6.22 1.69 46
10-1594 Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Bi-Slot Midframe 8.78 8.45 4.61 4.44 6.21 1.68 46
10-3030 Profile 3" x 3" Standard 113.38 113.38 29.76 29.76 17.42 4.72 49
11-1515 Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Heavy 11.24 11.24 5.90 5.90 7.74 2.10 45
11-1530 Profile 1.5” x 3" Heavy 21.10 78.79 11.08 20.68 14.00 3.72 48
11-3030 Profile 3" x 3" Heavy 146.43 146.43 38.43 38.43 22.61 6.04 49
12-1515 Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Light 7.08 7.08 3.72 3.72 4.82 1.31 45
12-1530 Profile 1.5" x 3" Light 13.10 49.63 6.88 13.03 8.43 2.28 48
T-Slot Detail
0.90" 0.79" 0.79"
0.18" 0.18" 0.18"
0.32" 0.32" 0.32"
0.26" 0.26" 0.48" 0.26" 0.48"
0.48"
0.59" 0.59" 0.59"
0.54" 0.54" 0.54"
Light Standard Heavy
Fastening
Methods
Standard Fastener Butt Fastener
STANDARD FASTENER BUTT FASTENER
Universal Fastener
UNIVERSAL FASTENER
TAP UNIVERSAL STEP DRILL
ACCESS HOLE UNIVERSAL STEP DRILL

Catalog 1816-4/US
1.5" Series
& Accessories
Profiles
Ø 0.281
DRILL THRU
0.75" FROM END
TAP 5/16-18 X
0.75" DEEP
Servicing For
Standard Fastener
(Side) 1.50"
Servicing For
Standard Fastener
(End) 1.50"
12-1515*
Ø 0.813" X
0.625" DEEP
0.813" FROM END Servicing for
Universa
Universal Fastener
Application 1.50"
The 12-1515, 10-1515 and 11-1515 are ideal general purpose extrusions for
guards, enclosures, work stations, tool carts and smaller machine frames.
T-slots on four sides allows for effortless mounting of accessories directly onto
the structure without additional machining.
1.50"
Technical Data
finish specification)
Part #
Ix Iy Wx Wy Section Weight 10-1515
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-1515 8.49 8.49 4.46 4.46 6.19 1.70
11-1515 11.24 11.24 5.90 5.90 7.74 2.10
12-1515 7.08 7.08 3.72 3.72 4.82 1.31 1.50"
Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Light 6 meters 12-1515 1.50"
Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Standard 6 meters 10-1515
Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Heavy 6 meters 11-1515
End Cap Part #

1.5" x 1.5" 18-1515
11-1515
*End tap requires spiral tap

Catalog 1816-4/US
1.50"
25-004
1.50"
10-1591 Application
These profiles are designed with various closed faces. They are particularly
useful when a smooth appearance is desired. The smooth surfaces are
1.50" ideal for clean room, packaging, medical and pharmaceutical applications.
The option of different T-slotted faces is ideal for fastening the profiles while
retaining a smooth exterior to create the most aesthetic appearance.
1.50"
Technical Data
finish specification)
Ix Iy Wx Wy Section Weight
Part #
10-1592 [cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-1591 8.53 8.70 4.47 4.57 6.20 1.68
10-1592 8.62 8.62 4.51 4.51 6.24 1.68
1.50" 10-1593 8.66 8.49 4.53 4.46 6.22 1.69
10-1594 8.78 8.45 4.61 4.44 6.21 1.68
1.50"
Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Mono-Slot 6 meters 10-1591
Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Bi-Slot Corner 6 meters 10-1592
Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Tri-Slot 6 meters 10-1593
10-1593 Profile 1.5" x 1.5" Bi-Slot Midframe 6 meters 10-1594
End Cap Part #

1.50"
1.5" x 1.5" 18-1515
1.50"
10-1594

Catalog 1816-4/US
1.5" Series
& Accessories
Profiles
5/16-18 X 3/4 BHCS
[25-112-5]
1.5" Corner Connector

[22-153]
1.5" Radius
[22-154]
1.5" Quarter Round 1.50"
[10-1543] Minimum Tap Depth 0.75"
Application 1.50"
This profile is designed with a curved surface while retaining T-slotted surfaces
for connecting. This is particularly useful for rounding or smoothing off corners 10-1543
of structures where ergonomics apply. The smooth surfaces are ideal for clean
room, medical and pharmaceutical applications.
Technical Data
Aluminum, Clear Anodized (See Technical Data page 9 for full material and finish
Specification)
Part #
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-1543 6.16 6.16 2.90 2.90 5.48 1.47
Profile 1.5” x 1.5" Quarter Round 6 meters 10-1543
End Cap Part #

1.5" x 1.5” Quarter Round 18-1543


Catalog 1816-4/US
3.00"
1.50"
12-1530*
Application
Profiles 10-1530 and 11-1530 are ideal general purpose extrusions for guards,
enclosures, work stations, tool carts and machine frames. They are designed
1.50" with a high inertial strength in the “Y” axis. This allows higher structural
integrity to create more stable and rigid structures. T-slots on four sides allow
for effortless mounting of accessories directly onto the structure without
additional machining.
Technical Data
3.00"
Specification)
Part #
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-1530 15.15 61.85 7.95 16.23 10.38 2.81
11-1530 21.10 78.79 11.08 20.68 14.00 3.72
10-1530 12-1530 13.10 49.63 6.88 13.03 8.43 2.28
1.50"
Profile 1.5” x 3” Light 6 meters 12-1530
Profile 1.5” x 3” Standard 6 meters 10-1530
Profile 1.5” x 3” Heavy 6 meters 11-1530
3.00"
End Cap Part #
1.5” x 3” 18-1530
11-1530
* End tap requires spiral tap

Catalog 1816-4/US
1.5" Series
& Accessories
Profiles
3.00"
3.00"
10-3030
Application
These profiles are designed for medium to heavy duty structures and are ideal
for structural support and post applications. These profiles have high structural
integrity to create extra stable and rigid structures. T-slots on four sides allow
for effortless mounting of accessories directly onto the structure without
additional machining.
3.00"
Technical Data
specification)
3.00"
Part #
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-3030 113.38 113.38 29.76 29.76 17.42 4.72
11-3030 146.43 146.43 38.43 38.43 22.61 6.04
11-3030
Profile 3" x 3" Standard 6 meters 10-3030
Profile 3" x 3" Heavy 6 meters 11-3030
End Cap Part #

3" x 3" 18-3030


Catalog 1816-4/US
1.50" Application
10-1560 is designed for heavy duty structures and is an ideal profile for
structural support and post applications. 10-1560 is designed with a high
inertial strength in the “Y” axis. This allows for very high structural integrity
to create extra stable and rigid structures. T-slots on four sides allow for
effortless mounting of accessories directly onto the structure without additional
machining. Because of its multiple T-slots, it is also an ideal profile for a fixture
table.
Technical Data
finish specification.)
6.00"
Part #
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
10-1560 27.97 420.89 14.68 55.24 18.33 6.98
Profile 1.5” x 6” 6 meters 10-1560
10-1560*

Catalog 1816-4/US
1" Series
& Accessories
Profiles
Section Weight
Part # Description Ix [cm ]4
Iy [cm ] 4
Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m] Page
12-1010 Profile 1" x 1" 1.91 1.91 1.51 1.51 2.84 0.77 52
12-1020 Profile 1" x 2" 3.62 13.03 2.85 5.13 5.16 1.41 52
12-2020 Profile 2" x 2" 23.68 23.68 9.32 9.32 8.13 2.21 52
T-Slot Detail
0.59"
0.10" 0.32"
0.26"
0.2"
0.37"
0.35"
Fastening
Methods
Standard Fastener
STANDARD FASTENER
Universal Fastener
UNIVERSAL FASTENER
TAP
ACCESS HOLE

Catalog 1816-4/US
1" Series Profiles
1.00"
1.00"
12-1010
1.00"
Application
1" Series profiles are designed for safety guards, enclosures, shelves, and
other light to medium duty applications. T-Slots on four sides allows for
effortless mounting of accessories directly onto the structure without additional
machining.
The T-slot is smaller than the 1.5" Series, requiring different hardware. With
2.00" profile 12-1020, higher rigidity can be attained by orienting the extrusion on its
“Y” axis.
The 12-2020 profiles are ideal for support and post applications. With their
higher rigidity, structures can be built with higher stability.
Technical Data
12-1020 Aluminum, Clear Anodized (See Technical Data page 9 for full material and finish
Specification)
Part #
[cm4] [cm4] [cm3] [cm3] [cm2] [kg/m]
2.00" 12-1010 1.91 1.91 1.51 1.51 2.84 0.77
12-1020 3.62 13.03 2.85 5.13 3.16 1.41
12-2020 23.68 23.68 9.32 9.32 8.13 2.21
2.00"
Profile 1" x 1" 6 meters 12-1010
12-2020
End Caps Part #
1" x 1" 18-1010
1" x 2" 18-1020
2" x 2" 18-2020

Catalog 1816-4/US
Profile & Accessories
& Accessories
Profiles
Application
10
• 12-032 is used for sliding door applications. (See page 129).
• 12-022 is used with 12-032 for large sliding doors. Applications Ø4.2
include case packers, material handling equipment, packaging 12.3
installations, and access panels for large machine enclosures. (See
32
page 130.)
• 14-248 designed for use with rail carts (23-200, 23-201, and 23-
12.3
202), which can be used in applications such as moving materials on
workstations. (See page 133.) 8
18
Technical Data
Aluminum, Clear Anodized (See Technical Data page 9 for full 12-032
material and finish specifications)
Weight
Part #
[kg/m] 20
12-032 0.67
12-022 1.78
14-248 4.19
80 16 32
Profile 18x32 Bi-Slot 6 meters 12-032 32
Profile Rolling Door Guide 3 meters 12-022

Profile 40x80 Rail Transport 6 meters 14-248
Cut to Length Service Number 19-001 8
40
14-248
66
60
3X10
21
12
6
12-022

Catalog 1816-4/US
Accessories Profiles
Sliding Door
Guide Profile
17
28 Series
2.5 Sliding
TYP. Door
Guide Upper
7 TYP.
31
12-012*
A B
7 TYP.
Any Panel
R2
(up to 1/4") 2.5 TYP.
10
Sliding Door
Guide Lower
Stiffener/Handle
31
[12-011]
12-013*

These profiles create light duty sliding Aluminum, Clear Anodized
panels for windows and access Three panel tracks
2 ports for safety guards, enclosures
Panel width up to 6.4mm
or partitions. Installation onto 40, 30
or 28 Series profiles do not require Weight:
16.9 fasteners and will snap into the T-Slot. 12-012, 12-014 0.45kg/m
The lower guides are designed to 12-013, 12-015 0.50kg/m
reduce friction. The upper guides
2
facilitate lift-out removal of the panel
7 1.6 without disassembly.
28
12-014
28 Description Max. Length Part #
7 TYP. 40 Series
1.5 TYP. Profile Sliding Door Guide 40 Upper 3 meters 12-012
Profile Sliding Door Guide 40 Lower 3 meters 12-013
10
28/30 Series
2 Profile Sliding Door Guide 30/28 Upper 3 meters 12-014
R2
Profile Sliding Door Guide 30/28 Lower 3 meters 12-015
12-015 Cut to Length Service Number 19-001
* Does not install into 1.5” profile

Catalog 1816-4/US
Accessories
& Accessories
Stiffener/Handle Profile
Profiles
Application
Designed as a combination handle
and stiffener for sliding panel doors
(1/4" thick material). Panels snap into
the profile slot and may be secured by 4.6 23.9
an adhesive or a fastener.
Technical Data 18
Aluminum, Clear Anodized Stiffener/Handle
[12-011]
Weight: 0.93kg/m
6.1
Ordering Information 10.7 12-011

Panel Handle Stiffener 3 meters 12-011
Panel Holder
Application
Panel Material
Profile designed for panels 3-6mm 3-6mm
thick. Built-in seal for splash guard
applications. Can be used for 40,
30, 28 and 1.5" Series profiles. Panel Holder Profile
(consists of two pieces)
16.9
Technical Data
Base: Rigid PVC, Black
Lip Seal: Vinyl, Black 5.3
Weight: 0.16kg/m 26
12-016B
Panel Holder Profile 2 meters 12-016B

Catalog 1816-4/US
Mesh Clamp
Profile
Application B
[Opening]
M6 x 6 Set Screw Captures wire mesh panels up
[25-506-6F]
to 5.5mm thick. Excellent for Length = A -1mm
constructing safety guards. Installs
Flat Bar
12.7 x 3.2
onto 40, 30, 28 and 1.5" series profiles
without additional fasteners.
A
[Opening]
Technical Data
200mm ±2mm TYP Aluminum, Clear Anodized
Weight: 0.53 kg/m
0 - 5.5 Length = B - 33mm
Tapped for M6 every 200mm (±2mm)
Includes clamp strip and M6X6 flat * Wire Mesh Size: A - 6mm and B - 6mm
point screws
15.8
2
Standard fastener position is
critical to avoid interference
18 8 with the mesh clamp.
12-010*
Mesh Clamp Profile 3 meters 12-010*
* Sold by 3-meter piece
Clamp Bar
Application
Attaches 40 Series profiles to base
plates or other parts. Must be used in
pairs.
M8
BHCS
20 Technical Data
15
Weight: 1.24 kg/m
Cut to Length
20 5 and Service
as required.
12-105
Clamp Bar Profile 2 meters 12-105

Catalog 1816-4/US
Accessories
Rack Angle
& Accessories
Profiles
Profile
67
50.5 1 Installed dimensions (Profile
27 dimension is 80mm)
10.5 2 Inserting rack angle into 40 series
T-slot
3 Rack Angle is secured in T-slot
with set screw M6x12. 12-109
requires 2 cuts to ensure matching
pair
4 Panel is attached to 12-109 Rack
1
Angle with M5 or M6 screw and
clip nut
5.8
2 3 2.5
18 44.5
(1U) 9.5
27.6
3.2 15.9
4.8
13.7
15.9 9.5
4
Application Technical Data 2.9m MAX
Used for attaching standard 19" Extrusion:
rack components to 40, 30, 28 and Aluminum, Clear Anodized
1.5" Series Profiles (30 and 28 series Weight: 12-109 0.62kg/m 50 100 TYP M6
require installation from end of 12-110 0.63kg/m
profile). Includes M6X12 flat point set screws
12-109 is machined with square 12-109*
Clip Nut: (Order separately)
holes for installation of a Clip Nut. Steel, Zinc Plated
Clip Nut snaps into square holes for Weight 5g
attaching panels and accessories.
12-110 is blank and can be used to
support horizontal panels such as
ceiling tiles.
Ordering Information 2.9m MAX

Profile Rack Angle with Holes 3 meters 12-109
Profile Rack Angle no Holes 3 meters 12-110 50 100 TYP M6
Cut to Length Service Number 19-001 12-110*
Rack Angle Clip Nut M5 Each 20-075
Rack Angle Clip Nut M6 Each 20-076 20-075
Rack Angle Clip Nut #10-32 Each 25-075 20-076
Rack Angle Clip Nut 1/4-20 Each 25-076 25-075
25-076
* Sold by 3-meter piece

Catalog 1816-4/US
UHMW Slide Bar

& Slide Strip
39.6
39.6
4.7
7.9 Service Slide bar

12-400 16 and use appropriate
screws and t-nuts.
39.6
10
4.7 Application Technical Data

Durable, low-friction material that is
12-420 7.8
16 self-lubricating and easily machined. UHMW, White
27
These profiles provide a smooth 40/1.5" Series Applications use:
8 gliding surface for a wide range of 12-400, 12-420, and 12-410
applications including linear systems 28/30 Series Applications use:
to adjustable work surfaces or sliding 12-430
7.9 2 panels.
12-430
16
31.8 5.4
7.9 Ordering Information
12-410 Description Max. Length Part # Wgt. (kg/m)
7.9 Slide Bar UHMW 3 meters 12-400 1.56
10 Slide Bar UHMW 40x10 3 meters 12-420 1.01
Slide Bar UHMW 28/30x8 3 meters 12-430 0.27
Slide Strip UHMW 3 meters 12-410 0.18
3.5
24.5 Guide Profile 3 meters 12-421 0.24
12-421 14
Anti-Skid Cover
Application
Cover for 40 and 1.5" Series profiles
is used for non-slip surfaces such as
32 4 ladders and stops for sliding doors.
4.5 Oil and water resistant.
Technical Data
Rubber, Black
Hardness 80 Shore
8
12
Description Max. Length Weight Part #
12-114
Anti-Skid Cover 20 meters 0.18 kg/m 12-114

Catalog 1816-4/US
Accessories
Wire Mesh Gasket
& Accessories
Profiles
Application Add length per side of
pane l for T-slot inser ted
Mesh gasket for mounting 12 gage mesh using the 12- 107.
wire mesh in 40, 30, 28 and 1.5" Series
T-Slots.
Technical Data 10 f or 40 Series + 1.5” Series

7 for 30 Series
Molded Vinyl, Gray 6 for 28 Series
Weight: 0.09 kg/m
Description Max. Length Part # 12-107
Wire Mesh Gasket 30.5 meters 12-107
Full Roll 30.5 meters 12-107R
Panel Gasket
Application
Panel gasket for installing 6mm panels Add 8mm per side of
panel for T-slot inserted
in 40, 30, 28 and 1.5" Series profile panel using the 12-106.
T-slot.
Technical Data
Molded Vinyl, Grey 8
Weight: 0.04 kg/m
Description Max. Length Part # 12-106
Panel Gasket 30.5 meters 12-106
Full Roll 30.5 meters 12-106R
Panel Gasket
Application
Panel gasket for installing 6mm or 8mm panels in the 10mm 6mm Panel
T-slots of 18x32 Door Profile (12-032).
10mm T-Slot
8.0
Technical Data
12-108
PP & TPE, BIack
Weight: 0.09 kg/m
12-032
Panel Gasket 2 meters 12-108
8mm T-Slot 12-108*
*Sold by 2-meter piece

Catalog 1816-4/US
Cover/Gasket Strips
B A
12-101 12-103B 12-115

Series A (mm) B (mm)
40/30/1.5" 6 10
3mm Panel 28 4-6 7
20 2 6
12-117-1 • T-slot covering can be cut
easily with tin snips.
12-117-1
• Wires and cables can be
concealed in T-slot with use
of T-slot cover.
1" Series Profile
3mm Panel
12-117-3 Primarily used to cover the T-Slot to 12-101, 12-103, 12-115: Polypropylene
prevent dust and debris from building 12-113: Rigid PVC, Yellow
up, or to conceal wiring routed in 12-117-1/3/6: TPE, Black
the T-Slot. These covers can also be Weight (kg/m):
inverted and used as a panel gasket.
12-117-3 12-101 0.05
These items are easily cut with tin
40 Series Profile snips. 12-103 0.04
12-113 0.10

6mm Panel 12-115 0.03
12-117-1 0.02
12-117-6
12-117-3 0.07
12-117-6 0.03

12-117-6
Max Part # Part # Part # Part #
40 Series Profile
Description Length (Clear) (Black) (Yellow) (Gray)
Cover/Gasket Strip 40/1.5" Series 2 meters 12-101* 12-101B* 12-101Y* 12-101G*
Cover/Gasket Strip 28 Series 2 meters 12-103B*
Cover/Gasket Strip 20 Series 2 meters 12-115* 12-115B*
Safety Cover Strip 40/1.5" Series 2 meters 12-113*
Push-in Panel Seal (3mm) 1” Series 100 meters 12-117-1
12-113
Push-in Panel Seal (3mm) 100 meters 12-117-3
Push-in Panel Seal (6mm) 100 meters 12-117-6
Cover Strips
Application
Technical Data
Used to cover the T-Slot to prevent
dust and debris from building up, Aluminum, Anodized or PVC
12-102 or to conceal wiring routed in the
T-Slot.
Max Part # Part # Part # Part #
12-111 Description Length (Clear) (Black) (Yellow) (Blue)
Aluminum Cover Strip 40/1.5" Series 2 meters 12-102*
PVC Cover Strip 40/1.5" Series 2 meters 12-111* 12-111B* 12-111Y* 12-111BL*
PVC Cover Strip 30/28 Series 2 meters 12-116* 12-116B*
12-116
* Sold by 2 meter piece Weight (kg/m): 12-102, 0.026; 12-111, 0.018; 12-116, 0.014

Catalog 1816-4/US
Accessories
Metric End Caps
& Accessories
Application
Profiles
Caps are used to cover the exposed
ends of profiles after assembly. The Access Hole Plugs
caps provide both protection from
potentially sharp edges, and also an
aesthetically pleasing appearance. B
Technical Data
A
Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
4
13
Series Size (A x B) Unit Wt (g) Part #
16x40 Each 4 18-811

40x40* Each 7 18-813
40x40 (11-540 only) Each 10 18-805
40x40 Quarter Round Each 5 18-843 B
16x80 Each 6 18-812
40x80* Each 15 18-814
A
80x80* Each 28 18-815
40x120 Each 22 18-840
40 Series 80x120 Each 43 18-841
45°
16x160 Each 10 18-806
28x160 Each 20 18-816
40x160 Each 28 18-817
80x160 Each 66 18-818
40x40-45o Each 6 18-820
R40/80-30 Each 17 18-883
R40/80-45 Each 19 18-885
R40/80-60 Each 22 18-886 B
30x30 Quarter Round Each 4 18-838
30 Series 30x30* Each 5 18-803
30x60* Each 11 18-863 A
28x28* Each 4 18-808
28 Series 28x56* Each 8 18-809
28x28-45o Each 3 18-844
B
10x20 Each 0.5 18-830
20x20 Each 1 18-802
20 Series
20x40 Each 2 18-831
40x40, 20 Series Each 4 18-832
18x32 Frame Profile 18x32 Door Profile Each 3 18-807 A
7mm Plastic Each 0.1 18-710
Access Hole Plugs
7mm Nickel Each 0.5 18-713
* Secure end caps available
Access Hole Plugs

Catalog 1816-4/US
Inch End Caps Access Hole Plug
B
0.50"
A 0.42"
B
0.19" 0.13"
A 1.5" Series 1" Series

R1.50"
Series Size (A x B) Unit Weight Part #
(g)
1.5” x 1.5" Each 7 18-1515
1.5" x 1.5" Quarter Round Each 6 18-1543
1.5" Series
1.5” x 3” Each 14 18-1530
3" x 3" Each 28 18-3030
B 1" x 1" Each 3 18-1010

1" Series 1”x 2” Each 7 18-1020
2" x 2" Each 14 18-2020
A 9/32" Plastic Each 1 18-710
Access Hole Plugs
9/32" Nickel Plated Steel Each 5 18-713
Assembly Hint
Press end cap into end hole(s), then
lightly tap with rubber or plastic
mallet.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Accessories
& Accessories
Secure End Caps
Profiles
Application
Secure End Caps are attached to Style 1 18-715
(Push In Fastener)
profile end with push-in fastener or
screws, depending on type (sold 18-913
(40X40 Secure End Cap)
separately). No profile servicing is
required.
40 Series Profile
Technical Data
Series Size Unit Weight (g) Part # Style
Style 2
24-212-4
40x40 Each 7 18-913 1 (M4X12 FHCS)
40x40 Each 7 18-916 2

18-916
40x80 Each 23 18-914 1 (40X40 Secure End Cap)
40
40x80 Each 23 18-917 2
80x80 Each 23 18-918 1
40 Series Profile
80x80 Each 23 18-915 2
30x30 Each 7 18-919 2
30
30x60 Each 7 18-920 2
28x28 Each 7 18-911 1
28
28x56 Each 7 18-912 1
Recommended Fastners (Order Separately)
Part # Fastener Qty Description

18-913 18-715 1 Push-in Fastener
18-916 24-212-4 1 FHCS M4X12
18-917 24-212-4 2 FHCS M4X12
18-915 24-212-4 4 FHCS M4X12
18-919 24-212-4 1 FHCS M4X12
18-920 24-212-4 2 FHCS M4X12

Catalog 1816-4/US
Conduit Profiles
Conduit profiles provide a convenient

Conduit Elements way to integrate cable, hose and
Assembled conduit sections may
be attached to any IPS profile using
control components to an IPS standard T-slot fastening methods.
structural assembly or linear system. Reference grooves allow for accurate
These anodized aluminum profiles positioning of any necessary holes or
are modular and provide great machining.
flexibility and are easy to assemble. IPS conduit profiles offer snap-
The dimensions are based on 40mm together assembly that can be
increments and are compatible with secured with optional locking screws.
all standard IPS elements.
Modular Dimensions
120
80
40
40 typ
40
160
The conduit is made up of high tensile Wall duct profiles of any required
strength aluminum elements: length are snapped into a support
• Wall duct profile 40, 80 and 120 profile. Another support profile closes
the duct with a "snap in" fit. The
• Conduit support profile 40, 80, 120
Assembly of and 160 (with or without T-slot)
conduit may be secured with screws
where necessary.
Conduit Elements
Support Part #1
Wall
Support Part #2
2
1 Scored groove for locating locking

screw (24-695) in Support Profile.
2 Locking screw turned into the pre-

extruded threads of the support wall
profiles.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Conduit
Conduit Cross Section Guide
& Accessories
Profiles
Dimensions Wall Support Support Area Area
Type Item # H x W [mm] Qty Part# Qty Part #1 Qty Part #2 [cm2] [inch2]
1 40x40 2 15-042 2 15-040 — — 16.00 2.48
2 40x80 2 15-042 2 15-080 — — 32.00 4.96
Conduits Without T-Slots
3 40x120 2 15-042 2 15-120 — — 48.00 7.44

4 40x160 2 15-042 2 15-160 — — 64.00 9.92
5 40x80 2 15-082 2 15-040 — — 32.00 4.96
6 80x80 2 15-082 2 15-080 — — 64.00 9.92
7 80x120 2 15-082 2 15-120 — — 96.00 14.88
8 80x160 2 15-082 2 15-160 — — 128.00 19.84
9 40x120 2 15-122 2 15-040 — — 48.00 7.44
10 80x120 2 15-122 2 15-080 — — 96.00 14.88
11 120x120 2 15-122 2 15-120 — — 144.00 22.32
12 120x160 2 15-122 2 15-160 — — 192.00 29.76
13 40x40 2 15-042 1 15-040 1 15-041 9.20 1.43
Conduits With
14 40x160 2 15-042 1 15-160 1 15-161 36.80 5.70

T-Slots on
One Side
15 40x80 2 15-082 1 15-040 1 15-041 25.20 3.91

16 80x160 2 15-082 1 15-160 1 15-161 100.80 15.62
17 40x120 2 15-122 1 15-040 1 15-041 41.20 6.39
18 120x160 2 15-122 1 15-160 1 15-161 164.80 25.54
Conduits with
19 80x160 2 15-082 2 15-161 — — 73.60 11.41

Both Sides
T-Slots on

20 120x160 2 15-122 2 15-161 — — 137.60 21.33

21 40x160 5 15-042 1 15-160 1 15-041 36.80 5.70

Partitions

Conduits
with
22 80x160 5 15-082 1 15-160 1 15-161 100.80 15.62

23 160x160 5 15-122 1 15-160 1 15-161 164.80 25.54

Catalog 1816-4/US
Conduit Profiles
Cross Sections
1 2 3 4
Conduits without T-slots
1 40x40
2 40x80
3 40x120
4 40x160 5 6 7 8
5 40x80
6 80x80
7 80x120
8 80x160
9 20x140
10 40x120
11 120x120
9 10 11 12
12 120x160
Conduits with T-slots on one side

13 14
13 40x40
14 40x160
15 40x80
16 80x160
17 40x120 15 16
18 120x160
17 18
Conduits with T-slots on both sides

19 80x160
20 120x160
19
20
Conduits with Partitions

21 40x160
21
22 80x160
23 160x160
22
23

Catalog 1816-4/US
Conduit
Conduit Support
& Accessories
Profiles
40 2.5 Bottom or cover components for Aluminum, Clear Anodized
conduit assemblies. Wall Duct Weight kg/m
profiles snap in for fast applications. 15-040 1.96
80
15 Locking screw (24-695) can be added 15-080 3.04
to secure the assembly and provide 15-120 3.92
15-040 ground continuity between profiles 15-160 5.00
members.
15
15-080* Description Unit Length Part #
Conduit Support 40 4 meters 15-040
Conduit Support 80 4 meters 15-080*
160
120
15 15
* Sold by 4-meter piece. Pieces can be cut to length for the customer.
15-160 15-120
40
80
Conduit Support
with T-Slot
17

17 or cover components for
Bottom Aluminum, Clear Anodized
40 conduit assemblies with 40 Series Weight kg/m
T-Slots on external face for mounting 15-041 2.40
80 with standard hardware. 15-161 9.16
17

15-041
160
17 Description Unit Length Part #
Conduit
120 Support 40 W/ T-Slot 4 meters 15-041
Conduit Support 160 W/T-Slot 4 meters 15-161
160
17 17
15-161 120

17 17
Catalog 1816-4/US
Conduit Profiles
Wall Duct Profiles

This profile creates the sides of the Aluminum, Clear Anodized
conduit assembly and can be used
to create partitioned spaces within Weight kg/m
assemblies using T-Slotted top and 15-042 0.84 34
bottom supports. 15-082 2.20
15-122 3.24
Ordering Information 15-042

Description Unit Length Part #
Conduit Wall Duct 40 4 meters 15-042
Conduit Wall Duct 80 4 meters 15-082
Conduit Wall Duct 120 4 meters 15-122 114
74
15-082 15-122

Catalog 1816-4/US
Conduit Accessories
& Accessories
Conduit End Caps
Profiles
Indented for
Locking Screw
[24-695] 5
Tabs for
tight fitting
7
Recommended location of 5mm hole for

locking screw on custom conduit caps
6.5 (note orientation).
6.5
B Application Technical Data
End Caps End Caps:
Face covering for sealing the end Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
A 4 openings of conduit assemblies. Not
for use on 40 Series profiles. Locking Screw:
Locking Screw Stainless Steel
Securely fastens support and wall 4.2 x 9.5mm, DIN 7971
profiles and breaks the anodized
coating creating a positive ground
between profile members and
installing end caps.
Recommended Fastners (Order Separately)
Screw Qty
24-695 4 per End Cap
Description [AxB] Unit Part # Weight (g)
Conduit Cap 40x40 Each 15-803 8
Locking Screw 4.2 x 9.5 Each 24-695 2

Catalog 1816-4/US
Contents Fasteners
Section 2
Fasteners
Standard Fasteners 81 Drop-in T-Nuts 88

Double Drop-in-T-Nuts 89
Self-Aligning T-Nuts 89
T-Nut Bars 90
Flat Plate Fasteners 82

Heavy Duty T-Nuts 90
Heavy Duty T-Nut Bars 90
Milling Connectors 82 Slide-in Economy T-Nuts 91-92
Universal Fasteners 83 Drop-in Z-Nuts 92
Butt Fasteners 84 Anodize Breakers 93
Central Connectors 84 T-Bolts 93

Nuts 94
Washers 94
Self-Tapping Connectors 85 Metric Screws 95-96

Imperial Screws 97-98
Set Screws 99
Profile-to-Wall Fasteners 85 Clip Nuts 99
Miter Connectors 86 T-Clips 100

Cable Tie Holders 100
Cable/Hose Holders 101
10.1
22.0
11.0
1.9

Catalog 1816-4/US
Overview
40 Series Light
with T-slot Nut
40 Series Standard
with T-slot Nut
40 Series Heavy
with T-slot Nut
40 Series Heavy
with T-Nut HD
Safe Load
Fasteners
181 kg 254 kg 510 kg 816 kg
(400 lbs) (560 lbs) (1,125 lbs) (1,800 lbs)
Pull Test
Two pieces of 40x40 Heavy profile were assembled to form a tee with a
standard fastener and a button head screw. Force was applied until the tee
started to separate. The profile failed before the fastener. The profiles were still
held together at the end of the test. There were no catastrophic failures. Extra
screw length beyond standard 18mm did not significantly change test results.
Engaged Force (F)

Screw Length N Lbf
M8x18 10.8 mm 25,350 5,699
M8x20 12.8 mm 26,761 6,016
M8x25 17.8 mm 26,774 6,019
M8x30 22.8 mm 27,250 6,126

Catalog 1816-4/US
Overview Fasteners
Fastener Quick Reference

Fastener Type Hardware 40 Series 30 Series 28 Series 20 Series 1.5" Series 1" Series
Standard Fastener M5 20-021
M8 20-002 20-003 20-003 20-002
M8 SS 20-002SS 20-003SS 20-003SS 20-002SS
1/4-20 25-022
5/16-18 25-003 25-003
5/16-18 SS 25-003SS 25-003SS
Standard Fastener M8 20-144 20-144

Single Tab
5/16-18 25-014 25-014
Universal Fastener M5 20-040

M6 20-008 20-005
M8 20-004 (1)
20-004
1/4-20 25-023
5/16-18 25-004 25-004
Flat Plate M8x16 20-028 20-028
M8x10 20-028Z1 20-028Z1
5/16-18 25-028 25-028

Butt Fastener M8x45 20-006(2) 20-012 20-012 20-006
1/4-20 25-017
5/16-18 25-016 25-016
Milling Connector
M5 28-004 28-005
Central Connector
20-704
20-705
Profile-to-Wall
M8 20-015 20-015
5/16-18 25-015 25-015
Self-Tapping
M6 20-019 20-019
Miter Connector
Variable 27-022 27-023 27-023 27-024
(1) Use 20-011 for 40 Series Pneumatic Applications

(2) Use 20-012 for 40 Series Pneumatic Applications

Catalog 1816-4/US
Fastening Sets
G (Thread)
Standard
H (Access
G (Thread)
Series G Service H
Hole) Type 1 HEX
Charge
Service A
Charge
H (Access hole)
40 M8X16 19-010 7 19-011
Fasteners
30 M8X16 19-010 7 19-011
28 M8X16 19-010 7 19-011 B D

20 M5X10 19-005 5 19-041
E
1.5” 5/16-18X.75” 19-009 7 19-011 F
1” 1/4-20X.63” 19-008 6 19-042 C
Application Technical Data Type 2

HEX
A
This is the primary fastening method used Steel, Zinc Plated
to join two pieces of profiles together. Stainless Steel -
Designated by SS at the end
The fastener couples with the taper in the of part number
T-Slots to create an extremely rigid joint.
B D
The tabs on the fastener align the profiles
and provide anti-rotational support.
E
Note: You must use 20-144/25-014 Single Tab Standard Fastener set on F
closed face profiles and for 11-089 C
Profile Dimensions Torque Weight
Type Part #*
Series Nm (ft-lbs) (g)
A Hex B C D E F
1 M8x18 5 36 7.8 17 11 2.6 34 (25) 25 20-002
1 M8x18 5 36 7.8 17 11 2.6 34 (25) 21 20-002SS
1 5/16-18 x 3/4" 3/16" 36 7.8 17 11 2.6 34 (25) 25 25-003
40
1 5/16-18 x 3/4" 3/16" 36 7.8 17 11 2.6 34 (25) 25 25-003SS
2 5/16-18 x 3/4" 3/16" 27 7.6 14 13 2.6 34 (25) 21 25-014
2 M8x18 5 27 7.8 17 11 2.6 34 (25) 21 20-144
1 M8x18 5 23.7 7.8 16 8.9 1.9 34 (25) 15 20-003
30/28 1 M8x18 5 23.7 7.8 16 8.9 1.9 34 (25) 14 20-003SS
2 M8x18 5 21 7.8 14 8.9 1.9 34 (25) 15 20-143
20 1 M5x12 3 4.8 4.8 10 4.5 1.1 8 (6) 5 20-021
1 5/16-18 x 3/4" 3/16" 1.42" 0.307" 0.669" 0.433" 0.102" 34 (25) 25 25-003
1.5" 1 5/16-18 x 3/4" 3/16" 1.42" 0.307" 0.669" 0.433" 0.102" 34 (25) 25 25-003SS
2 5/16-18 x 3/4" 3/16" 1.05" 0.300" 0.550" 0.510" 0.102" 34 (25) 21 25-014
1" 1 1/4-20 x 5/8" 5/32" 0.795 0.250 0.520 0.300 0.060 18 (13) 13 25-022
Series Product Number Description
20-002Z1 Steel Standard Plate

40/1.5” 20-002Z1SS Stainless Steel Plate
20-144Z1 Single Ear Steel Plate
20-003Z1 Steel Standard Plate
30/28 20-003Z1SS Stainless Steel Plate
20-143Z1 Single Ear Steel Plate
20 20-021Z1 Steel Standard Plate
1” 25-014Z1 Steel Standard Plate

Catalog 1816-4/US
Fastening Sets Fasteners
Flat Plate Access Hole

Ø .281"
Drill Appropriate
Access Hole
HEX
A
Order Appropriate
Size T-Nut Separately
D E
1
2
C Application Technical Data

This fastening set is suitable for connecting two Steel, Zinc Plated
B profiles at 90o when a standard fastener cannot be
20-028 used. It can also be used to connect two profiles
25-028 where no end hole is available (see detail 2).

Profile Torque Nm Weight (g)
A Hex B C D E Part #
Series (ft-lbs)
40 M8x18 5 8 27 17.5 2 34 (25) 13 20-028
1.5" 5/16-18x5/8" 3/16" 0.31" 1.06" 0.677" 0.075" 34 (25) 13 25-028
For 28 Series order:

Flat Plate Only 20-028Z1
M8x10 BHCS Screw 24-110-8
Milling Connector
Application
For adjustable 90° profile connections.
Milling Connectors allow the connection A
of two profiles without additional machining.
Technical Data 38.0 B

Steel, Zinc Plated 57.5
Includes screw and T-nut.
Torque: 8 Nm (6 ft-lbs) 28-004
28-005
Profile Series Hex A B Weight (g) Part #
40, 1.5" 4 18 6.8 37.3 28-004
30 4 16 6.3 31.7 28-005

Catalog 1816-4/US
Fastening Sets
Universal
20-011
Fasteners
40 Series
Profile A
28 Series
Profile HEX
ØF G H
ØD B
E
Series F G H
40 20 20 16
30 20 20 11
28 20 20 11 C
20 12 10 8.5
1.5" 0.813" 0.813" 0.625"
1" 0.563" 0.500" 0.430"

For adjustable 90 profile connections. Ideal
o
Zinc Cast, Galvanized
for retrofits and additions to existing frames. Includes screw and T-nut
Fastening set 20-011 is used to connect 28
Series to 40 Series profiles and for pneumatic
applications. See page 178.
Torque
Profile Wt. Service
A (SHCS) Hex B C D E Nm Part #
Series (g) Charge
(ft-lbs)
40 M8x30 6 16 8 20 33.8 34 (25) 41 20-004 19-015
28 to 40 M6x30 5 11 8 20 33.5 15 (11) 36 20-011 19-034
30 M6x27 5 11 8 20 31.3 15 (11) 31 20-008 19-034
28 M6x27 5 11 8 20 31.3 15 (11) 30 20-005 19-034
20 M4x14 3 8.5 5 12 17.2 4 (3) 7 20-040 19-035
1.5” 5/16-18x1¼" 1/4" 16 8 20 33.8 34 (25) 41 25-004 19-040
1" 1/4-20x¾" 3/16" 10.7 6.4 14 21.5 18 (13) 25 25-023 19-036
Universal Zinc Casting 40 (40 Series without T-Nut or Screw) 20-004Z1 —
Universal Zinc Casting 1” (1” Series without T-Nut or Screw) 25-023Z1 —


Catalog 1816-4/US
Fastening Sets Fasteners
Butt-Fastener
A
HEX

For joining profiles end to end. Fastening Zinc Cast, Galvanized
dimensions and servicing are the same as
B
corresponding universal fasteners.
Profile Dimensions Torque, Nm Weight Part # Service 20-006
Series A Hex B (ft-lbs) (g) Charge 20-012
25-016
40 M8x45 6 60 34 (25) 59 20-006 19-015
25-017
30 & 28 M6x50 & M6 Nut 5 60 15 (11) 45 20-012 19-034
1.5" 5/16-18x1¾" 1/4" 2.41" 34 (25) 59 25-016 19-040
1" 1/4-20x1" 3/16" 1.55" 18 (13) 40 25-017 19-036
Central Connector
20-705
20-704
∅11.50 50.00 ∅15.00 32.00
20-704
6.0 7.8 11.3

32.5
Application Technical Data 15.0

For adjustable 90° profile connections. Steel, Zinc Plated 19.0
Central Connectors allow the
connection of two profiles.
For 40 Series only.
5.5
52.0
Service
Description Unit Weight (g) Part # Charge
Hammer Perpendicular to Barrel Each 49 20-704 19-037 20-705
Hammer Parallel to Barrel Each 49 20-705 19-037

Catalog 1816-4/US
Fastening Sets
Self-Tapping Connector
Fasteners
M6 T-Nut
[20-056]
M6 x 40 SHCS Hex 6
[24-340-6]
12.0
1 Insert screw into T-slot 2 Install fastener 3 Insert T-nut and attach connector
32.0
For right angle attachment of 40 and Steel
1.5" Series Profiles. No servicing is Torque: 15 Nm (11 ft-lbs)
20-019 required making it ideal for retrofitting Threads: Left Handed
existing structures. Hardware included
Description Unit Weight (g) Part #
Self Tapping Connector 40/1.5" Set 34 20-019
Profile-to-Wall Fastener
Application Profile-to-Wall
Universal Fastener
Designed for connecting 40 2 x [20-015]
and 1.5" Series profiles to parts
without T-Slots such as corner
elements. 7mm Access Hole
30.0
8.0 Technical Data Corner Element 1
Steel, Zinc Plated

10-044
Tap M8
Hex
20.0 16.0
20-015
Dimensions Torque
Profile Weight Service
Nm (ft- Part #
Series A Hex B C D E (g) Charges
lbs)
40 M8x30 6 16 8 20 30 34 (25) 32 20-015 19-015
5/16-18x1
1.5” 3/16” 0.630” 0.315” 0.787” 1.18” 34 (25) 32 25-015 19-040
1/4”
Profile to wall casting without screw or washer 20-015Z1

Catalog 1816-4/US
Connectors Fasteners
Miter Connectors
A
ØE B
M8x18 BHCS Joi ning Plate
C [24-118-8] [20-109]
ØD
Double
β T- Nuts
[20-050 ]
40 Series 1.5" Series
b = 90° – a/2 b = 90° – a/2
A = 46.5mm + C tan b A = 1.83" + C tan b
B = 36.5mm + C tan b B = 1.44" + C tan b
D = 8mm D = 0.31"
E = 8mm E = 0.31"
30/28 Series
b = 90° – a/2 40 Se ries
A = 46.5mm + C tan b Depending on the
B = 36.5mm + C tan b angle you may not
be able to us e a Miter Connector
D = 8mm
T- nut in this location .
E = 6mm
27-022
27-023
27-024

Variable angle connectors are Connector: Steel, Zinc Plated
available for 40, 30, 28, and 1.5" series
Sets include necessary T-nuts and
profiles.
cone point screws.
Not for use as a structural fastener.
Loctite® Thread Locker No. 262 is
Secure with joining plates as
recommended to secure set screws.
necessary.
Service charge is 19-038
Series Description Unit Weight (g) Part #
40 Variable Set 67 27-022
28,30 Variable Set 31 27-023
1.5" Variable Set 67 27-024

Catalog 1816-4/US
T-Nuts
Quick Reference
Type Thread Size 40 Series 30 Series 28 Series 20 Series 1.5" Series 1" Series
Standard T-Nut M4  20-051     20-044 20-051
 
M5 20-052 20-052   20-045 20-052
Fasteners
M6 20-056 (SS) 20-056 (SS) 20-055   20-056 (SS)
M8 20-058 (SS) 20-058 (SS) 20-057   20-058 (SS)
#10-32 25-009 25-009 25-009 25-030
1/4-20 25-001 25-001 25-055 25-001 25-031
 5/16-18 25-002 25-002 25-057 25-002
Double T-Nut Standard M8 20-049 (1) 20-049 (1)     20-049
 
M8 20-050 (2) 20-050 (2) 20-050
5/16-18 25-041     25-041
Self Aligning T- Nut M5 20-065 20-065 (4) 20-065 (4) 20-065
M6 20-066 20-066 (4)
20-066 (4)
  20-066
M8 20-068 20-068 (4) 20-068 (4)   20-068
Heavy Duty T-Nut M5 20-067 20-067
M6 20-060 (3)
      20-060 (3)
M8 20-064 (3)       20-064 (3)
D C 0. 8 1/4-20 25-050 25-050
Ret. Spring 20-0614 (3)
5/16-18 25-051 25-051
Double Heavy
B E M8 20-063 20-063
Duty T-Nut
1/4-20 25-052 25-052
A
5/16-18 25-053 25-053
Economy Standard T-Nut M5       20-085
M6 20-080 20-090 (SS) 20-090 (SS)   20-080
M8 20-081 20-091 20-091   20-081
#10-32 20-088 20-088 20-088
1/4-20 20-083 20-093 20-093   20-083 25-034
5/16-18 20-082 20-092 20-092 20-082
#10-24       20-086
Economy Offset T-Nut M6   20-190 20-190
M8 20-181      
#8-32 25-045 25-045 25-045
1/4-20 20-193  20-193 20-193 20-193
5/16-18 20-182     20-182
Double Economy
1/4-20 25-048
T-Nut
25-046 (5) 25-046 (5)
5/16-18
25-047 (6) 25-047 (6)
Drop-In Z-Nut M3 20-033 20-036 20-036 20-033
M4 20-034 20-037 20-037 20-034
M5 20-035 20-038 20-038 20-035
(1) 24mm hole centerline spacing (3) 40/1.5" Series only, nut must be installed from profile end (5) 7/8" hole spacing
(2) 40 mm hole centerline spacing (4) On 30 and 28 Series, nut must be installed from profile end (6) 1" hole spacing

Catalog 1816-4/US
T-Nuts Fasteners
Drop-in T-Nut
Standard T-nuts conveniently roll into profile T-slots at any location. The spring/ball
locking feature keeps the T-nut in place in vertical applications.

C
Standard mounting elements for Steel, Clear or Black Zinc Plated
profiles. The T-Nut can be inserted Parts designated with “SS” are
into profile T-Slots at any location stainless steel. Others may be D
E
to provide an instant threaded available in stainless. Contact factory
hole for mounting accessories or for availability.
connectors.
A
B
Profile Dimensions Weight
Series A B C D E (g) Part #
40, 30, M4 7.3 13.8 23 7.5 11 20-051
1.5" M5 7.3 13.8 23 7.5 11 20-052
M6 7.3 13.8 23 5.5 11 20-056
M6 SS 7.3 13.8 23 6.5 11 20-056SS
M8 7.3 13.8 23 7.5 10 20-058
M8 SS 7.3 13.8 23 6.5 11 20-058SS
1/4-20 7.3 13.8 23 7.5 10 25-001
5/16-18 7.3 13.8 23 7.5 9 25-002
#10-32 7.3 13.8 23 7.5 10 25-009
28 M6 6 13.8 23 7 10 20-055
M8 6 13.8 23 7 10 20-057
1/4-20 6 12.9 23 7 10 25-055
5/16-18 6 12.9 23 7 10 25-057
20 M4 4 8 23 4 1 20-044
M5 4 8 11.5 4 1 20-045
1" #10-32 0.200" 0.400" 0.625" 0.210" 5 25-030
1/4-20 0.200" 0.400" 0.625" 0.210" 5 25-031

Catalog 1816-4/US
T-Nuts
Double Drop-in T-Nut

Double
40 T-Nut
Series [20-050]
Fasteners
Double M8 T-Nut
T-Nut [20-058]
[20-050]
40 Series
C E
C E
Gusset
Bracket
[20-103]
M8 x 18
BHCS Joining
M8 x 18 [24-118-8] Plate
D F BHCS [20-109]
[24-118-8]
D F

Standard mounting element where Metric T-Nuts: Steel, Clear Zinc Plated
A fastening hardware requires two Imperial T-Nuts: Steel, Black Zinc
A T-Nuts. Plated or Clear Zinc Plated
B Series A B C D E F (g) Part #
B
40, 30, M8 7.3 13.8 38 7 24 15 20-049
1.5" M8 7.3 13.8 55 7.5 40 23 20-050
5/16-18 0.287" 0.543" 2.165" 0.333" 1.50" 23 25-041
Self Aligning T-Nut

Rolls into the T-Slot of 40 and 1.5" Steel, Zinc Plated
Series profiles at any location and
Fits 30 and 28 Series profiles but must
held into position using a spring-
be inserted from profile end.
loaded ball. The raised area fits into
the T-Slot to prevent twisting. Should
not be used where the raised area
20-066 might interfere with other accessories
such as tabs on universals, hinges,
etc.
20-068
D D C C 0. 80. 8 Series A B C D E (g) Part #
40, 30* M5 7.3 13.5 22 6.4 10 20-065
D C 0. 8
28* & M6 7.3 13.5 22 6.4 10 20-066
E E 1.5" M8 7.3 13.5 22 6.4 10 20-068
B B
B E *Fits 30 and 28 Series profiles but must be inserted from profile end.
A A
A

Catalog 1816-4/US
T-Nuts Fasteners
Heavy Duty T-Nut
Heavy duty T-nuts must be inserted from the ends and slid to the desired location. F
Application [20-0614]
C
Heavy duty T-Nut for 40 and 1.5"
Series profiles. E
HD T-Nut B D
Technical Data
Steel, Zinc Plated
Single
Retainer Spring
in Place
Profile Dimensions Wt.
Style Part #
Series A B C D E F G H (g)
A
M5 22 16 8.8 7.9 3.5 — — 13 20-067
G H F
M6 20 16 8.8 7.9 3.5 — — 13 20-060
Single M8 20 16 8.8 7.9 3.5 — — 13 20-064
C
1/4-20 0.75" 0.63" 0.35" 0.31" 0.14" — — 14 25-050
40, E
5/16-18 0.75" 0.63" 0.35" 0.31" 0.14" — — 13 25-051
1.5” B D
Retainer Spring for HD Single T-Slot Nuts 20-0614
M8 38 16 8.8 7.9 3.5 6 24 25 20-063
Double
Double 1/4-20 1.50" 0.63" 0.35" 0.31" 0.14" 0.25" 1.00" 28 25-052
5/16-18 2.00" 0.63" 0.35" 0.31" 0.14" 0.25" 1.50" 32 25-053
T-Nut Bars
Application
Bar stock for custom length T-Nuts.
Can be cut to length and tapped. Sold
by each length.
13.8 7.9
Technical Data 8.5

Steel 3.5
7.3
Max. tap hole: M8 (5/16") 16
20-059
20-062L
Profile Max
Description Unit Weight (g) Part # Length
Series (mm)
T-Slot Bar Heavy Duty Each 420 20-062 500
40, 30
T-Slot Bar Heavy Duty Each 1260 20-062L 1500
and 1.5"
T-Slot Bar Standard Each 260 20-059 500

Catalog 1816-4/US
T-Nuts
Economy Slide-In T-Nut
Fasteners
A
Economy T-nuts must be inserted from the ends of the profiles and slid to the desired
location. A compression spring can be added to help keep the T-nut in location.
Economy T-Nut
Size M6 or M8
C Application
Economical solution for fastening Compression Spring
[24-719-6] or [24-719-8]
hardware or components to T-Slots.
D B Economy T-Nuts slide into profile from
the end to provide threaded hole for Technical Data
Standard
fastening. Available in standard or Metric T-Nuts: Steel, Clear Zinc Plated
offset versions. Imperial T-Nuts: Steel, Black Zinc
A
Plated or Clear Zinc Plated
Parts designated with “SS” are
stainless steel.
E Part #
Series A B C D E (g)
M6 25 16 3.6 – 10 20-080
C M8 25 16 3.6 – 10 20-081
40, 1.5" #10-32 22.5 11 2.4 – 5 20-088
D B 1/4-20 25 16 3.6 – 10 20-083
5/16-18 25 16 3.6 – 10 20-082
Offset
Standard
M6 20.5 13 3.2 – 5 20-090

M6 20.5 13 3.2 – 5 20-090SS
30, 28 M8 20.5 13 3.2 – 5 20-091
1/4-20 20.5 13 3.2 – 5 20-093
5/16-18 20.5 13 3.2 – 5 20-092
20 M5 16 9.6 2.4 – 5 20-085
#10-32 0.885" 0.440" 0.09" – 5 20-088
1"
1/4-20 1.00" 0.440" 0.09" – 5 25-034
M8 25 16 3.6 7.1 10 20-181
#8-32 16 11 2.4 4.8 5 25-045
40, 1.5"
1/4-20 20.5 13 3.2 6.4 5 20-193
Offset
5/16-18 25 16 3.6 7.1 10 20-182

M6 20.5 13 3.2 6.4 5 20-190
30, 28
1/4-20 20.5 13 3.2 6.4 5 20-193
1" #8-32 0.885" 0.440" 0.09" 0.19" 5 25-045
Description Weight Part #

Compression Spring for Economy T-Slot Nuts M6 4 g 24-719-6*
Compression Spring for Economy T-Slot Nuts M8 4 g 24-719-8*
*Minimum order quantity = 100 pieces

Catalog 1816-4/US
T-Nuts Fasteners
Double Economy Slide-In T-Nut
Application
Double Economy T-Nuts are an
economical solution for fastening 1.5" Universal
Top & Bottom Double
accessories, double universal [25-004] Economy
fasteners and the primary T-Nut to a T-Nut
[25-047]
cross connection.
Technical Data 1.5" Series A

Steel, Black Zinc Plated
E F
C
Part #
Series A B C D E F (g)
D B
2.00" 0.51" 0.12" 0.22" 1.50" 20 25-046
40, 5/16-18
1.38" 0.51" 0.12" 0.25" 0.88" 13 25-047 25-046
1.5"
1/4-20 1.50" 0.51" 0.12" 0.25" 1.00" 15 25-048 25-047
25-048
Drop-In Z-Nut
Universal mounting element that Zinc Cast, Galvanized 45°
wedges into the profile when B D
tightened. Can be inserted into the C
T-Slot at any position.
A
Profile Dimensions Weight E
Series A B C D E (g) Part #
M3 22 11 8 7.7 5 20-033
40/1.5" M4 22 11 8 7.7 5 20-034
M5 22 11 8 7.7 5 20-035
M3 22 11 8 6 5 20-036
30, 28 M4 22 11 8 6 5 20-037
M5 22 11 8 6 5 20-038

Catalog 1816-4/US
Miscellaneous Hardware
Application Anodize Breaker

Penetrates anodizing and provides
ground continuity between 40, 30 and
1.5" Series profiles.
Fasteners
Technical Data
Steel, Galvanized
Dog point M6x12 set screw included.
6.0


13.5 7.8 Anodize Breaker Each 10 20-070
20-070
Turn set screw until

the anodize breaker
turns into the mating
extrusions and the
set screw is full
engaged.
Orient the anodize breaker
as shown and align at
a 45° angle between the
mating extrusions.
T-Bolt
Application
Threaded stud with T-Slot head for
insertion into T-Slot of 40 and 1.5"
Series profiles. These will only fit in
the standard profile.
Technical Data
Steel, Zinc Plated
7.8

Description (Thread x L) Unit Weight (g) Part #
24-420-8 T-Bolt 40, M8x20 Each 1 24-420-8
24-425-8 T-Bolt 40, M8x25 Each 1 24-425-8
24-430-8 T-Bolt 40, M8x30 Each 2 24-430-8
24-440-8 T-Bolt 40, M8x40 Each 2 24-440-8

Catalog 1816-4/US
Bolts, Nuts & Washers Fasteners
Nuts
All profiles. Steel, Zinc Plated
M3 Hex Nut Each 0.3 24-706-3
M4 Hex Nut Each 0.5 24-706-4 Hex Nut
M5 Hex Nut Each 1 24-706-5
M6 Hex Nut Each 2.5 24-706-6
M8 Hex Nut Each 5 24-706-8 24-706-XX 24-707-XX 2
M10 Hex Nut Each 11.6 24-706-10
M12 Hex Nut Each 17.3 24-706-12
M14 Hex Nut Each 25 24-706-14 Lock Nut
M16 Hex Nut Each 33 24-706-16
M6 Lock Nut Each 3 24-716-6
M8 Lock Nut Each 5 24-716-8
1/4-20 Hex Nut Each 4.5 25-706-4 24-708-XX
5/16-18 Hex Nut Each 4.5 25-706-5 24-716-XX
5/16-18 Lock Nut Each 4.5 25-716-5
Washers Flat Washer
Application Technical Data 24-700-XX 24-701-XX

All profiles. Steel, Zinc Plated Lock Washer
Description Unit Weight (g)
24-706-XX
Part # 24-707-XX 24-718-XX
M4 Flat Washer Each 0.1 24-700-4 Rib Spring Washer
24-706-XX 24-707-XX
24-706-XX 24-718-XX
M5 Flat Washer Each 0.3 24-700-5 24-707-XX 24-718-XX
M6 Flat Washer Each 0.4 24-700-6
M8 Flat Washer 24-706-XX
Each 1
24-707-XX
24-700-8
24-718-XX
M6 Lock Washer Each 6 24-707-6
M8 Lock Washer Each 9 24-707-8 Safety Spring Washer
M10 Lock Washer Each 11 24-706-XX
24-707-10 24-707-XX
24-708-XX 24-718-XX
M8 Rib Spring Washer Each 24-716-XX
6
24-718-8
24-709-XX
M8 Safety Spring Washer Each 6 24-708-XX
24-709-8 24-709-XX
24-708-XX
24-716-XX 24-709-XX
M8 Spring Washer Each 3 24-716-XX
24-708-8 Spring Washer
M10 Spring Washer Each 6 24-708-XX
24-708-10
24-709-XX
0' size M8/Flat Washer 24-716-XX
Each 6 24-701-8
5/8" OD M6 Flat Washer Each 2 24-711-6
24-708-XX 24-709-XX
#10-32 Flat Washer Each 2.8 24-716-XX
25-700-2
0' size M8/Flat Washer
1/4" Flat Washer Each 2.8 25-700-4
5/16" Flat Washer Each 2.8 24-700-XX
25-700-5
24-701-XX
5/16" Lock Washer Each 2.8 25-707-5
24-700-XX 24-701-XX
24-700-XX 24-701-XX
94 24-700-XX 24-701-XX
Parker Hannifin Corporation • Electromechanical & Drives Division • www.parker.com/ips
24-700-XX 24-701-XX
Catalog 1816-4/US
Screws
Metric Screws
24 - 1 xx - 5
Metric
Fasteners
Screw Type Code Length Thread Type Code
Button Head 1 For stock lengths, M3x.05 3
K see next page
Flat Head 2 M4x0.7 4
Socket Head 3 M5x0.8 5
D T M6x1.0 6
M8x1.25 8
S Length M10x1.5 10
BUTTON HEAD
The stock part numbers are on the chart on the
next page.
Note: Only screw items listed by part number on
the following page are considered standard and
Technical Data
are in stock. Non-stock items are special order with Finish may vary. Stainless
minimum quantity requirements. Steel is available on
selected screws.
D T Order Quantities:
Order quantities are per screw. Contact customer
service for box quantity and high volume orders.
S Length
FLAT HEAD
Metric Screw Dimensions (mm)
Thread Button Head Flat Head Socket Head
T D* K* S D* K S D* K* S
M3 5.7 1.65 2 6 1.7 2 5.5 3 2.5
M4 7.6 2.2 2.5 8 2.3 2.5 7 4 3
M5 9.5 2.75 3 10 2.8 3 8.5 5 4
M6 10.5 3.3 4 12 3.3 4 10 6 5
M8 14 4.4 5 16 4.4 5 13 8 6
K M10 17.5 5.5 6 20 5.5 6 16 10 8
*MAX size listed.
D T
S Length
SOCKET HEAD

Catalog 1816-4/US
Screws Fasteners
Metric Screw Quick Reference

Length M3x.05 M4x0.7 M5x0.8 M6x1.0 M8x1.25 M10x1.5
8 24-108-5 24-108-6
10 24-110-3 24-110-4 24-110-5 * 24-110-6 * 24-110-8 *
12 24-112-5 * 24-112-6 * 24-112-8 *
14 24-114-5 24-114-6 24-114-8
Button Head Screws
16 24-116-5 24-116-6 * 24-116-8 *

18 24-118-8 *
20 24-120-5 * 24-120-6 * 24-120-8 * 24-120-10
25 24-125-5 24-125-6 * 24-125-8 * 24-125-10
28 24-128-8
30 24-130-5 24-130-6 * 24-130-8 24-130-10
35 24-135-5 24-135-6 24-135-8
40 24-140-6 24-140-8 * 24-140-10
45 24-145-5 24-145-8
50 24-150-8
60 24-160-6 24-160-8
80 24-180-8
8 24-208-4 24-208-6
10 24-210-3 24-210-5 24-210-6 * 24-210-8
Flat Head Screws
12 24-212-4 24-212-5 24-212-6 * 24-212-8 *

14 24-214-4SS 24-214-6 24-214-8
16 24-216-3 24-216-4 24-216-5 24-216-6 * 24-216-8 *
18 24-218-6 24-218-8
20 24-220-4 24-220-6 * 24-220-8 *
25 24-225-4 24-225-5 24-225-6 * 24-225-8
30 24-230-6 24-230-8
35 24-235-6
45 24-245-8
8 24-308-4
10 24-310-4 24-310-6 24-310-8
12 24-312-3 24-312-4 24-312-5 24-312-6 24-312-8
14 24-314-4 24-314-6
16 24-316-4 24-316-6 24-316-8 *
Socket Head Screws
18 24-318-6
20 24-320-4 24-320-5 24-320-6 * 24-320-8 *
25 24-325-6 * 24-325-8 *
27 24-327-6
30 24-330-6 24-330-8
33 24-333-6
35 24-335-6 24-335-8
40 24-340-6 24-340-8
45 24-345-6 24-345-8
50 24-350-6 24-350-8
80 24-380-6 24-380-8
100 24-3100-8
120 24-3120-6
* These items are available in Stainless Steel. Add “SS" to the end of the Part #. These are only stock.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Screws
Imperial Screws
25 - 1 xx - 5
Imperial
Fasteners
Screw Type Code Length Thread Type Code
K Button Head 1 For stock lengths, #8-32 1
Flat Head 2 see next page #10-32 2
D T Socket Head 3 1/4-20 4
5/16-18 5
S 3/8-16 6
Length
1/2-13 8
BUTTON HEAD
The stock part numbers are on the next page.
Note: Only screw items listed by part number on
the following page are considered standard and
are in stock. Non-stock items are special order with
Technical Data
minimum quantity requirements. Finish may vary. Stainless
Steel is available on
selected screws.
D T Order Quantities:
Order quantities are per screw. Contact customer
service for box quantity and high volume orders.
S Length
FLAT HEAD Imperial Screw Dimensions (in)

Thread Button Head Flat Head Socket Head
T D* K* S D* K S D* K* S
#8-32 0.312 0.087 3/32 0.311 0.112 3/32 0.270 0.164 9/64
#10-32 0.361 0.101 1/8 0.359 0.127 1/8 0.312 0.190 5/32
1/4-20 0.437 0.132 5/32 0.480 0.161 5.32 0.375 0.250 3/16
5/16-18 0.547 0.166 3/16 0.600 0.198 3/16 0.469 0.312 1/4
3/8-16 0.656 0.199 7/32 0.720 0.234 7/32 0.562 0.375 5/16
1/2-13 0.875 0.265 5/16 0.872 0.251 5/16 0.750 0.500 3/8
K *MAX size listed.
D T
S Length
SOCKET HEAD

Catalog 1816-4/US
Screws Fasteners
Imperial Screw Quick Reference
Type Length #8-32 #10-32 1/4-20 5/16-18 3/8-16

3/8" 25-106-1 25-106-2 25-106-4 25-106-5
1/2" 25-108-2 25-108-4 25-108-5
5/8" 25-110-2 25-110-4 25-110-5
Button Head Screws
3/4" 25-112-2 25-112-4 25-112-5 *

7/8" 25-114-4 25-114-5
1" 25-116-5
1 1/8" 25-118-5
1 1/4" 25-120-5 25-120-6
1 1/2" 25-124-5
1 3/4" 25-128-5
1/2" 25-208-2 25-208-4
Screws
Head
Flat
5/8" 25-210-4 25-210-5

3/4" 25-212-4 25-212-5
1/2" 25-308-1 25-308-5
5/8" 25-310-4 25-310-5
Socket Head Screws
3/4" 25-312-4 25-312-5

7/8" 25-314-4 25-314-5
1" 25-316-4 25-316-5
1 1/4" 25-320-4 25-320-5
1 3/4" 25-328-5
2" 25-332-5

* These Items are available in Stainless Steel.
Add “SS” to the end of the part # for stainless steel.


Catalog 1816-4/US
Set Screws, Nuts
Set Screws (Hexagon Socket)

Technical Data
Steel, Black Oxide
Fasteners
Type Description Unit Part #
Cone Point M5 x 6 Each 24-506-5C
M6 x 8 Each 24-508-6C
M6 x 10 Each 24-510-6C
24-5xx-xC M6 x 12 Each 24-512-6C
M8 x 10 Each 24-510-8C
M8 x 16 Each 24-516-8C
1/4-20 x 3/8" Each 25-506-4C
5/16-18 x 5/8" Each 25-510-5C
24-5xx-xD
Dog Point M6 x 12 Each 24-512-6D
Flat Point M5 x 16 Each 24-516-5F
M6 x 6 Each 24-506-6F
M6 x 12 Each 24-512-6F
24-5xx-xF M6 x 16 Each 24-516-6F
M10 x 25 Each 24-525-10F
Cup Point M8 x 8 Each 24-508-8U
1/4-20 x 5/8" Each 25-510-4U
24-508-8U
Clip Nuts
Square nut with clip attachment Steel, Zinc Plated
for 19" Rack Angle. Nut snaps into
square holes for attaching panels and
accessories.
20-075 Description Unit Weight (g) Part #
20-076
Clip Nut M5 Each 4.5 20-075
25-075
25-076 Clip Nut M6 Each 4.5 20-076
Clip Nut #10-32 Each 4.5 25-075
Clip Nut 1/4-20 Each 4.5 25-076

Catalog 1816-4/US
Wiring/Cable Accessories Fasteners
T-Clips
Mounting element with two separate Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
channels for fast, easy securing and Complete with screw and T-nut for
routing of open wiring or tubing. 40 Series mounting.
Dimensions Weight
Range Part #
A B C D E F (g) C E
6-8 20 12 20 8 9 3 6 22-206
8-10 25 15 24 10 12 4 9 22-208
B A
10-13 31 18 28 12 12 4 11 22-210
13-16 35 21 36 14 17 4 12 22-212
F D
16-19 44 25 43 17 20 5 18 22-215
Cable Tie Holder

Application
Mounting element provides point
for cable tie mounting. Suitable for
use on 40, 30, 28, 1.5" and 1" Series
profiles.
Technical Data 9.25 19

19
Insert into T-slot and twist 90°
4.8
22-202
22-201
Cable Tie Holder, 40/1.5" Each 4 22-202
Cable Tie Holder, 28/30 Each 4 22-201
Cross Cable Tie Holder, 40/1.5" Each 4 27-202
Cross Cable Tie Holder, 1" Each 4 27-203
10.1
22.0
11.0
1.9
27-202
27-203

Catalog 1816-4/US
Wiring/Cable Accessories
Cable/Hose Holder
For #8-32 Application
SHCS Mounting element with two separate
Fasteners
channels for routing open wiring or
tubing along the profile surface
16 39 Technical Data
20
Mounting screw and T-Nut included
7.9 12 12 mm maximum cable/hose diameter
22-200
22-230
Cable/Hose Holder, 40 Series Set 8 22-200
Cable/Hose Holder, 1.5" Series Set 8 22-230
Cable/Hose Holder (Qtr. Turn Style) Set 9 22-203
16 40
20
22-203

Catalog 1816-4/US
Contents Brackets, Gussets & Plates
Section 3
Brackets, Gussets & Plates
Corner Brackets 103 Joining Plates 107-108
Corner Connectors 104 Angle Brackets 109-110
Cross Connector 105 Machined Gussets 111
C’sink for
5/16" FHCS Ø 0.27"
Angle Connector 105 Cast Gussets 112
1.00" 1.50"
1.50"
Mounting Plate 106 0.236" Corner Elements 113 38.0
36.0
8.7
0.50"
45.00°
20.5 36.0
9.0
8.0 5.5
Clamp Block 106 Machined Corner Elements 114

Catalog 1816-4/US
Corner Elements
Corner Bracket
FOR BHCS
22-146 A
22-153
C
B
Brackets.
& Plates
Gussets
1 2
FOR M8 FHCS
A
22-150
C
B
3 4
45°
A
18-822 Application Technical Data
B Corner brackets are used for Bracket: Die Cast Zinc
connecting 40, 30 and 1.5" Series End Cap: Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
profiles at right angles. Ideal for
construction of display cases, Profile Series 40 and 30: Tap Profile
tables, cover hoods or anywhere a Ends M8 (19-010)
protected corner is desired. Caps are Profile Series 1.5”: Tap Profile Ends
designed to match the contour of the (5/16-18) (19-009)
R40 profile. All fasteners included.
18-821 A
22-151 Ordering Information
22-154 B
Series Description A B C Unit Wt (g) Part #
Corner Bracket 36 36 20 Set 120 22-146
Radius Connector Cap 40 40 — Each 8 18-821
40
3x45° Connector Cap 40 40 — Each 9 18-822
Square Connector Cap 40 40 — Each 15 18-842
Corner Bracket 28 28 15 Set 69 22-150
30 Radius Connector Cap 30 30 — Each 4 22-151
B
Square Connector Cap 30 30 — Each 7 22-152
18-842
A Corner Bracket 1.5" 1.5" 0.75" Set 120 22-153
22-152 1.5"
Radius Connector Cap 1.5" 1.5" — Each 8 22-154

Catalog 1816-4/US
Corner Elements Brackets, Gussets & Plates
Corner Connector M8 BHCS

Connector Plug
Connector Plug
M8 FHCS
3-Way Corner
Connector 28
3-Way Corner
Connector 40
18-826 18-829
A
18-826
Application Technical Data D 18-852
Corner connectors are ideal for use 40 Series B C 18-872
with closed face profiles. Suitable Block: Die-Cast Aluminum, Silver
for clean room environments, some
18-892
Paint
A
include access plugs to cover Plug: Nylon 18-902
hardware. 28 Series
B C
Block: Aluminum, Black Anodized
Recommended Fasteners Plug: Acetal (Delrin)
(Order Separately)
20, 1" and 1.5" Series
Series 2-Way 3-Way Block: Die-Cast Aluminum, Silver
40 (2) 24-225-8 (3) 24-225-8
Paint
Plug: Nylon D 18-827
30 (2) 24-216-8 (3) 24-216-8
Profile ends must be tapped for 18-829
28 — (3) 24-216-8
screws. 18-853
20 (2) 24-212-5 (3) 24-212-5
Hardware not included. 18-873
A
1.5" (2) 25-216-5 (3) 25-216-5

D 18-893
1" (2) 25-212-4 (3) 25-212-4 18-903
B C
A
Series Description A B C D Unit Weight (g) Part # Service Charge

2-Way 40 40 40 M8 BHCS Set 26 18-826 19-010
40 B C
3-Way 40 40 40 M8 BHCS Set 26 18-827 19-010
2-Way 30 30 30 M8 FHCS Set 47 18-902 19-010
30
3-Way 30 30 30 M8 FHCS Set 47 18-903 19-010
3-Way 28 28 28 M8 FHCS Set 25 18-829* 19-010
28
Access Plug — — — — Each 1 18-712 —
2-Way 20 20 20 M5 BHCS Set 13 18-852 19-005
20
3-Way 20 20 20 M5 BHCS Set 10 18-853 19-005
2-Way 1.5" 1.5" 1.5" 5/16-18 BHCS Set 105 18-892 19-009
1.5"
3-Way 1.5" 1.5" 1.5" 5/16-18 BHCS Set 91 18-893 19-009
2-Way 1" 1" 1" 1/4-20 BHCS Set 30 18-872 19-008
1"
3-Way 1" 1" 1" 1/4-20 BHCS Set 26 18-873 19-008
* Plugs not included; order separately.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Connecting Elements
Profile Connectors
1/4-20 Double T- Nut

[25-048 ]
Tap Ends M8
Service Charge
5/16-18 X 3/4" FHCS 19-010
[25-212-5 ]
C’sink for M8X 16 SHCS

Ø 0.27" 1/4-20 X 5 /8" SHCS
25-027 5/16" FHCS (24-316-8)
[25-310 -4]
Brackets.
& Plates
Gussets
1.00" 1.50"
1.50" Cross Connector

0.236" Tap End [25-027Z1] M8X 20 SHCS
5/16-1 8 x 3 /4" (24-320-8)
0.50" Service charge 19-009
1.5" Series

The cross connector and angle 25-027
connector are bracket style Zinc Cast, Clear Zinc Plated
27-600 connectors that allow you to connect
∅9 40 or 1.5" Series profiles together with All fasteners included. To order plate
minimal servicing. You can cut the only, add Z1 at end of part number.
∅9
profile to length, tap one end of the 27-600
40
profile and be able to join two pieces Zinc Cast, Clear Paint
of profile together.
52 Recommended Fasteners (Order Separately)

40
45° Part # Series Screws T-Nut Service Charge

24-320-8
40 20-058 19-010
24-316-8
27-600
25-312-5
1.5" 25-002 19-009
25-310-5
40/1.5" Cross Connector, Double Tab Each 55 25-027
40/1.5" Angle Connector, 45° Each 200 27-600
For Machining M8 Tap, use part number 19-010 for each profile end.
For machining 5/16-18 Tap, use part number 19-009 for each profile end.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Mounting Accessories Brackets, Gussets & Plates
Mounting Plate
Application
Designed to mount 16x40 profile
(10-016) at 90O angle to any 40 Series 16x40 Profile
[10-016]
profile.
Tap M6x12 Dp x2
M8x16 SHCS
Technical Data Mounting Plate
[22-139] [24-316-8]
∅9 THRU
Aluminum, Clear Anodized FOR M6 FHCS 8
M6x16 FHCS
19
Recommended Fasteners [24-216-6] x2
(Order Separately) 38.1

Screw (1) 24-316-8 Any M8 T-Nut
T-Nut (1) 20-058 28
40 Series Profile 40
Screw (2) 24-216-6 6.35
22-139
40 Mounting Plate for 16x40 profile Each 19 22-139
Clamp Block
20
5 20 20-018-1
15
Application Technical Data 30 20-018-2
Cost effective connection of 40 Aluminum, Clear Anodized
Series profiles stacked at intersecting
Recommended Fasteners
angles. Not recommended for ∅9
linear applications. Use in pairs to
(Order Separately)
Screw T-Nut 10
accomplish proper clamping.
24-130-8 20-064
40
40 Clamp Block 1 Each 30 20-018-1 76
Clamp Block 2 Each 60 20-018-2

Catalog 1816-4/US
Joining Plates
Straight
ØE C D
TYP
∅E THRU
A
C B
D
B
A T
20-117 20-112
Brackets.
20-300, 20-310 20-303
& Plates
Gussets
22-140, 22-145 20-313
D
Exterior joining plates for fastening Aluminum, Anodized
C
TYP profiles without servicing. Can also
be used for additional strength on
joints with fasteners.
B
∅E
Recommended Fasteners (Order Separately)
Series Screws T-Nuts Double T-Nut (if applicable)
40 24-118-8 20-058 20-050
A
30 24-110-8 20-058 20-050
20-108 28 24-110-8 20-057 —
20-301, 20-311 20 24-108-5 20-045 —
∅E D 1.5" 25-110-5 25-002 25-041

1" 25-108-4 25-031 —
B
C Ordering Information
TYP
Series A B C D E T Unit Wgt (g) Part #
38 76 40 18 9 6.4 Each 40 22-140
A
34 152 40 17 9 6.4 Each 86 20-108
40
76 76 40 17 9 6.4 Each 90 20-111
20-111 76 152 40 17 9 6.4 Each 188 20-112
20-118 25 54 28 13 9 3.2 Each 33 22-145
20-302, 20-312 30/28
25 103 40 34 9 3.2 Each 20 20-104
∅E 19 38 20 9 5.5 3.0 Each 7 20-117
20
38 38 20 9 5.5 3.0 Each 11 20-118
Series A B C D E T Unit Wgt (g) Part #

D
1.50" 3.00" 1.50" 0.75" 0.34" 0.25” Each 45 20-300
1.50" 6.00" 1.50" 0.75" 0.34" 0.25” Each 90 20-301
B 1.5"
3.00" 3.00" 1.50" 0.75" 0.34" 0.25” Each 95 20-302
C
3.00" 6.00" 1.50" 0.75" 0.34" 0.25” Each 195 20-303
1.00" 2.00" 1.00" 0.50" 0.28" 0.25” Each 18 20-310
1.00" 4.00" 1.00" 0.50" 0.28" 0.25” Each 36 20-311
1"
2.00" 2.00" 1.00" 0.50" 0.28" 0.25” Each 36 20-312
A
2.00" 4.00" 1.00" 0.50" 0.28" 0.25” Each 68 20-313
20-104

Catalog 1816-4/US
Joining Plates Brackets, Gussets & Plates
Corner & “T”
M8 T-Nut St
[20-058]
M8 Double T-Nut
[20-050]
40 Series
M8 x 18 BHCS
[24-118-8]
45°
ØE C
B 20-105
Corner Joining D 20-109
Plate 40 [20-109] M8 T-Nut 20-304
[20-058] A
20-314
M8x18 BHCS
[24-118-8]

Exterior joining plates for fastening Aluminum, Anodized
profiles without servicing. Can also
be used for additional strength on
joints with fasteners.
Recommended Fasteners (Order Separately) ØE

63°
C
20-106
B 20-110
40 24-118-8 20-058 20-050 D 20-305
30 24-110-8 20-058 20-050 20-315
A
28 24-110-8 20-057 —
1.5" 25-110-5 25-002 25-041
1" 25-108-4 25-031 —
45°
ØE
B C
TYP
Series A B C D E T Unit Weight (g) Part #
114 114 40 17 9 6.4 Each 163 20-109
114 114 40 17 9 6.4 Each 163 20-110 A D
40
154 154 40 17 9 6.4 Each 341 20-113
154 154 40 17 9 6.4 Each 341 20-114 20-113
20-306
30/28 80 80 28 12 9 3.2 Each 39 20-105
80 80 28 12 9 3.2 Each 39 20-106
ØE
63°
Series A B C D E T Unit Weight (g) Part #
4.50" 4.50" 1.50" 0.75" 0.34" 0.25” Each 173 20-304
B C
4.50" 4.50 1.50" 0.75" 0.34" 0.25” Each 173 20-305 TYP
1.5"
6.00" 6.00" 1.50" 0.75" 0.34" 0.25” Each 359 20-306
6.00" 6.00" 1.50" 0.75" 0.34" 0.25” Each 359 20-307
A D
3.00" 3.00" 1.00" 0.50" 0.28" 0.25” Each 41 20-314
1"
3.00" 3.00" 1.00" 0.50" 0.28" 0.25” Each 41 20-315 20-114
20-307

Catalog 1816-4/US
Connecting Elements
Angle Brackets
Brackets.
& Plates
Gussets
A D
C
28-600
28-601 Angle Brackets are used to fasten Aluminum, Clear Anodized
profiles together without any
28-602
machining. Although it does not
provide as solid a joint as other
fastening methods, it allows flexibility
for positioning and joining of profiles
with no servicing.

40 24-118-8 20-058 20-050
30 24-112-8 20-058 —
28 24-110-8 20-057 —
20 24-108-5 20-045 —
1.5" 25-110-5 25-002 25-041
1" 25-106-2 25-030 —
A D
B Series A B C D Weight (g) Part #
34 38.1 38.1 6.4 38 28-602
40
34 76.2 76.2 6.4 79 28-606
C 25 25.4 25.4 3.2 9 28-601

30/28
25 57.2 57.2 3.2 21 28-605
28-605 20 15.9 19.1 19.1 3.2 4 28-600
28-606
Series A B C D Weight (g) Part #

1.34" 1.50" 1.50" 0.25" 38 28-602
1.5"
1.34" 3.00" 3.00" 0.25" 79 28-606
1" 0.63" 0.75" 0.75" 0.13" 4 28-600

Catalog 1816-4/US
Connecting Elements Brackets, Gussets & Plates
Angle Brackets
A D
C
Angle Brackets are used to fasten Aluminum, Clear Anodized 20-116
profiles together without any 28-603
machining. Although it does not 28-604
provide as solid a joint as other
fastening methods, it allows flexibility
for positioning and joining of profiles
with no servicing.

40 24-118-8 20-058 20-050
30 24-112-8 20-058 —
28 24-110-8 20-057 —
20 24-108-5 20-045 —
1.5" 25-110-5 25-002 25-041
1" 25-106-2 25-030 — A D
Ordering Information B

74 38.1 38.1 6.4 84 28-604 C
40
74 76.2 76.2 6.4 174 28-608
50.8 25.4 25.4 3.2 18 28-603 28-607
30/28 28-608
53 57.2 57.2 3.2 45 28-607
20 36 19.1 19.1 3.2 10 20-116

2.91" 1.50" 1.50" 0.25" 84 28-604
1.5"
2.91" 3.00" 3.00" 0.25" 174 28-608
1" 2.00" 1.00" 1.00" 0.13" 18 28-603

Catalog 1816-4/US
Gussets
Machined Gussets
20-101
Gusset
C F
Brackets.
& Plates
Gussets
ØG 20-103
Gusset
E B
D 28 Series
A
20-101
20-442 40 Series
Application
C F Provide a high-strength connection Technical Data
between profiles. Gussets are used to Aluminum, Clear Anodized
ØG
attach profiles at 90O angles without
additional fasteners. Can be added
E B to joints with fasteners to increase
strength or ensure accurate right
angles.
D A
20-102 Recommended Fasteners (Order Separately)
20-440
Series Screws T-Nuts Double T-Nuts
40 24-118-8 20-058 20-050
30 24-116-6 20-056 —
28 24-116-6 20-055 —
1.5" 25-112-5 25-002 —
1" 25-110-4 25-031 —
E F
Series A B C D E F G Wgt (g) Part #
ØG
77 77 34 20 40 8 9 140 20-102
40
E B 77 77 74 20 40 8 9 310 20-103
30/28 77 77 25.4 20 40 8 7 110 20-101
3.03" 3.03" 1.25" 0.75" 1.50" 0.32" 0.34" 140 20-440
D C A 1.5"
3.03" 3.03" 2.75" 0.75" 1.50" 0.32" 0.34" 310 20-441
20-103
1" 3.03" 3.03" 0.875" 0.75" 1.50" 0.32" 0.28" 110 20-442
20-441

Catalog 1816-4/US
Gussets Brackets, Gussets & Plates
Cast Gussets
M8 x 16 BHCS
[24-116-8]
20-4040
Gusset
[20-4040] Gusset 38.0
36.0
[20-8040]
8.7
45.00°
20.5 36.0
M8 T-Nut
[20-058] 36.0
38.0
36.0
38.0 8.7
9.0
8.0 5.5
8.7
40 Series 45.00°
20.5 36.0
45.00°
20.5 36.0
9.0
8.0 5.5

8.0 5.5
Provide a high-strength, right-angle Die-Cast Aluminum
connection between two profiles.
These gussets can only be used for
right angle connections in-line with
T-slots as shown. Cast tabs help align
the gussets in the center of the profile. 20-8040
76.0
Recommended Fasteners (Order Separately) 9.0
20.0
Series Screws T-Nuts 76.0
40 24-116-8 20-058 23.0 48.0

76.0 9.0
1” 25-106-2 25-030
76.0 9.0
1.5" 25-112-5 25-002 8.5 8.0 12.0
38.0
20.0
20.0
76.0
76.0
23.0 48.0
23.0 48.0
Ordering Information 8.5 8.0 12.0
38.0
Gusset 40 Each 59 8.5 20-4040 8.0 12.0
38.0
Gusset 40x80 Each 136 20-8040
Gusset 1” Each 36 20-1010 20-1010
17
Ø 5.5
8
20
3
20 8.5

Catalog 1816-4/US
Corner Elements
Corner Elements
Profile-to-Wall
Fastener M8 x 20 BHCS
2 x [20-015] [24-120-8]
40
20 Corner
M8 Element 2
M8 Tap
Universal
Brackets.
Fastener
& Plates
Gussets
7 7mm Access Hole [20-004]
Corner Element 1 or 3
21-035 24
11.1 M8 T-Nut
[20-050 or 20-058]
Flat Fastening Set

[20-028]
M8 T-Nut
[20-058]
8.3
80
8 64 40
M8
40
7
20 40
21-036
Designed for attaching profiles at Aluminum, Clear Anodized
40 45O. Ideal for trusses, bracing and
C'bored
supports.
for
M8 Ordering Information
BHCS
20 40 Corner Element 1, 40 Each 71 21-035

21-037 Corner Element 1, 80 Each 45 21-036
Corner Element 2, 40 Each 67 21-037
Corner Element 2, 80 Each 133 21-038
End Cap 40 x 40-45O Each 6 18-820

80 Part Number Screw T-Nuts Washer
C'bored 21-035 (2) 20-028 (2) 20-058 —
for
M8 21-036 (4) 20-028 (4) 20-058 —
BHCS 21-135 (2) 20-028 (2) 20-058 —
21-136 (4) 20-028 (4) 20-058 —
20 40 21-037 (1) 24-120-8 (1) 20-058 (1) 24-707-8

21-038 (2) 24-120-8 (2) 20-058 (2) 24-707-8
21-038

Catalog 1816-4/US
Corner Elements Brackets, Gussets & Plates
Machined Corner Elements
ØF ØE "
20-2828M
20-4040M
A 20-506
C 20-508
B
B
Application A
These corner brackets provide a
high strength, accurate right angle
connection between two profiles,
Technical Data
while providing a low profile,
aesthetically pleasing look. Aluminum, Clear Anodized
Recommended Fasteners (Order Separately) G H

ØF
Series Screws T-Nuts Double T-Nuts (if applicable)
40 24-116-8 20-058 20-050
28 24-112-6 20-055 — ØE
1.5" 25-110-5 25-002 25-041

D
1" 25-106-4 25-031 —
20-2856M
Ordering Information 20-4080M
Series A B C D E F G H Wt. (g) Part #
20-507
20-509
38 20 6 35 15 8.5 — — 64 20-4040M
40
38 20 6 75 15 8.5 17.5 40 136 20-4080M
27 14 5 25 11 7 — — 23 20-2828M
28
27 14 5 53 11 7 12.5 28 50 20-2856M
1.496" 0.75" 0.177" 1.25" 0.63" 0.34" — — 64 20-508
1.5"
1.496" 0.75" 0.177" 2.75" 0.63" 0.34" 0.72" 1.50" 136 20-509
1.000" 0.50" 0.236" 0.88" 0.44" 0.28" — — 23 20-506
1"
1.000" 0.50" 0.236" 1.88" 0.44" 0.28" 0.47" 1.00" 50 20-507

Catalog 1816-4/US
Contents
Section
4
Panels & Doors
Panels 117-118 Rollers 131-132

Wire Mesh 118
Panel Mounting Blocks 119-122 Roller Insert 133
& Doors
Panels
Wire Mesh Retainers 123-124 Rail Carts 134
Roller Carts 134

M8x20 FHCS
Bifold Door 125-126 Spacer

Door Glide
Washer
Tap M8
25mm deep
40 Series
M8x20 FHCS
Spacer
Door Glide
Washer
Tap M8
20mm deep
30/28 Series
Sliding Door Set 127

Sliding Door Guide 128
Fa stening
See Detail 4
Rolling Door Guide 130 Guide Inser t

[21-067]
24. 5
6mm (1/4")
Panel
B C A
Vinyl Panel Ga sk et
[12-1 06]
T- S lot 8
T-Slot 10
8.0
23.5
Roller Inse rt
[21-068]
2
Drill & T ap
Standard Fa stening Se t M5 x 10mm De ep
[20-002] On Ce nter
41 Flat Pl ate
Conne ctor M5 x 1 2 BHC S
[20-028z1] [2 4-112-5]
4 * R ecommend fastener every 250mm
Connection Le ave 5mm Cl ea rance

Method 1 for St d. Fa stener 20
OR
Mill Ke y 2mm Ga p
Bac k 5mm
3 Connectio n Method 2
5 2mm Gap

Catalog 1816-4/US
Panel Characteristics Panels & Doors
Panel Selection Guide
Recommended Use Opacity Cost

Vertical, Horizontal, Shelving, Shelving, Transparent
Non- Vertical, Non- No Load or Opaque Low Medium High
Panel Type Structural Structural Structural Load Supporting See Through
Polycarbonate ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Wire Mesh ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
TRESPA® ✔ 1 ✔ ✔ 1 ✔ 1 ✔ ✔ ✔
Expanded PVC ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Aluminum
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Veneer
1
Ask us about even more options.
As a standard, all panel part numbers end with “P” and will be shipped as a full sheet. To order a cut to length panel,
remove the “P” from the standard part number and specify length and width.
Panel Materials
Polycarbonate High-impact resistant polycarbonate panels provide clarity, safety, security and energy savings.
Meets every industry standard for general purpose window glazing. Clear or light smoked.

Wire Mesh Wire mesh provides a high level of security and can be used for safety guarding and enclosures. PVC
coating provides a smooth, snag-free surface that is extremely rust and corrosion resistant.

TRESPA® TRESPA® is a solid grade decorative building panel, suitable for horizontal surfaces and vertical panels.
Resistant to scratches, corrosives and solvents. Can be drilled and tapped.

Expanded PVC Light duty colored panel material, primarily for use vertically. Can also be used as light duty shelving
material.

Aluminum These panels have a very high strength to weight ratio. The panels have clear anodized aluminum skins
on Veneer each side with a high density hardboard core. These panels can be used in both horizontal and vertical
applications.
Special Items Special panel materials including color selection of stock material are available. IPS capabilities include
custom machining of steel and aluminum panels for use in fixtures, machine bases and assemblies.

Contact your local representative or an IPS Application Engineer to review special requirements.
Special item availability includes:
• Machined Steel and Aluminum Surfaces • Perforated Metal Decking
• Welding Curtains • Sound Insulating Panels
• Decorative Panels • Wood and Laminate Panels
• Glass and Clear Plastic Composites

Catalog 1816-4/US
Panels
Polycarbonate Panels
High-impact resistant polycarbonate Polycarbonate, Clear or Light Smoked
panels provide clarity, safety, security UL Listed
and energy savings. Meets every
industry standard for general-purpose Maximum Size:
window glazing. 1219.2 x 2438.4mm (4' x 8')
Description Unit Weight Part #
3mm Polycarbonate – Clear m2 3.60 kg/m2 26-790-3P
6mm Polycarbonate – Clear m2 7.62 kg/m2 26-790-6P
6mm Polycarbonate – Light Smoked m2 7.62 kg/m2 26-795-6P
& Doors
Call for other shades and thicknesses.
Panels
Wire Mesh
Wire mesh provides a high level of Flat Welded Steel Wire with Fuse-
security and can be used for safety Bonded PVC Coating.
guarding and enclosures. Provides
a smooth, snag-free surface that is Maximum Size:
extremely rust and corrosion resistant. 1219.2 x 2438.4mm ( 4' x 8')
Description Wire Gage Unit Weight Part #
1/2” x 1/2” Black 16 m2 2.89 kg/m2 26-210-05P
1” x 1” Black 12 m2 4.17 kg/m2 26-210-10P
1” x 1” Yellow 12 m2 4.17 kg/m2 26-250-10P
1½” x 1½” Black 12 m2 2.98 kg/m2 26-210-15P
2” x 2” Black 12 m2 1.92 kg/m2 26-210-20P
TRESPA® Panels
TRESPA® is a solid grade decorative Thermosetting Resins,
building panel, suitable for horizontal Homogeneously Reinforced with
surfaces and vertical panels. Cellulose Fibers.
Resistant to scratches, corrosives Non-toxic, asbestos free, has good
and solvents. Can be cut, drilled and fire retarding characteristics. Finished
milled. Suitable for doors, shelves and on both sides.
enclosures.
Maximum Size:
1828.8 x 2438.4mm ( 6' x 8')
Weight Part #
Thickness Unit (kg/m2) Black Grey Blue White
6mm m 8.1 26-410-6P 26-420-6P 26-430-6P 26-480-6P
2
8mm m2 10.8 26-410-8P – – –

10mm m2 13.5 – – 26-430-10P –

Catalog 1816-4/US
Panels Panels & Doors
Expanded PVC
Light duty colored panel material, Rigid Expanded Foam Polyvinyl
primarily for use vertically. Can also be Chloride (PVC)
used as light duty shelving material. UL Recognized
Maximum Size:
1219.2 x 2438.4 mm (4' x 8')
6mm Expanded PVC – Black m2 4.19 kg/m2 26-510-6P
6mm Expanded PVC – Blue m2 4.19 kg/m2 26-530-6P
6mm Expanded PVC - White m
2
4.19 kg/m2 26-580-6P
Aluminum
Veneer
These panels have a very high Veneer: Anodized Aluminum
strength to weight ratio. The panels 26-110-6P + 26-180-6P:
have clear anodized aluminum skins
on each side with a high density PVC Core
hardboard core. These panels can be 26-170-6P:
used in both horizontal and vertical High Density Hardboard Core
applications.
Maximum Size:
1219.2 x 2438.4 mm (4' x 8')
6mm Aluminum Veneer - Black m2 5.32 kg/m 26-110-6P
2
6mm Aluminum Veneer - Clear m2 5.32 kg/m2 26-170-6P

6mm Aluminum veneer - White m2 5.32 kg/m2 26-180-6P

Catalog 1816-4/US
Panel Mounting
Multiblock
3
1
& Doors
Panels
D
Distance
Between the
B Center of the
Nut to the Center
of the Mount
Machine Hole
to Match Mounting
Screw 4
C
1 Insertion of Multiblock in the T-slot
1mm A B Dimension 2 Recommended spacing for fasteners and panel (see chart)
Gap Between from Edge of
Frame and
3 Multiblocks can be adjusted by how they are mounted and the
Panel to the
Panel Center of the position of the extender plate
Hole 4 Distance between Multiblock center and floating nut (see chart)
2

Versatile block for mounting panels. Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
The block locks into the T-slot at a Square Nut: Steel
90° position with an offset design
to suit various panel thicknesses.
Movable captive nut provides larger
alignment range for locating through
holes in panels.
Spacing Table
Profile Max Load Dimensions
Series kg (lbs) A B C D
40 25 (56) 80 400-600 9.5 5
30, 28 21 (47) 70 400-500 9.5 2.8
20 10 (22) 60 300-400 2 2
1.5" 25 (56) 5.0" 20" - 40" 0.37" 0.20”
1" 10 (22) 2.5" 10" - 15" 0.47" 0.08”

Catalog 1816-4/US
Panel Mounting Panels & Doors
Multiblock
22-100
22-115
1 2 3
8 15 1-4 Mounting options for

multiblock on 40/1.5”
8.5
Series profiles
4 5 Determining the length of
screw on Multiblock
23.5
4 5
6.2 20
20 5
40/1.5” Multiblock with M6 Nut Each 13 22-100
40/1.5" Multiblock with 1/4-20 Nut Each 13 22-115
Bolt Thickness = Panel Thickness +15mm
Multiblock
30/28
1 2 3 4
22-103
4 20
5 6 7 8
14.4
1-4 Mounting options for Multiblock 30/28 on 28 series profiles
8 5-8 Mounting options for Multiblock 30/28 on 30 series profiles
8.5 4
23.5 Series Description Unit Weight (g) Part #
28/30 Multiblock 30/28 with M6 Nut Each 10 22-103
6.2 Bolt Thickness = Panel Thickness +15mm

Catalog 1816-4/US
Panel Mounting
Clamp Multiblock
1 2
3
1 Mounting position for panels up to 10mm thick to clamp Multiblock
2 Mounting position for panels up to 5mm thick Multiblock rotated 180°
3 Recommended spacing for clamp Multiblock
& Doors
Mounting element for attaching panels Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
Panels
to 40, 30, 28 and 1.5” Series profiles Max Panel Thicknesses F
without using additional fasteners or 22-112: 10mm (3/8")
machining the panel. Insert multiblock 22-113: 8mm (5/16")
into T-Slot at any location and lock in E
position by turning 90O clockwise. Slide
locking clip to secure the panel. To C
remove panel, loosen locking clip with a
flat screwdriver. A
D
Ordering Information B
Dimensions Weight
22-112
Series A B C D E F (g) Part #
22-113

40/1.5" 20 25 5 5 11 6 10 22-112
30/28 20 22 5 2 7 – 7 22-113
∅5.4
Multiblock
5. 4
6. 5 6.5
3x ÆD
31.0 4x
23.0 15. 0
31.8
23.0
22-105 12.0 17.5 11.0

A
A 15.9 B
C
5.4
15.9 7.5 15. 9 22-106
22-105 31.8
22-108
Mounting element for panels and Aluminum, Clear Anodized
22-106 accessories. Various mounting dimensions Max Load at 90° angle to
are obtained by rotating the block. T-slot:
Hardware will vary based on design and 22-105: 50 kg (112 lbs)
must be ordered separately. 22-106: 77 kg (169 lbs)
22-108: 102 kg (225 lbs)
Dimensions
Series A B C ∅D Weight (g) Part #
22-108 M5 — — — 18 22-105
40, 30, 28 M6 17.5 25.4 6.3 58 22-106
M8 22.5 30 8.3 60 22-108

Catalog 1816-4/US
Panel Mounting Panels & Doors
Multiblock
∅5
6
12.5
2 4
Ø
16
14
22-107
Mounting options for Multiblock

0.48"
20 Multiblock with M4 Nut Each 3 22-107
0.23" 0.16"
0.09" 1" Multiblock 1/4-20 Nut Each 3 22-116
0.16"
0.98"
0.43"
0.25" 0.55"
0.75" 0.73"
22-116
Uniblock 25 CS
Application
The Uniblock 25 CS includes a
captive screw to prevent the loss of
hardware when working behind a
removable panel. The block locks at a
90° position with an offset for 6-8mm
panel thicknesses on 40 and 1.5"
Series extrusions.
1.02
0.28 0.20
0.55 This block is also instrumental in
0.31 helping customers meet the General
requirements for machine guarding,
0.17
0.96 which is stated in OSHA 29 CFR
0.31 1910.212(a)(2).
0.26
22-117 Series Description Unit Weight (g) Part #

40/1.5” Uniblock 25 CS Each 39 22-117

Catalog 1816-4/US
Retainers
Deluxe
Mesh
H G E
& Doors
Panels
J B
K
F
L
A C
Application Technical Data Back Plate included

but not shown on 20-200
Deluxe retainers are used to securely Aluminum, Clear Anodized dimension drawings.
20-202
fasten wire mesh within the T-slot Screw included to secure back plate
of profiles. This accessory requires to mesh retainer.
screws and T-nuts to mount to profile;
Panel
order these items separately.
Recommended Fasteners (Order Separately) G

H E
Series Screws T-Nuts K
40 24-116-8 20-058 D
20 24-108-5 20-045
B
1.5" 25-110-5 25-002 L
F
A C
Ordering Information 20-200P

20-202P
Style Series A B C D E F G H J K L Wt (g) Part #
40/1.5” 40 75 4.8 39 20.8 15 12 20 12 8.1 9 80 20-202
Mesh
20 20 39 2 20 9 9 4 10 6 5.5 5.5 14 20-200
40/1.5” 40 75 4.8 39 20.8 15 15 20 — M8 9 60 20-202P
Panel
20 20 39 2 20 9 9 7 10 — M6 5.5 10 20-200P

Catalog 1816-4/US
Wire Mesh Retainers Panels & Doors
Economy
Application
Economical solution for securely
Back Plate included but
not shown on dimension fastening wire mesh to 40 and 1.5"
drawings.
Series profiles.
Technical Data
Steel, Black Zinc Plated
Screw included to secure back plate
1.5
12 to retainer.
64 Ø7
6 Economy Wire Mesh Retainer – M6 Each 59 22-110
22-110 Economy Wire Mesh Retainer – 1/4-20 Each 59 22-111
22-111

Catalog 1816-4/US
Bifold Doors
Bifold Door
M8x20 FHCS
Spacer
Door Glide
Washer
Tap M8
25mm deep
C
A D 40 Series
M8x20 FHCS
& Doors
Panels
B E
Spacer
Door Glide
F Washer
21-080 Tap M8
21-081 20mm deep
25-080
25-082
30/28 Series

Bifold doors are used in very confined Door Glide: UHMW
areas. Door glides allow rotational Spacer: Steel, Zinc Plated
and sliding motion at the top and Washer: Steel, Zinc Plated
bottom of a vertical member within
a permitted bifold door frame. Two All fasteners included.
glides (one top and one bottom) are
required per door.
Use the following chart to help select the correct part for your application.
Frame & Door Series Glide Part #

40 21-081
28 21-080
1.5" 25-080
1" 25-082
Ships complete with 2 glides, 2 screws, 2 spacers and 2 washers.
Dimensions
Part # A B C D E F
21-081 36.6 32 9.4 5.3 8 Ø15.2 thru c’sink Ø19 x 90°
21-080 25.4 32 9.4 5.3 8 Ø11.1 thru c’sink Ø14 x 90°
25-080 1.44" 1.26" 0.370" 0.210" 0.315" Ø0.598" thru c’sink Ø0.750 x 90°
25-082 1.00" 1.00" 0.370" 0.210" 0.250" Ø0.438" thru c’sink Ø0.563 x 82°

Catalog 1816-4/US
Bifold Doors Panels & Doors
Bifold Door Design Examples

Examples consider the hinges to be medium
Design Example for 40/1.5” Series Bifold Door duty plastic hinges (page 137). Other hinges
can be used and dimensions would only be
660 slightly affected.
7 5 5 9.5 To determine the width of the narrow door,
subtract the sum of the door gaps and 48mm
from the frame's inside width dimension, then
divide by 2.
Example:
Inside frame dimension -
(Hinge Gap + Hinge Gap + 9.5 + 48)
660 – (5 + 5 + 9.5 + 48)
660 – 67.5 = 592.5
762 748 838 92.5 = 296
5
2
To determine the width of the wide door, add

48mm to the width of the narrow door.
Example:
296 + 48 = 344
To determine vertical door dimension, subtract

7 296 344 clearance required for guides and washers
(14mm) from the vertical opening dimension.
Example:
762 – 14 = 748
Design Example for 28/1” Series Bifold Door To determine the width of the narrow door,
subtract the sum of the door gaps and 36mm
660 from the frame's inside width dimension, then
divide by 2.
7 4.5 4.5 6.4 Example:
Inside frame dimension -
(Hinge Gap + Hinge Gap + 6.4 + 36)
660 – (4.5 + 4.5 + 6.4 + 36)

660 – 52 = 608
608 = 304
2
762 748 812.8
To determine the width of the wide door, add
36mm to the width of the narrow door.
Example:
304 + 36 = 340
To determine vertical door dimension, subtract
clearance required for guides and washers
(14mm) from the vertical opening dimension.
Example:
7 304 340 762 – 14 = 748

Catalog 1816-4/US
Sliding Doors
Sliding Door Set
& Doors
Panels
23-065

Packaged system for creating a Supports: Aluminum, Clear Anodized
sliding door with 40 and 1.5" Series Fully machined for assembly
profiles. The set consists of the Rollers: Roller 40 (21-069)
necessary supports, rollers and roller
housing to mount the movable sliding Roller Holders: 10-040
panel to an assembly.
Hardware will vary based on design
and must be ordered separately.
Sliding-Door Set Set 36 23-065

Catalog 1816-4/US
Sliding Doors Panels & Doors
Sliding Door Guide
10mm T-Slot 10mm

T-Slot
8mm T-Slot 8mm

T-Slot
1 2
23-054
3 4 5
1 Two sliding doors in T-slot of a 40 series 3 Mounting dimensions within a frame

profile
4 Slide piece positioning in the T-slot
2 Four sliding doors in T-slots of an 40x80
5 Guide pieces function as stops when
profile
two doors slide in the same T-slot

Allows a door constructed of 18x32 Polyoxymethylene, Black
Bi-Slot profile (12-032) to slide in the Spring/Spring Bolt: Steel
T-Slot of a 40 Series profile. This guide
attaches to the door frame through a Set includes four guides – two of
7mm mounting hole. Two guides with each offset.
opposite offsets are available, allowing Door Sizing – size door 15mm smaller
2 panels to be mounted in a single than frame opening. Door gap will be
T-Slot. 7mm at bottom and 8mm at top.
Sliding-Door Guides for 12-032 Set 36 23-054

Catalog 1816-4/US
Sliding Doors
Sliding Door Guide Profile
17
28 Series
Sliding Door 2.5 TYP.

Guide Upper
7 TYP.
31
12-012*
A B
& Doors
Panels
7 TYP.
Any Panel
(up to 1/4")
R2 2.5 TYP.
10
Sliding Door
Guide Lower
Stiffener/Handle
31
[12-011]
12-013*
* Does not install into 1.5” profile
For removable doors: B = A - 15 mm

For non-removable doors: B = A - 10 mm Application Technical Data
These profiles create light duty sliding Aluminum, Clear Anodized
panels for windows and access Three panel tracks
2 ports for safety guards, enclosures
Panel width up to 6.4mm
or partitions. Installation onto 40, 30
or 28 Series profiles do not require Weight:
16.9 fasteners and will snap into the T-Slot. 12-012, 12-014 0.45kg/m
The lower guides are designed to 12-013, 12-015 0.50kg/m
reduce friction. The upper guides
2
facilitate lift-out removal of the panel
7 1.6 without disassembly.
28
12-014
7 TYP. 40 Series
1.5 TYP. Profile Sliding Door Guide 40 Upper 3 meters 12-012
Profile Sliding Door Guide 40 Lower 3 meters 12-013
10
28/30 Series
2 Profile Sliding Door Guide 30/28 Upper 3 meters 12-014
R2
Profile Sliding Door Guide 30/28 Lower 3 meters 12-015
12-015 Cut to Length Service Number 19-001

Catalog 1816-4/US
Sliding Doors Panels & Doors
Rolling Door
6mm Panel Panel Gasket 10
Using 12 -106 Gasket [12-108]
6mm Panel
10
Ta p M5x14
Guide Insert
Set Ø4.2 12.3
[21-067]
18 x 32
Door Profile
[12-0 32] 18 x 32 32
(Small T- slot Door Profi le
Facing out) [12-032]
(10mm T-Slot 12.3
facing in)
8
18 x 32 Fastener 18
[20-1 32]
12-032
Fr ame for holding panels with 8mm T-slot
facing out. (No milling required) M5 x 20
Roller Insert
Set
[21-068] Panel Gasket 8
[12-106]
6mm Panel
18x32 End Cap

[18-807 ]
3
18 x 32 7.6 TYP
Ø7 Door Profil e
[12-032]
(8mm T - S l o t
13 facing in)
11
16 18 x 32 Fastener
[20- 132]
9.6
Mill Sl ot 15 14
10
Mill Detail Fr ame for holding panels with 10mm T -slot
facing out. (You must mill slot for fastener)

Suitable for guarding, sliding doors, Aluminum, Clear Anodized
and enclosures. Panels up to 9mm Weight 0.67 kg/m
thick may be clamped using spring Fastening Set: Steel, Galvanized
clamp (22-032). Weight: 9.0 g
T-Slots will accept 6mm panels with Clamp Spring: Steel
Panel Gasket 8 or 10 (12-106 or Weight: 4g
32
12-108).
Profile 18x32 Bi-Slot 6 meters 12-032
18-807
Fasteners Part # Structural Accessories Part #
18x32 Bi-Slot Fastener 20-132 Panel Gasket 8mm T-Slot 12-106
Clamp Spring 22-032 Panel Gasket 10mm T-Slot 12-108
End Caps Roller Insert Set 21-068
18x32 18-807 Guide Insert Set 21-067
12-108
Clamp Spring 22-032
Catalog 1816-4/US
Sliding Doors
Fa stening
Rolling Door
Handl e See Detail 4
Guide Inser t
40 Ser ies [21-067]
Profi le 24. 5
66
60
3X10
21
6mm (1/4")
Panel 12
B C A 6
Vinyl Panel Ga sk et
[12-1 06] 12-022
T- S lot 8
T-Slot 10
8.0
23.5
Door Framed by
18x32 Bi-Slot
[12-032] Roller Inse rt
[21-068]
& Doors
Rolling Door
Panels
2
Guide Profi le
1 [12-022]
50 A
Drill & T ap
Standard Fa stening Se t M5 x 10mm De ep
[20-002] On Ce nter
M6 x 16
Set Screws
41 Flat Pl ate 10
Conne ctor M5 x 1 2 BHC S
[20-028z1] [2 4-112-5]
4 * R ecommend fastener every 250mm

25
Connection Le ave 5mm Cl ea rance

Method 1 for St d. Fa stener 20
OR
Mill Ke y
21-067
2mm Ga p
Bac k 5mm
21-073
3 Connectio n Method 2
5 2mm Gap
18

Designed for large doors. Profile
Applications that include case Aluminum, Clear Anodized
52 A
packers, material handling equipment, Weight: 1.78 kg/m
packaging installations and access Guide Insert
panels for large machine enclosures. UHMW, White
Roller Insert
Roller: Delrin, Black, Pin: Steel 9.9
Housing: Aluminum, Clear Anodized
Ordering Information Ø25.4

10
Profile Rolling Door Guide 3 meters 12-022
21-068
21-075
Roller Insert Set Part # Guide Insert Set Part #

40 Series (A=40mm) 21-068 40 Series (A=30mm) 21-067
1.5" Series (A=1.5") 21-075 1.5" Series (A=1") 21-073
Roller Set includes
Guide Set including
(1) Housing, (1) roller,
(1) 50mm guide insert,
(2) SHCS screws
(2) setscrews
and (2) Offset T-Slot nuts
with compression spring


Catalog 1816-4/US
Rollers Panels & Doors
Roller 40 21-069
40 SERIES HEAVY ONLY
800.17
∅6
∅26 ∅39
1
8
18
AT LEAST 20mm
45.0 [1.77]
FROM EDGE
4
21-069
29.0 [1.14]
20.0 [0.79] DEPTH
CENTER OF OF POCKET
1 Assembly of roller into profile MACHINED
2 Pocket machining for 21-069 into 40 Series POCKET
heavy profile only (19-103)
3 The roller can be flipped around in the pocket
8.0 [0.31]
to give a 2mm offset between profile
7.0  30.0 M5x0.8 - 6H THRU

Application  12.0  5.0
Versatile ball bearing roller that can 2

be mounted in the T-slot. Roller
has asymmetric design for various
clearance dimensions such as on
sliding doors and panels. 2.0 [0.08]
Technical Data
Complete with two deep groove ball
bearings with dust covers.
Max Load: 15.4 kg (34 lbs)
Leave 5mm offset between profiles.
Hardware ordered separately.
3
Roller 40 Each 32 21-069
Shoulder Bolt M5x6x25 Each 800.17

Catalog 1816-4/US
Rollers
Roller Insert 25
12
& Doors
Panels
Two bypassing covers constructed with 28
series profiles rolling on a pair 30x60 profiles.
25.4
40 21-065
56
Application
Versatile roller mounted in a
housing.
Technical Data
2
Roller: Delrin, Black
Housing: Aluminum, Clear Anodized
Pin: Stainless Steel
Clearance dimensions

Series Screws T-Nut
40 24-314-6 20-190
30 24-312-6 20-190
1.5" 25-108-4 20-193
Roller Insert 25 Each 32 21-065

Catalog 1816-4/US
Roller & Rail Carts Panels & Doors
Rail Carts M5x6x50 Shoulder Bolt
M6 Washer
Rail Cart, 4 Roller

[23-201]
20
Teflon Tubing
1mm Gap
3mm Spacer
M5 Tap
3
80 16 32 [23-202]
Kit Includes
Rail Cart and
Hardware
32
Order Hardware
Separately
8
40
M4 T-Nut Zn
[20-034]
14-248 Nylon Spacer
M4x20 SHCS
[24-320-4]
4
127 M6
1 Assembling the 4-Roller Rail Cart to a door
∅6.5 frame. Apply Loctite™ to M6 screw to prevent
Required clearance C and required gap B loosening. Guide along lower section for sliding
76.2 12.7 depend on location of pivot point A. door using nylon spacer (8mm long, O.D. 8mm)
For 40 Series Profiles:
B= A2 + 202 - A 2 Calculations for Bi-fold sliding doors
25.4 TYP. 25.4 C= A2 + 202 - 20 3 Sliding Door and Bi-fold sliding door assemblies
6 29 For A ≤ 27 B = 27 - A 4 8-Roller Rail Cart assembly in 40x80 Rail profile
2

23-200 Designed for use in 40x80 Rail Profile Housing: Aluminum, Clear Anodized
part #14-248. Rail carts used for Wheel: Delrin, Needle Roller Bearings
hanging and sliding doors and other Washer: Nylon
hanging components such as moving Hardware included with 23-202: Bolt,
material on workstations. washer, Teflon® tubing and 3mm spacer.
FOR M8 SHCS
30 Max Load
Description Unit kg (lbs) Weight (g) Part #
8-Roller Cart Set 45 (100) 200 23-200
∅15.9
4-Roller Cart Each 23 (50) 45 23-201
4-Roller Cart with Fastening Set Set 23 (50) 64 23-202

38
Profile Unit Weight Part #
54
Profile 40x80 Rail Transport 6 Meters 4.19 kg/m 14-248
23-202

Catalog 1816-4/US
Contents
Section 5
Handles, Hinges, & Latches
Light Duty Metal Handles 136 Butt Hinges 150
Light Duty Plastic Handles 137 Lift-Off Hinges 140-145
Plastic Handles 138 Pivot Joints 154
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
Tube Handles 139 Quarter Turn Latches 156-157
Inside Handle 158
Latch Accessories 158
Light Duty Hinges 140-142 Dead Bolt 159
Medium Duty Hinges 143-149 Slam Latch 160
Adjustable Hinges 152 Door Stops 161
Positioning Hinges 151 Magnetic Catches 162-163

Concealed Hinges 150
Multi-Series Hinges 153 Ball Catch 164

Ball Plunger 165
3-Way Ball Catch 165

Catalog 1816-4/US
Handles Handles, Hinges, & Latches
Light Duty 25-110-2
Aluminum
23-030
1 Swinging Doors
24-116-6 x 2
186
38.1
2 Sliding Door 24-140-6 x 2

30
#10-32
X 14mm DP
15
177.8 Application
Handle for light duty doors
Technical Data
23-030: Aluminum, Clear Anodized
23-034: Aluminum, Black Powdercoat
23-034 23-030 includes fasteners

141
Part # Screws Application

24-116-6 Panel Mount (picture #1)
48 23-034
32 24-140-6 Profile Mount (picture #2)
128
M6x1
24
Light Duty Aluminum Handle Each 85 23-030
Light Duty Aluminum Angled Handle Each 11 23-034

Catalog 1816-4/US
Handles
Light Duty
Plastic
Application
Handle for double doors to keep
operators hands from hitting when 23-074*
opening.
Technical Data
Glass-Fiber Reinforced Plastic 12.5
4.5
Black Matte Finish 80
160
8.8
198
100
Series Screws T-Nuts
40/1.5" 24-316-8 20-058
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
30 24-312-8 20-058
28 24-312-8 20-057
23-075
Description Unit Weight (g) Part # 134
Large Angled Handle Each 356 23-074

65
Open Angled Handle Each 114 23-075
Caps for 23-075 Set 3 23-076 6mm 100
8
28
133
23-075
23-076
23-076
36
21
22
*No cap available

Catalog 1816-4/US
Handles Handles, Hinges, & Latches
Plastic Handles 23-233Z1
23-233
23-033
23-233Z1
23-028
C B
Application
C B
Multipurpose handle for mounting
C B onto panels or profiles. Hardware
A length is determined by applications.
A ØG
A Technical Data
D E Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
ØG
ØG
D E ØF
H Recommended Fasteners (Order Separately)
D E
ØF
H
Mounting to Profile Only
ØF
H Part # Series Screws T-Nuts
40 24-318-6 20-056
See chart for 23-028 and
30 24-316-6 20-056
23-033 dimensions
23-033 28 24-314-6 20-055
1.5" 25-110-4 25-001
1" 24-108-4 25-031
23-233
40/30 24-318-6 20-056
23-028
28 24-316-6 20-055
23-233 20 24-114-5 20-045
16 ∅6
120
142
48
Dimensions
8 Wgt (g) Part #
32
A B C D E F G H
112 93.5 21 36 30 6.5 10.5 6 33 23-033
170 152 28 52 45 6.5 10.5 8.5 70 23-028
See Drawing 26.2 23-233
Caps for 23-233 (2 per) 4 23-233Z1

Catalog 1816-4/US
Handles
Tube Handle Ends Tube Handles

[23-072]
A - 34mm
Steel Tube
Cut to Length
[13-012] 23-072
A Ø 30
Tube Handle
Center Support
[23-073] 5/16
SHCS 60 80
Application
Handle allows variable lengths. Order Technical Data 46 34
tube cut to length for a custom fit 54
solution. Polyamide, Black
Tube: Coated Steel
Cut length = A - 34mm
Hinges, &
Part # Screws T-Nuts
Handles,
Latches
23-073
23-072 25-312-5 25-002
23-073 25-316-5 25-002 24
Ø 30
80 5/16
Ordering Information SHCS 60

34 46
Tube Handle Ends Each 12.7 23-072
Center Support for handles over 36" Each 7.6 23-073
Coated Steel Tube Max. 2.5 meters 1.52 kg/m 13-012

Catalog 1816-4/US
Lift-Off Hinges Handles, Hinges, & Latches
Lift-Off Hinges
A lift-off hinge, also known as a

loose joint hinge, allows a door to be
Frame Side
Frame Side
Door Side removed from a frame without having
Door Side
to remove the fasteners. This is done
by lifting the upper half of the hinge
from the pin in the lower half of the
hinge.
Left Hand Right Hand

(23-440L) (23-440R)
Lift-Off Hinge 40
Application
Versatile hinge for 40 series
profiles. For lift-off and non-
removable door configurations.
Two T-slot alignment blocks are
included.
23-440
Technical Data
21.5 21.5 Zinc Die-Cast, Black Powdercoat
Pin: Steel, Zinc Plated
21.5
31.
0 21.5 45.0
(Order Separately)
1 2
31.0 45.0
Screws T-Nuts 1 Lift-Off Door
43 180˚
24-216-6 20-056 2 Non-removable door
67.0 3 Range of swing
40˚
43 6.0
67.0 3
6.0
Lift-Off Hinge 40 Left Each 70 23-440L
Lift-Off Hinge 40 Right Each 70 23-440R

Catalog 1816-4/US
Lift-Off Hinges
M6 Hex Nut
Light Duty 28
[24-706-6]
12
23-018 or Ø8
23-019
24
23-018 & 23-019
23-018
or 23-019
M6x14 FHCS
[24-214-6]
1 2
1-2 Attaching Light Duty Hinges 28 to 28 Series profiles FOR M6 FHCS

and panels
3 Placement of hinges on panels
400-600
4 Range of swing 32
28
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
80
56
6
3 12
1.5

For light doors and lids constructed Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
of 28 Series profiles or light panel Max Force: 100 N (22 lbf)
material.

Screws T-Nut Hex Nut
24-212-6 20-055 24-706-6
Light Duty Hinge 28, Right Each 17 23-018
Light Duty Hinge 28, Left Each 17 23-019

Catalog 1816-4/US
Light Duty 40
M6 Hex Nut
[24-706-6]
19
24
Ø8
Lt. Hinge
[23-021/023]
M6 x 16 FHCS
[24-216-6]
1 2
1-2 Attaching Light Duty Hinges 40 to 40 Series profiles

and panels
23-021 & 23-023
3 Placement of hinges on panels
4 Range of swing
400-600
FOR M6 FHCS
32
80
40
60
6
13.5 3
4
4
For light doors and lids constructed Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
of 40 Series profiles or light panel Max Force: 100 N (22 lbf)
material
Series Screw T-Nut Hex Nut
40 24-216-6 20-080 24-706-6
Light Duty Hinge 40, Right Each 21 23-021
Light Duty Hinge 40, Left Each 21 23-023

Catalog 1816-4/US
Lift-Off Hinges
Medium Duty Plastic

(Metric)

High-quality plastic hinges for Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
constructing medium duty guard/ Stainless Steel Pin
enclosure doors. Max Force:
23-535: 400 N (90 lbf)
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
23-545: 450 N (100 lbf)
23-550: 380 N (85 lbf)
A B Hinge Type Weight (g) Part #
Left Side Mount 43 23-545L

45 77
Right Side Mount 41 23-545R
35 59
30 49
Application Chart
Mounting Mounting Left Right
Gap
Surface 1 Surface 2 Hinge Hinge
40 Series 40 Series 5
23-545L 23-545R
40 Series Panel –
30 Series 40 Series 0 23-535L 23-535R
28, 40 Series Panel –
30, 28 Series Panel – 23-550L 23-550R

Series Screw T-Nut Panel Screw T-Nut
28 24-214-6 20-055 6mm Panel — —
30 24-214-6 20-056 6mm Panel 24-220-6 24-716-6
40 24-216-6 20-056 8mm Panel 24-220-6 24-716-6

Catalog 1816-4/US
Medium Duty
Plastic (Inch)

enclosure doors. Max Force:
23-550: 380 N (85 lbf)
23-551: 400 N (90 lbf)
23-552: 400 N (90 lbf)

1.5" 25-212-4 25-001
1" 25-208-4 25-031
Left Side Mount, 1.5" to 1.5" 43 23-551L
2.74" 1.57"
Right Side Mount, 1.5" to 1.5" 41 23-551R
Left Side Mount, 1" to 1" 28 23-550L
1.93" 1.18"
Right Side Mount, 1" to 1" 28 23-550R

Catalog 1816-4/US
Lift-Off Hinges
28 Series
28 Series Steel
M6 T-Nut
[20-055]
M6 T-Nut
[20-055] Steel Hinge 28 - Left
23-252
[23-250L]
Steel Hinge 28 - Left
[23-250L]
Ø8 63.5
M6x8 BHCS
[24-108-6] 63.5 40
M6x8 BHCS
[24-108-6]
40 to 40 Series 40 to 28 Series 28 to 28 Series

2 2 42
40 to 40 Series 40 to 28 Series 28 to 28 Series
2 2
28 28
40 40
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
28 28
40 40 28 0-2
28 28
0-2
40 1.9 40 0-2 23-251
28
40 1.9 40 0-2
Steel hinges for constructing guard/ Steel, Black Zinc Plated
enclosure doors. Lift-off option allows Ø8 55 Ø7
access into enclosure. Specify a left
hand or right hand lift-off hinge set
depending on required direction of door
opening. 63.5 40
40 24-112-8 20-058
33 2.5
28 24-108-6 20-055
1.5" 25-108-4 25-001
1" 25-106-4 25-031
Description Unit* Weight (g) Part # 23-250
Steel Hinge 40/1.5" - Left Each 18 23-252L
Steel Hinge 40/1.5" - Fixed Each 18 23-252***
Steel Hinge 40/1.5" - Right Each 18 23-252R
47.5 Ø 7.1
Steel Hinge 40/1.5" to 28/1" - Left Each 14 23-251L
Steel Hinge 40/1.5" to 28/1" - Fixed Each 14 23-251**
Steel Hinge 401.5" to 28/1" - Right Each 14 23-251R
Steel Hinge 28/1" - Left Each 13 23-250L 63.5 40
Steel Hinge 28/1" - Fixed Each 13 23-250*
Steel Hinge 28/1" - Right Each 13 23-250R
*Order 23-250L & 23-250R
**Order 23-251L & 23-251R 2.5 25
***Order 23-252L & 23-252R

Catalog 1816-4/US
Hinges Handles, Hinges, & Latches
Light Duty 20 1 Assembly of Hinge 20

on panel
M4 Hex Nut
M4 T-Nut 20 [24-706-4]
2 Hinge positions
[20-044] 3-4 Clearance dimensions
300-400
M4x8 FHCS 5 Range of swing
[24-208-4]
23-020
60
M4x12 FHCS
[24-212-4]
1 2
FOR M4 FHCS Appx. 1 3mm
14 30
23.25
40
3 4 5
11
5 For light doors and lids constructed of Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
20 Series profiles Max Force: 200 N (45 lbf)

Screws T-Nuts
24-208-4 20-044
Hinge 20 Series Each 7 23-020
Medium Hinge °
1 Assembly of Medium
Hinge 30/28 on
30/28 20-056 (for 30 profile)
20-055 (for 28 profile) profiles
2 Hinge positions
°
M6x14 FHCS
[24-214-6] 3-4 Clearance dimensions
400-600
5
5 Range of swing
23-242
1
Appx. 1 2mm for 28 Series
80
0mm for 30 Series
50 30 3 4 2

30 Suitable for medium loads such as Zinc Cast, Black Powdercoat
50 machine and guard doors. Can be Pin: Stainless Steel
used with 30 or 28 Series profiles. Max Force: 1000 N (225 lbf)

Series Screws T-Nut
12.5
6 30 24-214-6 20-056
28 24-214-6 20-055
Medium Hinge 30/28 Each 86 23-242

Catalog 1816-4/US
Hinges
Medium Hinge
1 Fastening to vertical 5 End face

profile and panel fastening of
element (all anti- two profiles
23-024 torsion pins removed). (with anti-
torsion pins).
∅6.4 ∅6.4
2 Fastening to vertical 6 Connection of two
and horizontal profiles horizontal profiles
Hinges, &
(2 anti-torsion pins (all anti-torsion pins
Handles,
Latches
18 30
removed). removed).
30
48
60
3 Fastening to vertical 7 Connection of two

16.5 profiles (all anti-torsion horizontal profiles
pins removed). (with anti-torsion pins)
9.5 5.5
4 Positioning of hinges Anti-torsion

on a panel. pins can be
23-025 removed with a
screwdriver
Technical Data
Zinc Cast, Galvanized, Black
∅8.2 ∅8.2 Application Max Force:
Suitable for medium loads such as 23-024: 350 N (78 lbf)
machine and guard/enclosure doors, 23-025: 500 N (112 lbf)
24 40 and as an angle connecting element
for profiles. Fastens to T-Slot or profile
face with integral anti-torsion pins for
40 (Order Separately)
66 precise squaring.
80 Series Screw T-Nut
40 24-120-8 20-058
30 24-116-6 20-056
24
8 Description Unit Weight (g) Part #
Medium Hinge 30 Each 180 23-024
Medium Hinge 40 Each 180 23-025

Catalog 1816-4/US
Medium Duty Plastic

(Metric)

enclosure doors. B
Max Force:
23-535: 400 N (90 lbf)
23-545: 450 N (100 lbf)
Ordering Information 23-550: 380 N (85 lbf) 28 48

45 77 Non Removable 43 23-545 For M6 A
FHCS
35 59 Non Removable 35 23-535
30 49 Non Removable 28 23-550
Application Chart
Mounting Mounting Non-Rem
Gap
Surface 1 Surface 2 Hinge
23-545
40 Series Panel –
30 Series 40 Series 0 23-535
28, 40 Series Panel –
30, 28 Series Panel – 23-550

Series Screw T-Nut Panel Screw T-Nut
28 24-214-6 20-055 6mm Panel — —
30 24-214-6 20-056 6mm Panel 24-220-6 24-716-6
40 24-216-6 20-056 8mm Panel 24-220-6 24-716-6

Catalog 1816-4/US
Hinges
Medium Duty
Plastic (Inch)
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
A
1.10" 1.89" Application Technical Data

For 1/4 B enclosure doors. Max Force:
FHCS
23-550: 380 N (85 lbf)
23-551: 400 N (90 lbf)
23-552: 400 N (90 lbf)

1.5" 25-212-4 25-001
1" 25-208-4 25-031
2.74" 1.57" Non Removable, 1.5" to 1.5" 43 23-551
2.28" 1.38" Non Removable, 1.5" to 1" 35 23-552
1.93” 1.18” Non Removable, 1” to 1” 28 23-550

Catalog 1816-4/US
Butt Hinge 40 M8 Hex Nut

19
Application [24-708-8] Ø8.5

Steel hinge for constructing profile
framed doors or panel doors.
23-011
23-011B
Technical Data
Steel, Zinc Plated or Black
Powdercoat.
Max Force: 250 N (56lbf)
Double T-Nut M8/40
[20-050]
40 76
Recommended Fasteners M8 x 12 BHCS
[24-112-8]
(Order Separately)
Mounting Screws T-Nuts Hex Nuts

40 To 40 Series (Per Hinge Side) 24-112-8 20-050 —
76
To Panel (Per Hinge Side) 24-112-8 — 24-708-8
13.5
2.8
Description Unit Wgt (g) Part # (Clear) Part # (Black)
Butt Hinge 40 Each 160 23-011 23-011B
Concealed
23-225
Application
STACKABLE
For inside or concealed door or lids. (Non-Removable)
Used with 40 and 1.5” Series profiles
using M6 T-nuts. Concealed hinges
are stackable to create non-removable
hinges. To create a stackable hinge,
order an additional hinge half and an
additional hinge pin.
Technical Data
42.2
Wings: Aluminum, Clear Anodized
25.2 Bolt: Stainless Steel
Max Force: 225 N (50 lbf)
50.0 30.0
101.1 Screws T-Nuts
24-216-6 20-056
FOR M6 FHCS Description Unit Weight (g) Part #
4.0 ∅10.0 Full Hinge Set 39.8 23-225
Half Hinge Each 24 23-225Z1
Hinge Pin Each 11.8 23-225Z2

Catalog 1816-4/US
Hinges
M5 Hex Nut
[24-706-5]
Positioning
Covers
23-226
M5 T-Nut St
[20-052]
M5 x 14 BHCS
[24-112-5]
57
For M5 Application Technical Data
BHCS
120° position hinge for Acetal, Black
swinging doors. Positioning Torque: 1.1 Nm (0.8 ft-lbf)
34 52
Profile to Panel
Screws T-Nut Hex Nut
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
34 18
24-112-5 20-052 24-706-5
Positioning Hinge 120° Each 37 23-226

Catalog 1816-4/US
Adjustable
M6 Hex Nut 23-222
[24-706-6] M4 Hex Nut
Torque
Adjusting
Screw
57.5 5.2
M6 T-Nut St 47.6 For M6 63.5

M4 T-Nut Zn 28
[20-056] [20-037] BHCS
M4 x 10 BHCS
M6 x 12 BHCS [24-110-4]
[24-112-6]
38 19.4

23-220
Adjustable tension hinge for swinging Acetal, Black
doors to hold door open, partially open Torque
Polycarbonate Hinge Pin
Adjusting
or closed. Can also adjust speed of Max Force: Screw
opening or closing. Tighten the torque 23-220: 890 N (200 lbf)
adjusting screw to increase the holding 23-224: 2000 N (450 lbf) 36.5 6.7
force and slow the opening and closing
speed. Loosen the torque adjusting
screw to decrease the holding force
31.7 43
and speed up the opening and closing For M4
BHCS
of the door.
25.4 12.7
Part # Series Screws T-Nut Hex Nut
(2) 24-112-6
40 (2) 20-056 (2) 24-706-6
23-222 (2) M6 sized for panel
1.5" (2) 25-110-4 (2) 25-001 (2) 25-706-4
(2) 24-110-4
28 (2) 20-037 (2) 24-706-4
23-220 (2) M4 sized for panel
1" (2) 25-106-1 (2) 25-045 (4) 25-043
Adjustable Hinge 40/1.5" Each 42 23-222
Adjustable Hinge 28/1" Each 38 23-220

Catalog 1816-4/US
Hinges
Panel Hinge
1 2 3
23-016
1 Recommended attachment. Hinge cannot
be loosened from outside. Door swings 180°
2-3 Mounting on inside of doors or lids where
access from outside is not desired for
4 security reasons.
4 Front mounting applications
5 Recommended hinge positions
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
5

For outside or inside of doors and lids. Steel, Black
Used with 40, 30, 28, 20 and 1.5" Series Includes: M5x16 cup square bolt,
profiles using M5 T-nuts. M5 hex nut, M5 washer, three M5x8
dome head screws. Order M5 T-nuts
separately. Different hardware
may be required, depending on
application; order separately.
Panel Hinge Set 51 23-016

Catalog 1816-4/US
Pivot Joints Handles, Hinges, & Latches
Pivot Joint
M8x20 SHCS
[24-320-8]
M8x16 BHCS
[24-116-8] PIVOT JOINT 28
[23-013]
M8x12 SHCS
[24-312-8]
23-010 M8x20 BHCS
M8 T-NUT 28
[24-120-8]
23-013 PIVOT [20-057]
23-260 JOINT 40 Attaching Pivot Joint 28
M8 T-NUT
23-262 [20-058]
[23-010] to 28 series profiles
D
Attaching Pivot Joint 40
to 40 series profiles
Load — N (lbs)
F1 F2
B 23-010: Pivot Joint 40
Pivot joint as Fixed connection: 5000 (1124) 2500 (1502)
C
a gusset
Movable connection: 750 (168) 750 (168)
23-013: Pivot Joint 28
A Fixed connection: 1600 (360) 800 (180)
Movable connection: 250 (56) 250 (56)
E
Dimensions
Series
A B C D E F
40 40 30 9 40 8.5 60
F
28/30 28 22.5 7 27 8.3 45
1.5" 1.57" 1.18" 0.16" 1.34" 0.335" 2.36"
1" 1.10" 0.89" 0.28" 1.04" 0.260" 1.78"

For connecting profiles at various Zinc Die-Cast, Galvanized
angles from 0O to 180O. Eliminates the Finishes available: Clear or Black.
need for a miter cut. Die-cast inserts
provide alignment with the profile end
and prevents rotation.

Attachment to T-Slot Attachment to End of Profile
Series
Screws T-Nut Screws
40 24-116-8 20-058 24-120-8
28/30 24-312-8 20-057 24-320-8
23-014
23-015 1.5" 25-110-5 25-002 25-112-5
23-261 1" 25-108-4 25-031 25-112-4
23-263

Catalog 1816-4/US
Pivot Joints
Series Description Unit Weight (g) (Clear) (Black)
Pivot Joint Each 370 23-010 23-010B
40
Pivot Joint with Clamp Handle Each 410 23-014 23-014B
Pivot Joint Each 110 23-013 23-013B
30, 28
Pivot Joint with Clamp Handle Each 180 23-015 23-015B
Pivot Joint Each 320 23-262
1.5”
Pivot Joint with Clamp Handle Each 410 23-263
Pivot Joint Each 110 23-260
1”
Pivot Joint with Clamp Handle Each 180 23-261
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches

Catalog 1816-4/US
Latches Handles, Hinges, & Latches
Quarter Turn Handle

Cam 35-10 40 Series
[23-140z5]
Backing Plate
23-038 1 (order separately page 134 )
[23-038z1]
23-039
23-040 1 M5 x 12 FHCS
23-041 Included with Handle [24-212-5]
Ø 32 40 X
M5 T-Nut
[20-052]
M22x1.5
105 L-Handle - Locking
[23-038]
Keeper Bracket
Cam 35-10 Hooked Cam [23-140z7]
23-038, 23-039: X = 50 [23-142z1]
[23-140z5]
23-040, 23-041: X = 40 (2) M5 x 16 BHCS [24-116-5]
40 Series (2) M5 Flat Washer [24-700-5]
(2) M5 T-Nut [20-052]
23-133
40 Series
1.6 - 3.2mm 0 - 12mm
38
M22x1.5 Application
Used for swinging, sliding or bifold
Ø 22.5
78 32 door applications. Latch mounts
through machined hole in extrusion.
Machining for
any of the
27 50 quarter turn
Technical Data locks.
Handle: Polyamide, Black (19-018)
23-134 1
Housing/Insert: Zinc Die-Cast, Black
Powdercoat.
Ø 32
Service Charge 19-018
M22x1.5
50 Profile
40 L-Handle, Locking* Each 201 23-038
20 50
L-Handle, Non-Locking* Each 201 23-039
T-Handle, Non-Locking* Each 200 23-133
Wing Knob, Locking* Each 160 23-134
23-135 2
Square Insert* Each 50 23-135
28/30 L-Handle, Non-Locking* Each 201 23-041
Ø 32 M22x1.5 L-Handle, Locking1* Each 201 23-040
* All locks come keyed alike except 28 Series; special keying options available as special order.
Order spare key separately (see page 154).
Key 1 Key 2
6 50

Catalog 1816-4/US
Latches
Quarter Turn Handle

40 Series
Cam 45-2
Multibock 40
[23-140z4]
[22-115]
23-143
16 38 M22x1.5
3-8mm 25 1.2-8mm
78 32
Add a multiblock as a door stop
for panel doors.
30/28 27 18
Cam 35-10 Series
[23-140z3] Ø 22.5
Machining for 23-144 1

any of the
10
quarter turn lock. Ø 32 M22x1.5
3-8mm 25 1.2-8mm
(19-018)
50
Hinges, &
Technical Data
Handles,
Application
Latches
Used for swinging door applications. Handle: Polyamide, Black 20 18
Latch mounts directly to panel. Housing/Insert: Zinc Die-Cast, Black
Powdercoat.
Service Charge 19-018
23-145 2
Ø 32 M22x1.5
T-Handle, Non-Locking Each 135 23-143
Wing Knob, Locking* Each 90 23-144
Square Insert* Each 50 23-145 6 18
All Locks come keyed alike; special keying options available as special order.
*
Order spare key separately (see page 154).
Door Stop - Straight

Cams & Keys
Application [23-124]
Various cams and keys for the quarter 23-140Z4

turn latches. You must order one cam 23-140Z5
per quarter turn lock. 23-140Z6
Part #
Dimension A
44
23-140Z3 8 20
23-140Z4 2
23-140Z5 10 4 35
Add a door stop to swinging door to A
23-140Z6 -2 create a positive stop.
Description Unit Weight (g) Part # 23-142Z1
Cam 35-10 (offset 8) Each 22 23-140Z3
Cam 35-16 (offset 2) Each 22 23-140Z4 33
Cam 35-8 (offset 10) Each 18 23-140Z5
Cam 35-20 (offset -2) Each 20 23-140Z6 19
Hooked Cam Each 13 23-142Z1
4 7
1 Spare Key for 23-038/23-040 & 23-134/23-144 Each 4 23-140Z1
2 Square Key for 23-135/23-145 Each 4 23-140Z2
2
1

Catalog 1816-4/US
Latch Accessories Handles, Hinges, & Latches
Inside Handle Quarter Turn Handle

L-Handle, Locking
[23-039]
Application
Can be combined with any of our
quarter turn handles to extend
operation to inside of door.
160
Technical Data
Inside handle shown in combination
Polyamide, Red with a L-Handle Locking.
23
Recommended Fasteners (Order Separately) Ø6
11.5
Quarter Turn Handle Part # Screw Washers 28
23-038, 23-039, 23-133 24-345-6 24-707-6, 24-711-6
23-040, 23-041 24-335-6 24-707-6, 24-711-6
23-159
Inside Handle Each 0.9 23-159
Keeper Bracket
Application
Keeper brackets are used with a hooked
cam on bifold or sliding doors.
Technical Data 23-140Z7

Aluminum, Clear Anodized 38
19 3
Recommended Fasteners (Order Separately) 16
Series Screw Washer T-Nut 32

40 24-116-5 24-700-5 20-052
12
1.5” 25-110-2 25-700-2 25-009 Ø 5.5
18
Backing Plate
Ordering Information Unit Weight (g) Part #
Keeper Bracket Each 13 23-140Z7
Application
Backing plates can be added to
a quarter turn latch and provide a 23-038Z1
positive stop for the door.
Technical Data 3 For M5 19

FHCS
Steel, Matte Black Powder Coated
Ø 32
Recommended Fasteners (Order Separately) 68 50
Screws T-Nut
24-212-5 20-052
54
Ordering Information Unit Weight (g) Part #
Backing Plate Each 4.5 23-038Z1

Catalog 1816-4/US
Door Latches
Deadbolt
40 Series
M6 T-Nut
[20-056]
Dead Bolt Latch

23-160
[23-160]
Ø 6.6 38 28
M6 x 16 BHCS
[24-116-6]
Application
25.4 38
Designed to secure doors using a spring Technical Data
loaded latch mechanism. Combine with a door Die-Cast Zinc, Clear
stop for an effective latching solution.
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
20 12
Profile Series Screws T-Nut
40 24-116-6 20-056
28/30 24-112-6 25-055
1.5" 25-110-4 25-001 5
1" 25-108-4 25-031
Dead Bolt Latch Each 9 23-160

Catalog 1816-4/US
Door Catches Handles, Hinges, & Latches
Slam Latch
23-155
20-056 23-156
M6 T-NUT 40
100
24-316-6
SHCS M6X25
107
46

High strength latch designed to Die-Cast Zinc, Black
securely close door to the frame.
An optional key locking version is Recommended Fasteners
available for extra security. Use with (Order Separately)
40 and 1.5” Series only.
Screw T-Nut
24-316-6 20-056
Slam Latch - Locking* Each 370 23-155
Slam Latch - Non-Locking Each 340 23-156
*All locks come keyed alike; special keying options available as special order.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Door Stops
Light Duty Door Stops
23-124
Ø7 51 6.5
25.4 51
11 13
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
23-125
Door Stops provide a positive stop to Aluminum, Clear Anodized
keep the door lined up with a frame. with Velcro® Pad
A Velcro® plate can be added to 25.4 4.75
create a light-duty catch. For
1/4-20
FHCS 44.5
30
51 44.5
Profile Part # Part # Part #
Fastener
Series 23-124 23-125 23-158
40/30 Screws 25-114-4 25-210-4 25-208-2
1.5" T-Nuts 25-001 25-001 25-009
Screws 25-112-4 25-208-4 25-208-2
28
T-Nuts 25-055 25-055 20-038 23-158
Screws 25-112-4 25-206-2 25-206-2
1"
T-Nuts 25-031 25-030 25-030
3.3 51
19
For #10-32 38
Ordering Information FHCS

Door Stop - Straight Each 91 23-124
Door Stop - Angle Each 91 23-125
Velcro® Plate Each 9 23-158

Catalog 1816-4/US
Magnetic Catches Handles, Hinges, & Latches
Magnetic
Catches
Use M5 nut M6 Economy T-Nut
23-045 for panel [20-090] x 2
mounting
23-046 3
M6 x 16 SHCS
[24-316-6] x 2
H
F 14 max. 8 max.
1 2
E G
1 Mounting
to 40 Series
D profile
2 Mounting
2X M8 T-Nut X Y
B M5 Z-Nut to 28 Series
[20-058]
[20-035] profile
C A 2X BHCS M8X18 3 Assembly
[24-118-8] Bracket on
40 Series
profile
Holding Force 4 Holding
23-051 Catch Bracket
[27-146]
force for 23-
X 2 kg (4.5 lb) 046
2.8 Magnetic Catch
2X BHCS M6X16 [23-046] Y 1 kg (2.25 lb)
[24-116-6]
19
32 3 4

Quick catch for swinging or sliding 25-043 & 23-046 Magnetic Catch:
27-146 doors. For different holding strengths, Glass-Filled Nylon
rotate catch 180O. Adjustable 23-051 Strike Plate: Steel, Zinc Plated
50.8
mounting position using slotted holes with pressure sensitive adhesive
37.0 and appropriate mounting bracket backing.
30.0 if needed. Complete with pan head
screw, or add optional plate for 27-146 Mounting Bracket: Aluminum,
38.1 smooth mounting Clear Anodized.

11.0
Series A B C D E F G H Wgt (g) Part #
38.1
40, 30,
40 20 10 18.32 27.8 30 12.9 M5x12 38 23-046
24.1 28, 1.5"
28.0
20, 1" 28 14 6 12 17 20 7.7 M4x5 9 23-045
All See drawing 8 23-051

Catalog 1816-4/US
Magnetic Catches

Magnetic Catch Mounting Options
Mounted to Bracket
Series Part # Type Mounted to Extrusion (Part Number 27-146)
Screw 24-120-6 24-116-6
40 23-046
T-Nut 20-056 —
Screw 24-316-6 24-116-6
30 23-046
T-Nut 20-090 —
Screw 24-316-6 24-116-6
28 23-046
T-Nut 20-090 —
Screw 24-110-4
20 23-045 Extrusion Only
T-Nut 20-044
Screw 25-112-4 24-116-6
1.5” 23-046
T-Nut 25-001 —
Screw 25-108-2
Hinges, &
Handles,
1.0” 23-045 Extrusion Only
Latches
T-Nut 25-030
Magnet Mounting Options

Screw Strike Plate
Series Part # Type (comes with the catch) (Part Number 23-051)
40 23-046 T-Nut 20-035 —
30 23-046 T-Nut 20-038 —
28 23-046 T-Nut 20-038 —
20 23-045 T-Nut 20-045 —
1.5” 23-046 T-Nut 20-035 —
1.0” 23-045 T-Nut Strike Plate Only —
Bracket Mounting Options

Series Part # Type Mounted to Extrusion
Screw 24-118-8
40 27-146
T-Nut 20-058
Screw 24-116-8
30 27-146
T-Nut 20-058
Screw 24-114-8
28 27-146
T-Nut 20-057
Screw 25-110-5
1.5” 27-146
T-Nut 25-002

Catalog 1816-4/US
Door Catches Handles, Hinges, & Latches
Ball Catch
max. 5
23-043 3X M8 T-Nut
[20-058]
23-121
2X BHCS M8X18
A [24-118-8]
22
max. 8
B
1
Catch Bracket M6x20
[27-146]
20
14 max.
28
1 min.
Ø 6.5 Ball Catch
2X BHCS M6X16 [23-043]
[24-116-6]
37 26 48
Application
Catch for use on swinging and sliding
16 10 doors. Brackets can be used to 2
mount the catch in the location that
you desire. 1 Attachment to a
10
1-2
sliding door
Technical Data 2 Attachment to a
Housing: Glass-filled Nylon, Black swinging door
Ball Screw: Stainless Steel 3 Mounting
27-146 dimensions
Bracket: Aluminum, Anodized
M8
Holding Strength: 3-5 kg (6-110 lbs)
50.8
37.0
30.0 Series Description A (Hex) B (Thread) Unit Wgt (g) Part #
40 Ball Catch 13 M8 Each 23 23-043
38.1 40/1.5" Ball Catch 1/2" 1/4-20 Each 29 23-121
20.2
11.0
38.1 Mounted to Bracket
Series Part # Type Mounted to Extrusion (Part Number 27-146)
24.1
Screw 24-120-6 24-116-6
28.0
40 23-043 T-Nut 20-056 —
T-Nut 20-058 20-058
Screw 25-112-4 24-116-6
1.5” 23-121 T-Nut 25-001 —
T-Nut 25-002 25-002
Bracket Mounting Options

Series Part # Type Mounted to Extrusion
Screw 24-118-8
40 27-146
T-Nut 20-058
Screw 25-110-5
1.5” 27-146
T-Nut 25-002

Catalog 1816-4/US
Door Catches
Ø 0.50" Ball Plungers
23-129
19-022A
4.3mm to 7mm Range
Ø 0.375"
28
Ø 11.2
0.50"
19-022B
3mm to 5mm Range 4.1
An economical solution to hold swinging doors Housing: Steel, Black
closed. The ball plunger presses easily into a Oxide 23-128
machined hole in the extrusion, and the force of
the ball in combination with a T-Slot on the door Part# Holding Strength
frame holds the door closed.
23-128 2-6 kg (5-14 lbs.)
Hinges, &
Handles,
Latches
18.3
23-129 3-8 kg (8-18 lbs.) Ø 7.9
0.375"
Profile
Series Description Unit Weight (g) Part # 2.8
0, 30 1.5” Ball Plunger, ½" Dia. x 28mm
4 Each 22.7 23-129* 0.72
28, 1” Ball Plunger, 3/8" Dia x 18mm Each 13.6 23-128**
* Requires service 19-022A ** Requires service 19-022B
3-Way Ball Catch

23-004 Machining 23-012 Machining
M3 Thru M4 Thru
23-004
39.8
49.8
For M3 FHCS
Mill Slot Mill Slot

1 50x9.5x9Dp 60x12x12.3Dp
40 Series Std 28, 30 Series
3 Std
40 Series 28, 30 Series
1 3-Way Ball Catch on swinging door

2 3-Way Ball Catch on sliding door
3 Machining for catches
Technical Data
Brass, Chrome Finish 23-012
For M4 FHCS
Two steel balls for adjustable spring
tension
2 Recommended Fasteners
Application (Order Separately)
Universal door catch for swinging and Part # 23-004 (4) 24-210-3
sliding doors in small and medium load Part # 23-012 (4) 24-208-4
ranges.

3-Way Ball Catch, Small 28/30 Set 26 23-004
3-Way Ball Catch, Medium 40 Set 40 23-012

Catalog 1816-4/US
Contents Feet & Casters
Section 6
Feet & Casters
Leveling Feet 167-169 Flange Feet 176
Anti-Vibration 169
Bolt Down 169
Knuckle Feet 170-171 Hollow King Pin Casters 178
Knuckle Foot Accessories Threaded Casters 179

Rubber Insert 172
Clamping Shoe 172
Corner Mounting Plate 172 Top Plate Casters 180
L-Base Leveling Foot 173 Floor Lock 185

Floor Anchor 173
Floor Brackets 174 Adapter Plates 184

Economy Floor Brackets 175 Base Plates 182-183

Catalog 1816-4/US
Leveling Feet
Leveling Foot
Application
For leveling tables and light
equipment stands. Ratchet-type
adjustment on 21-001 requires no
tools. 21-001-30 is height adjustable
21-001 by hand or with tools.
21-001-30
Technical Data
21-001 21-001-30
A
Base - Glass-Filled Nylon, Black Base: Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
Spindle, Nut & Disk: Steel, Galvanized Spindle, Nut & Disk: Steel, Zinc Plated
D Mounts to end of 30 Series profile with
B Mounts to end of 40 Series profile
with machining 19-016. Fastens to machining 19-016. Fastens to T-Slot
C B T-Slot using 40 Series T-Nuts using 30 Series T-Nuts
Profile Dimensions Max Load Weight
Part #
Series A B C Dmin Dmax kg (lbs) (g)
40 M8x16 40 39 40 65 150 (331) 68 21-001
30 M8x16 30 30 37 50 150 (331) 47 21-001-30
Casters
Feet &
Leveling Foot 20
Application
For leveling of light duty structures
constructed of 20 series profiles
A
Technical Data
21-007 DB Base: Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
Spindle, Nut & Disk: Steel, Zinc Plated
C
Part #
Series A B C Dmin Dmax kg (lbs) (g)
20 M5 37 18 12 29.5 50 (110) 12 21-007
Mounts to end of 20 Series profile with machining 19-043

* Dmin is without nut

Catalog 1816-4/US
Leveling Feet Feet & Casters
Leveling Feet
Application Technical Data A
For leveling of light duty structures. Base: Delrin, White
Constructed with a delrin base Stud: Steel, Black
to protect the surface against Adjustable
B Range
scratching. D
Profile Dimensions Max Load Weight C
Part #
Series A B C D min* D max kg (lbs) (g) 21-410
1" 1/4-20 1.94" 1.00" 0.70" 1.50" 1002 (220) 27 21-410 21-411
1.5" 3/8-16 2.88" 1.25" 0.80" 2.30" 470 (1036) 54 21-411
* Dmin is without nut.

21-411 can be used on 1.5" Profiles with a base plate.
21-410 mounts to 1” Profiles with maching 19-044.
A
For leveling of structures with high Steel
load capacity. Adjustable
B Range
D
Part # C
Series A B C D min* D max kg (lbs) (g)
21-412
1" 1/4-20 1.94" 1.00" 0.69" 1.50" 210 (463) 45 21-412
21-413
3/8-16 2.88" 1.25" 0.70" 2.32" 470 (1036) 100 21-413 21-414
1.5"
1/2-13 3.13" 1.88" 0.85" 2.38" 770 (1698) 218 21-414

21-413 & 21-414 can be used on 1.5" Profiles with a base plate.
21-412 mounts to 1” Profiles with maching 19-044.
Application
For leveling of heavy duty structures constructed of
80x80 profiles
Technical Data
21-015 Base: Nylon with Non-skid Pad
Spindle & Nut: Steel, Yellow Zinc Plated
M20x2.5 - 6g 21-015 21-224
21-224 Base: Yellow Zinc Plated Steel
Spindle & Nut: Steel, Yellow Zinc Plated A
51.0 [2.01]
Ordering Information 91.0 [3.58]
Dimensions
Profile Max Load Weight
Part #
Series A B C D min* D max E kg (lbs) (g) B
78.0 [3.07] D
40 M20 89 51 38 59 27 1200 (2646) 326 21-015
40 M20 89 51 38 59 27 2430 (5357) 771 21-224
Mounts to end of profile with base plate 27-003-M20. C

Catalog 1816-4/US
Leveling Feet
Anti-Vibration
1.5" Series
1/2" Jam Nut
21-423
Antivibe
Pad Base Plate 1.5 x 3, 1/2-13
[27-002-E08]
and Appropriate Fasteners
1/2-13

Leveling foot with an anti-vibration Low Carbon Steel, Yellow Zinc Plated
pad to reduce transmitted vibration Anti-Vibration Pad: Rubber
for high precision machinery.
Part # Max Load kg (lbs)
4.12" This will reduce 98% of the
transmitted vibration on most 21-423 450 (992)
D
machinery.
Dmin* Dmax
2.12” 3.37”
Casters
1.88" *Dmin is without nut.
Feet &
Anti-Vibration Feet Each 370 21-423
Bolt Down
Any type of
5/16 Bolt
21-420
21-421
A Application Technical Data

Leveling foot with holes to allow you Base: Glass-Filled Nylon, Black
to bolt structure directly to the floor or Thread & Nut - Steel Galvanized,
desired surface. Black
B
Dimensions Max Load Weight
D A B C Dmin* D max E kg (lb) (g) Part #
1/2 -13 4.65 3.11 1.00” 3.90” 2.17 770 (1698) 220 21-420
5/8-11 3.94 3.94 1.10” 3.00” 2.91 900 (1984) 270 21-421
E *Dmin is without nut.
C
Mount to end of Profile with base plate.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Knuckle Feet Feet & Casters
Knuckle Foot
21-008
21-009
21-012
BOTTOM OF PROFILE 21-401
IS TAPPED TO ACCEPT
SCREW OF KNUCKLE FOOT 21-402
21-403
A
KNUCKLE FOOT 40
B
D
Application Technical Data C
Adjustable height leveling foot for Base: Glass-Filled Nylon, Black

heavy and medium structures such as Spindle, Nut & Disk: Steel, Galvanized
machine bases and assembly tables. Self-aligning leveling adjustment has
a maximum tilt of 15° via ball and
socket.
21-010
Profile Dimensions Load Weight
Part #
Series A B C Dmin* Dmax kg (lbs) (g) A
M8 60 39 24 48 350 (772) 37 21-008

40 M8 80 39 24 68 350 (772) 43 21-009
M10 80 39 24 65 470 (1036) 66 21-012 B
D
28/30 M8 70 29 30 58 250 (551) 20 21-010
5/16-18 2.40" 1.50" 0.96" 2.00" 350 (772) 36 21-401
1.5" 5/16-18 3.15" 1.50" 0.96" 2.50" 350 (772) 41 21-402 C
3/8-16 3.15" 1.50" 0.96" 2.50" 470 (1036) 68 21-403

M8 (19-016) or 5/16-18 (19-045) thread mounts to end of profiles with machining called
out next to thread dimension.
M10 (19-017) or 3/8-16 (19-046) thread mounts to end of 40 Series profiles with machining
called out next to thread dimension.
All feet can be used on 40, 30, 28 and 1.5” Series Profile with a baseplate.
* Dmin is without nut

Catalog 1816-4/US
Knuckle Feet
Knuckle Foot
M8 T-NUT
BOTTOM OF [20-058]
PROFILE IS
TAPPED TO
ACCEPT M8
SCREWS
M8x18 BHCS
[24-118-8]
RUBBER INSERT 80
[21-020]
A

B Adjustable height leveling foot for Base: Zinc Cast
heavy duty structures. Require Spindle & Nut: Steel, Galvanized
D
appropriate base plate for
mounting.
C
Casters
Feet &
Part #
Series A B C Dmin* Dmax kg (lbs) (g)
40 M12 100 76 30 82 770 (1698) 290 21-013
40 M12 160 76 30 142 770 (1698) 330 21-014
40 M16 100 76 30 76 1450 (3197) 360 21-016
40 M16 160 76 30 136 1450 (3197) 440 21-018

Part #
Series A B C Dmin* Dmax kg (lbs) (g)
1.5” 1/2-13 4.00 3.00 1.25” 3.25” 770 (1698) 290 21-404
1.5” 1/2-13 6.30 3.00 1.25” 5.50” 770 (1698) 330 21-405
1.5” 5/8-11 4.00 3.00 1.25” 3.06” 1450 (3197) 360 21-406
1.5” 5/8-11 6.30 3.00 1.25” 5.36” 1450 (3197) 440 21-407

All feet can be used on 40, 30, 28, and 1.5” Series Profile with base
plate.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Leveling Feet Accessories Feet & Casters
Rubber Insert
Application
For vibration-dampening and floor
protection with the Knuckle Foot 80 or
Knuckle Foot 1.5.
21-020
Technical Data Ø 71 3
Rubber, Black
Hardness 80o Shore A
Oil and water resistant
Rubber Insert Each 50 21-020 18
Clamping Shoe
Application
Clamps Knuckle Foot 80 or Knuckle
Foot 1.5 to Floor. Floor fastening set
mounts shoe to floor.
21-021
Technical Data Ø 14 R32
Zinc, Black Powdercoat 76
70
Description Unit Weight (g) Part # 20 15
Clamping Shoe Each 470 21-021

150
Floor Fastening Set Each 500 21-032
Corner Mounting Plate

Application
Mounting plate for knuckle feet or
casters.
Technical Data
Aluminum, Clear Anodized M8 T-Nut
[20-058] Corner
Mounting
M8 X 50 SHCS
[24-350-8]
Plate
[27-030] 27-030
(Order Separately)
230 19
Series Screws T-Nuts Set
40 24-350-8 20-058 21-031M
1.5" 25-332-5 25-002 21-031E
115 35
40/1.5" Corner Mounting Plate Each 750 27-030
Tap M8 or larger
Profile Fastening Set (Metric) Set 60 21-031M
Profile Fastening Set (English) Set 60 21-031E

Catalog 1816-4/US
L-Base Feet
Leveling Foot
21-022
21-022-30 Max
21-022-28
21-415
21-416 Min

Leveling foot for light and heavy duty 21-022
equipment. Height is adjustable by Base: Zinc Cast, Black Powdercoat
E
leveling screw, which is accessed Max Vertical Load – 350 kg (772 lbs)
from the top. All fasteners included.
F
A
Profile Dimensions Adjustment Wt.
D Part #
Series A B C D E F Min Max (g)
40 160 40 60 120 10 8.3 10 75 280 21-022
Casters
Feet &
30 120 30 45 81 10 8.3 8.5 31 220 21-022-30
B C 28 120 30 45 81 10 6.4 8.5 31 220 21-022-28
1.5" 6.30" 1.57" 2.36" 4.72" 0.394" 0.331" 0.394" 2.00" 280 21-415
1" 4.72" 1.18" 1.77" 3.19" 0.394" 0.252" 0.335" 1.125" 220 21-416
Floor Anchor
21-023
21-023-30
21-023-28
21-060
21-061
For attachment of light equipment to Zinc Cast, Black Powdercoat
E floors or mounting surface All fasteners included.
All fastening hardware to attach to
F profile is included.
A Profile Dimensions Weight
Part #
D Series A B C D E F (g)
40 160 40 60 120 10 8.3 280 21-023
30 120 30 45 81 10 8.3 220 21-023-30
B C 28 120 30 45 81 10 6.4 220 21-023-28
1.5" 6.30" 1.57" 2.36" 4.72" 0.394" 0.331" 280 21-060
1" 4.72" 1.18" 1.77" 3.19" 0.394" 0.252" 220 21-061

Catalog 1816-4/US
Mounting Brackets Feet & Casters
Floor Mounting Brackets

28 Series
40 Series
M8 Double T-Nut D
[20-050] 
Floor Mounting F
Bracket 80
[21-058] M8 x 18 BHCS 20
[24-118-8]
G 42
Application Technical Data 27-057

B
Bracket for mounting Aluminum, Clear Anodized

structures to floor or mounting
D
E Recommended Fastener

(Order Separately)
E
Series Screws T-Nuts Double
T-Nuts
A 40 24-118-8 20-058 20-050
30 24-118-8 20-058 20-050
F
20
28 24-116-8 20-057 —
1.5" 25-112-5 25-002 —
G TYP. 42
B 1" 25-110-4 25-031 —
27-058 D
E
D J


 
J J
E E
A A
I I
F F
20 20
G 42 G TYP. 42
B B
27-059 27-060
Part #
Series A B C D E F G ∅H J K L (g)
142 77 9 38 40 82 10 10 — — — 280 27-057
40 1.5"
142 77 9 76 40 82 10 10 — — — 570 27-058
30 142 77 9 28 28 82 10 9 97.6 25.4 7 190 27-059
28
1" 142 77 9 50.8 28 82 10 9 97.6 25.4 7 350 27-060

Catalog 1816-4/US
Mounting Brackets
Economy Floor
Application
Economical light duty floor mounting Mounting
brackets for 20, 30, 40, 1" and 1.5"
Series profiles. Securely mounts Brackets
structures to floor or mounting
28-501 surface.
28-502
28-503
28-504 Technical Data
28-505 Aluminum, Clear Anodized

A
B 6 Series Screws T-Nuts
∅C
40 40 24-116-8 20-058
A 30 24-114-6 20-056
B ∅C
6 20 24-112-5 20-045
140
120 40 1.5" 25-110-5 25-002
∅D 1" 25-108-4 25-031
140
120 36
∅D Ordering Information
Profile Style A B ∅C ∅D Weight (g) Part #
Casters
36
Feet &
Single 36.0 18.0 9.0 13.5 115 28-505
40
Double 76.0 40.0 9.0 13.5 245 28-510
28-506 Single 27.0 13.5 7.0 11.0 87 28-503
28-507 30
Double 57.0 30.0 7.0 11.0 185 28-508
28-508
Single 18.0 9.0 5.5 9.0 60 28-501
28-509 20
Double 38.0 20.0 5.5 9.0 125 28-506
28-510
A
Single 34.0 17.0 9.0 13.5 108 28-504
B ∅C 6 1.5"
40 Double 72.0 38.0 9.0 13.5 230 28-509
Single 23.0 11.5 7.0 9.0 75 28-502
A 1"
B ∅C 6 Double 48.0 25.1 7.0 9.0 156 28-507
140
12040
∅D
140
120 36
∅D
36

Catalog 1816-4/US
Flange Mounting Feet & Casters
Flange Feet
Application 40x80 Profile

Heavy duty flange foot for attaching
structures to floor. Tapped holes in
base can be used for leveling.
Universal Flange Feet are machined
to accommodate both the 40 and 1.5" Flang e F oot 40x80
[27-0 55]
Series profiles only.
M8 x 2 5 B HCS 27-050
[2 4-125-8]
Technical Data
Steel, Black Finish
Recommended Fasteners M10 Ta p for

Le veling Screw
(Order Separately) Thr u Hole for
Floor Mounting Set
For clamping Profile use 24-125-8 or 25-116-5
For Leveling use 24-525-10F
Floor Fastening Set 21-032 includes wedge 27-055
anchor, washer and hex nut.
D B
“E” stamped on
“M” stamped on English side.
metric side. 27-056
E
M M8 N 5/16-18
L L
C
K K
Metric Mounting Side English Mounting Side

6.4
Part #
Size A B C D E F K L M N (g)
40 x 40
125 125 128 100 100 14.3 50 50 — — 1550 27-050
1.5" x 1.5"
80 x 40
165 127 125 100 140 14.3 50 50 40 38.1 2190 27-055
3" x 1.5"
80 x 80
165 165 125 140 140 14.3 25 50 40 38.1 2790 27-056
3" x 3"

Catalog 1816-4/US
Casters
Caster Quick Reference

Load Wheel Wheel Total
Weight
Type Capacity Wheel Dia. Width Height Wheel Center Part # Page
(g)
kg (lbs) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Swivel 57 (125) Rubber Grey Non-Marking 50 19 68 Pressed Steel 210 21-300
Hollow
King
Pin
Swivel 57 (125) Rubber Grey Non-Marking 50 19 68 Pressed Steel 240 21-301

Swivel 79 (175) Neoprene Rubber, Black 75 25 100 Pressed Steel 390 21-310
Swivel 113 (250) Hard Rubber 125 32 162 Solid Rubber 1040 21-314
Threaded
Swivel 113 (250) Hard Rubber 125 32 162 Solid Rubber 1200 21-315
Stem
Leveling 226 (500) Nylon 50 18 82 Pressed Steel 800 21-323

Leveling 226 (500) Nylon 62 30 102 Pressed Steel 1200 21-327
Swivel 102 (225) Grey Poly 76 32 112 Pressed Steel 710 21-303
Swivel 102 (225) Grey Poly 76 32 112 Pressed Steel 880 21-304
Rigid 102 (225) Grey 76 31 119 Pressed Steel 300 21-302
Rigid 136 (300) Hard Rubber Grey 127 32 165 Solid Rubber 920 21-311
Plate Type
Swivel 136 (300) Blue Grey Rubber 125 32 165 Pressed Steel 1140 21-312
Swivel 136 (300) Blue Grey Rubber 125 32 165 Pressed Steel 1290 21-313
Swivel 408 (900) Purple Poly 152 51 191 Pressed Steel 2200 21-318
Swivel 408 (900) Purple Poly 152 51 191 Pressed Steel 2600 21-319
Leveler 249 (550) Nylon 50 18 82 Pressed Steel 800 21-324
Casters
Feet &
Leveler 599 (1100) Nylon 62 30 102 Pressed Steel 1200 21-328
165 ret.
Floor 567 (1250) Vulcanized Rubber Pad — — Pressed Steel 2100 21-325
196 ext.
Mounting a threaded caster:

When mounting a threaded caster, remember that the screw is not to be used as a height adjustment.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Casters Feet & Casters
Hollow King Pin

40 Series
40 Series
T-Nut
Hollow King Pin

Base Plate Swivel Caster 21-300
Lock Washer
Lock Washer
and BHCS
BHCS
BHCS
21-301
R
21-310
D1
Application Technical Data Recommended Fasteners

Casters designed for light and Housing: Pressed Steel, Zinc
(Order Separately)
medium duty applications. Mounting Chromated Screw: 24-120-10
surface is a hollow king pin with ball Washer: 24-707-10
bearing swivel.

Max Load Dimensions Weight
kg (lbs) Wheel D W H R T D1 Lock (g) Part #
57 (125) Rubber Black Non-Marking 50 (2") 19 68 16.9 7.8 10.2 None 210 21-300
57 (125) Rubber Black Non-Marking 50 (2") 19 68 16.9 7.8 10.2 Wheel 240 21-301
79 (175) Neoprene Rubber, Black 75 (3") 25 100 35.6 7.8 10.2 Total Lock 390 21-310

Catalog 1816-4/US
Casters
Threaded
Casters
R D2 L
21-314 H
D W
L R
21-315 H
Casters
Feet &
21-323 Casters designed light to heavy loads. Housing: Pressed Steel, Ball Bearing
21-327 A wrench fits easily on the swivel to Swivel Head.
allow installation to a base plate.
21-323 and 21-327 are leveling
casters with adjustable pad.
Max Load Dimensions Wt.
kg (lbs) Wheel W D H R D2 L Wheel Center Lock (g) Part #
113 (250) Hard Rubber 32 125 (5") 160 41.3 M10 38 Pressed Steel None 1040 21-314
113 (250) Hard Rubber 32 125 (5") 160 41.3 M10 38 Pressed Steel Total Lock 1200 21-315
226 (500) Nylon 73 46 (1.81") 82 30.7 M12 19 Pressed Steel Leveler 800 21-323
459 (1100) Nylon 88 57 (2.25") 102 38.1 M12 19 Pressed Steel Leveler 1200 21-327
Mounting a threaded caster:

When mounting a threaded caster, remember that the screw is not to be used as a height adjustment.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Casters Feet & Casters
Plate Type Casters T

R
T
R
H
H
W D
W D 21-303
For
For M8M8oror
BB ØØ 8.8
8.8 5/16
5/16 Screw
Screw 3232 R 21-312
R 21-318
5454
AA AA H
7373
H
3232 W D 21-304
BB A
W D A
21-313
8.8
8.8
ØØ 21-319
ForFor
M8M8 8.8
8.8
ØØ
BHCS
BHCS
BB
AA
AA AA
21-302
BB BB 21-311
1 2 3
21-324 - ∅6.8 Application

21-328 - ∅8.8 Top plate casters are great for all 21-324
types of loads and applications. The 21-328
caster bolts directly to the appropriate
extrusion T-Slot or the end of a profile
using an adapter.
Technical Data
Housing: Pressed Steel, Ball Bearing
Swivel Head.
Order hardware and base plates
separately. See next page.
Max Load Dimensions Wt. Plate
Type Wheel Lock Part #
kg (lbs) D W H R T A B (g) Dwg.
Swivel 102 (225) Grey Poly 76 (3") 32 111 41.3 3 75 40 None 710 3 21-303
Swivel 102 (225) Grey Poly 76 (3") 32 111 41.3 3 75 40 Total 880 3 21-304
Rigid 102 (225) Grey 76 (3") 32 111 – 3 75 40 None 300 2 21-302
Rigid 136 (300) Blue Grey Rubber 125 (5") 25.4 164 – 3 75 40 None 920 2 21-311
Swivel 136 (300) Blue Grey Rubber 125 (5") 25.4 164 41.3 3 75 40 None 1140 3 21-312
Swivel 136 (300) Blue Grey Rubber 125 (5") 25.4 164 41.3 3 75 40 Total Lock 1290 3 21-313
Swivel 408 (900) Purple Poly 152 (6") 51  191 47.6 6 76-92 67-76 None 2200 3 21-318
Swivel 408 (900) Purple Poly 152 (6") 51  191 47.6 6 76-92 67-76 Total Lock 2600 3 21-319
Leveler 249 (550) Nylon 50 (2") 73 82 30.7 4.6 56.5 56.5 Foot 800 1 21-324*
Leveler 599 (1100) Nylon 57 (2.25") 89 102 38.1 5.3 70 70 Foot 1200 1 21-328*
* Requires special mounting plate. Adapter plates for 1.5” profiles on page 172. Consult factory for engineering assistance for metric
profile adapter plates.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Casters

Mounting to Extrusion
Series Part Number
Screw Nut
24-114-8 20-058 21-303
24-114-8 20-058 21-304
24-114-8 20-058 21-302
24-114-8 20-058 21-311
24-114-8 20-058 21-312
40
24-114-8 20-058 21-313
24-118-8 20-058 21-318
24-118-8 20-058 21-319
24-116-6 20-056 21-324
24-116-8 20-058 21-328
25-108-5 25-002 21-303
25-108-5 25-002 21-304
25-108-5 25-002 21-302
25-108-5 25-002 21-311
Casters
25-108-5 25-002 21-312
Feet &
1.5”
25-108-5 25-002 21-313
25-110-5 25-002 21-318
25-110-5 25-002 21-319
25-110-4 25-001 21-324
25-110-5 25-002 21-328
Mounting to Base Plate
Series Part Number
Screw T-Nut
25-108-4 — 21-324
1.5”
25-110-4 — 21-328

Catalog 1816-4/US
Base Plates Feet & Casters
Base Plates 27-002 27-002 27-003

27-003
27-002-XXX
40X80 1.5"X3.0" 80X80 3.0"X3.0"
A
38.1 Base plates are used primarily to Aluminum, Clear Anodized
mount leveling feet and casters on the
end or side of an extrusion. These
76.2 plates can also be used for mounting
15.9
other parts such as lifting eyes.
The base plates adapt to both 40 and
1.5" Series extrusions.
27-003-XXX Recommended Fasteners (Order Separately)

Mounting Series Screws T-Nuts Machining
Attached to Profile 1.5" 25-114-5 — 19-009
End 40 24-125-8 — 19-010
1.5" 25-112-5 25-002 —
Attaching to T-Slot
40 24-118-8 20-058 —
∅ 76.2
27–002– XXX 27–003– XXX

15.9
Code A Thread Weight (g) Code A Thread Weight (g)
M08 M8x1.25 105 M08 M8x1.25 154
M10 M10x1.5 104 M10 M10x1.5 154
M12 M12x1.75 103 M12 M12x1.75 152
M16 M16x1.5 100 M16 M16x1.5 149
M20 M20x1.5 97 M20 M20x1.5 146
E05 5/16-18 105 E05 5/16-18 155
E06 3/8-16 105 E06 3/8-16 154
E08 1/2-13 103 E08 1/2-13 152
E10 5/8-11 101 E10 5/8-11 150

Catalog 1816-4/US
Base Plates
Base Plates
M8 T-NUT ST
[20-058] FOR 40 & 30 SERIES
[20-057] FOR 28 SERIES
Style A
M8x18 BHCS [24-118-8] FOR 40 SERIES M8x25 BHCS
M8x16 BHCS [24-116-8] FOR 30 SERIES [24-125-8]
M8x14 BHCS [24-114-8] FOR 28 SERIES
Application Technical Data A E

Base plates are used primarily to Aluminum, Clear Anodized
mount leveling feet and casters on the 21-220-8, 21-220-10
end or side of an extrusion. These C
21-220-12:
plates can also be used for mounting
other parts such as lifting eyes. Steel, Black Powdercoat
21-1020-04, 21-1020-05, 21-2020-05, D
21-2020-06, 21-2020-06: B
Steel, Clear Zinc

Mounting Series Screws T-Nuts Machining
Casters
30/28 24-125-8 — 19-010 Style B
Feet &
Attached to
20 24-114-5 — 19-010
Profile End
1" 25-112-4 — 19-009
30 24-116-8 20-058 —
Attaching to 28 24-114-8 20-057 —
T-Slot 20 24-112-5 20-045 —
1" 25-110-4 25-031 — A E
Part # Style C D
Series A B C D E (g)
M8x1.25 60 30 30 15.9 240 21-029-8
30 M10x1.5 60 30 30 15.9 240 21-029-10 A
M12x1.75 60 30 30 15.9 240 21-029-12
D
M8x1.25 54 25.4 28 15.9 150 21-004
B
M10x1.5 54 25.4 28 15.9 150 21-005 A
M12x1.75 54 25.4 28 15.9 150 21-006
28
M8x1.25 54 54 28 15.9 300 21-204
M10x1.5 54 54 28 15.9 300 21-205 B
M12x1.75 54 54 28 15.9 300 21-206
M8x1.25 40 40 20 12 810 21-220-8
20 M10x1.5 40 40 20 12 810 21-220-10 A
M12x1.75 40 40 20 12 810 21-220-12
1/4-20 2.0" 1.0" 1.0" 0.625" 150 21-1020-04
A
5/16-18 2.0" 1.0" 1.0" 0.625" 150 21-1020-05
1" 5/16-18 2.0" 2.0" 1.0" 0.625" 240 21-2020-05
3/8-16 2.0" 2.0" 1.0" 0.625" 240 21-2020-06 B
1/2-13 2.0" 2.0" 1.0" 0.625" 240 21-2020-08

Catalog 1816-4/US
Adapter Plates Feet & Casters
Adapter Plates
21-500
21-502
E D B
D C A
Used to mount leveling casters to Aluminum, Clear Anodized
either the end of the extrusion or
C
A
T-slots for 1.5” Series only.
F
Mounting the Base Plate to Extrusion Part

Series
Mounting Method Screw Nut Number
End of the Extrusion 25-314-5 —
21-502
T-Slot Mounting 25-312-5 25-002
1.5”
End of the Extrusion 25-314-5 —
21-500
Leveling Caster to Base Plate

Series
Base Plate Caster Screw
21-502 21-328 25-110-4
1.5”
21-500 21-324 25-108-4
A B C D E F Wgt Part #
(g)
3.0" 0.625" 1.5" 2.28" 1/4-20 for 5/16 640 21-500
3.5" 0.625" 1.5" 2.76" 1/4-20 for 5/16 750 21-502

Catalog 1816-4/US
Adapter Plates
Adapter Plate & Floor Lock

The floor lock adapter plate mounts Aluminum, Clear Anodized
to either the end of the extrusion
or T-slots for 1.5” Series only. Floor
lock used as brake for multiple
applications.
E D B
Mounting the Base Plate to Extrusion Part
Series
Mounting Method Screw Nut Number
D C A End of the Extrusion 25-314-5 —
1.5” 21-504
C
A F
Floor Lock to Base Plate
Series
Base Plate Floor Lock Screw
21-325 1.5” 21-504 21-325 25-120-6
Applications
Special
A B C D E F Wgt (g) Part #
4.5" 0.625" 1.5" 3.0" 3/8-16 for 5/16 850 21-504
92 67 — — — — 2140 21-325
Floor Lock
B Closed Height: 165
66.8 Engaged Height: 197
A
114.3 75.2
∅ 11 101.6

Catalog 1816-4/US
Contents Special Applications
Section 7
Special Applications
Pneumatic Plates
Connecting 188
Blank 189
FOR M8 BHCS A
Pneumatic Fasteners
Universal 189
Butt 189
40 80
40
80
Pneumatic Seals 190
15.9
∅35.5 ∅9
Workstation Components
Bins 192
∅11
Drawers 193
40 66 80
Tool Runner 193
1.6
Lift Systems
Two-Cylinder 194
Four-Cylinder 195

Catalog 1816-4/US
Pneumatic Applications
Pneumatic Profiles
Application
The cavity within a profile can be used to distribute Available Profiles
compressed air as well as provide structural foundation Available
for the system application. Connections may be made at Part # Description Air
any location using the proper accessory component and Channels
machining. Many of the profile configurations also provide 10-080 Profile 80X40 Standard 1
for multiple channels allowing for the complete distribution 11-080 Profile 80X40 Heavy 1
of compressed air in complex systems.
10-088 Profile 80X80 Standard 1
11-088 Profile 80X80 Heavy 1
Cavity areas shown are in cm2 (1 cm2 = 0.155 in2)

To calculate volume, multiply area by the profile length.
10-080 11-080 10-088 11-088
Pressure Ratings and Leak Test
Applications
Safe Maximum Pressure Sample Testing Results
Special
Rating Pressure Pressure
Profile Observation
1725 kPa (250 psi) Medium kPA (psi)
Nitrogen 6,900 (1000) No Leakage
10-080
Water 9,655 (1400) Profile Burst
Supporting Pressure Rating
Data 10-088
Water 9,655 (1400) Profile Burst
Procedures
Stage 1 11-080
Water 27,580 (4000) No Leakage
A sample assembly was connected to a
nitrogen cylinder. Pressure of 690 kPA 11-088
(100psi) was applied. The holding button Water 10,345 (1500) Gasket Leaked
head screws were checked and tightened
to a torque of 13.6 Nm (10 ft-lbs).
Pressure was increased in stages to 6900
kPa (1000 psi) with continuous inspection
for leaks. This was duplicated for each
profile.
Stage 2
A sample was filled with water and
pressure was applied in the same manner
as in stage 1. Pressure was increased
until a gaskets leaked or profiles burst.
This was duplicated for each profile.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Pneumatic Components Special Applications
Connecting
Plates
Connecting plates provide threaded Plate: Aluminum, Anodized
ports and align with air chambers Seal: Neoprene or Buna
within properly machined profiles.
Both styles are designed to be
attached to the end face of the
21-040ZX profile. The 80x80 plate can also
be attached to the T-slotted side of
a profile with an 80mm dimension.
A FOR M8 BHCS
All plates include the appropriate
sealing gasket. These plates can be
40 used to seal end of profile by using
appropriate plug.
40
80
15.9
Mounting Hardware 21-040ZX 21-043ZX
End Face Mount Screw (2) 24-125-8 (4) 24-125-8
Screw (2) 24-118-8 (4) 24-118-8
Side Mount
T-Nut (2) 20-058 (4) 20-058
21-043ZX
Description A Unit Weight (g) Part #
1/8"-27 NPT Set 110 21-040Z1
FOR M8 BHCS A
1/4"-18 NPT Set 110 21-040Z2
Connector Plate 40x80 3/8"-18 NPT Set 110 21-040Z4
40 80 1/4" BSPP Set 110 21-040Z6
1/2"-14 NPT Set 110 21-040Z8
1/2"-14 NPT Set 230 21-043Z2
40 1/2" BSPP Set 230 21-043Z6
Connector Plate 80x80
80
1"-11.5 NPT Set 230 21-043Z8
15.9
X = port type and size

Catalog 1816-4/US
Pneumatic Components
Blank Plates
21-8000Z1 21-4000Z1 Application

Used for closing 40x80 and 80x80
profile ends.
Technical Data
20.0
40.0
40.0 80.0
80.0
40.0 Recommended Fasteners
(Order Separately)
40.0
80.0 Screws: 24-125-8
15.0
Gasket:
15.0 21-041 for 21-4000Z1
21-042 for 21-8000Z1
Blank Plate 40x80 Each 100 21-4000Z1
Blank Plate 80x80 Each 200 21-8000Z1
Applications
Pneumatic Fasteners
Special
Application
Two styles for connecting 40x80
∅ 20.0 11.0 or larger profiles together when
used as compressed air piping.
Universal is used on 90O connections.
Butt-Fastening is for end to end
connections
20-011 20.0 Technical Data

Zinc Cast, Galvanized
Pneumatic Universal Fastening Set Each 36 20-011
Butt-Fastening Set M6 Each 45 20-012
20-012

Catalog 1816-4/US
Pneumatic Components Special Applications
Pneumatic Seals
Application
Replacement seals for pneumatic
connections. ∅22 ∅8
40
Technical Data
Neoprene or Buna, Black 40
55 1.6
Note: Seals should be retightened
after 24 hours of initial installation.
21-041
Seal 40x80 Each 2 21-041
Seal 80x80 Each 6 21-042
∅35.5 ∅9
∅11
40 66 80
1.6
21-042

Catalog 1816-4/US
Workstations
Complete
Modular designed workstations by
IPS offer a wide range of options Workstations
and accessory combinations. All
structural profiles used in our
workstations are made of high
strength aluminum, combined with
our unique fastening system which
provides exceptional flexibility
in design for a wide range of
applications. All profiles are clear
anodized with several available in
black. Special colors and coatings
are available on request.
T-Slots provide easy attachment
points for accessories. Closed
face profiles are also available for
applications requiring aesthetically
clean looks or reduction in the
potential for dust and contamination.
All workstations can be customized
for your exact needs. From the
heaviest assembly tables to
ergonomic LEAN work cells, we have
the products and expertise to meet
your specifications.
Applications
Special

Catalog 1816-4/US
Workstations Special Applications
Parts Bin
H
LARGE OR MEDIUM BIN
Figure 1 22-126 thru 22-129
Figure 2
Application
Bins for small to large parts and equipment on work benches, work stations,
parts racks, etc. Minimizes parts handling.
Order all fasteners separately
Dimensions Weight
Description Mounting Hardware Material Part #
W D H (g)
140 280 127 See fig. 1-2 for mounting 670 22-126
choices
choices Heavy Duty
Parts Bins Polypropylene,
105 135 76 See fig. 1-2 for mounting Red 80 22-128
choices
choices
Flat Mounting Bracket 60 6.4 25.4 Not included (See fig. 2) Aluminum, Anodized 20 22-128Z2
Angled Mounting Bracket 80 47 30 Not included (See fig. 1) Aluminum, Anodized 80 22-128Z3

Catalog 1816-4/US
Workstations
Tool Runner
60 16
4.2
26
Bottom Slot Runner ∅ 10.5
[22-136]
8
To suspend and postion tools at work Runner: Glass-Filled Nylon, Black 22-136
stations. Runner slides in 40 series Max Load: 10 kg (23 lbs)
profile.
Runner Stop can be created by using:
(1) Flat Point Set Screw [24-516-5F]
(1) M5 Z-Nut [20-035]
Runner Each 12 22-136
Drawer
Applications
Technical Data
Special
Grey painted steel construction with ball
bearing slides and padlock attachment. 22-121
The drawers can be stacked on top of each other.

For mounting to 40 series profile:
Screws 24-114-8 508.0 D
T-nuts 20-058
Flat Washers 24-707-8
336.1
W400.1
Description (W x D x H) Weight (g) Part #
Drawer 400 x 508 x 172mm 9400 22-121 32.0
H
Drawer 400 x 508 x 343mm 15800 22-122 20.0
117.0
Contact factory for additional details 488.0

Catalog 1816-4/US
Lift Systems Special Applications
2-Cylinder Lift System 20-108
with Telescopic
(2x)
20-058
Special (2x)
Bolt
Guides Required 50-704
24-118-8
(4x)
Tap M5
Tap M8
20-058
(6x)
24-116-8
(6x) 2
52 1
Tap M8
Ø12
24-160-8 24-700-8
(2x) (2x)
1
3
50-702
3
1 Mount pump to profile 10-081. Drill and tap the
10-081 M5 where the pump mounting holes match. Use
appropriate bolt based off pump dimensions to mount the pump to the profile. Mount the
10-081 to the frame with 2X 20-108 flat plate using 24-116-8 and 20-058.
2 Mounting the top of the 50-703 to the frame. First tap the two bosses at the top of 50-703
M8. Use 24-118-8 to mount 50-704 to 50-703. Use 24-118-8 and 20-058 to mount to frame.
3 Mounting the bottom of the 50-703 to the frame. First tap the two bosses at the bottom
of 50-703 M8. Drill and counterbore though the frame profile to match the M8 tapped hole
on 50-703. Use 24-160-8 and 24-707-8 to mount to frame.
The mounting information above is only one example of how the lift system can be mounted.
Order fasteners separately.

2-Cylinder Lift System together Maximum lift capacity 227 kg (500lbs.)
with Telescopic Guides create a Adjustment range 300mm
compact versatile height adjustment
Cylinders are single acting. External
mechanism. The system consists of
force of approx. 7 kg (15 lbs.) is
two fluid-drive cylinders connected by
required for return stroke.
50-703 flexible tubing to a manual pump with
a unique “fold-away” hand crank. Due Tubing Length: One at 8’ and one at
to cylinder internal construction, use 10’ section.
of telescopic guides is required. Each Minimum bending radius for tubing
guide has four mounting holes (two 40mm.
* Distance on top, two on bottom) that can be
Operating temperature 0 - 115°F.
between tapped for M8 or 5/16”-18.
mounting
holes
** Cylinder Ordering Information
mounting Description Unit Weight (g) Part #
distance
2-Cylinder Lift System Set 4062 50-702
Telescopic Guide (2 required) Each 430 50-703
Mounting Plate for 50-703 Each 6 50-704

Catalog 1816-4/US
Lift Systems
20-108
4-Cylinder Lift
(2x)
Special
Bolt
System
Ø12 Required
Tap M5
594
20-081 52
(6x)
24-140-10
24-116-8
(6x)
1 2 85 578
24-212-5
(4x) 34
50-705
(2x)
Ø9 Thru
133
Ø15 x 12.3 Dp
Ø5.8
(3x)
24-335-8 165
(2x)
24-718-8
(2x)
3
1 Mount pump to profile 10-081. Drill and tap the 10-081 M5 where the pump mounting
holes match. Use appropriate bolt based off pump dimensions to mount pump to profile.
Mount the 10-081 to the frame with 2X 20-108 flat plates using 24-116-8 and 20-058.
2 Mounting the cylinders of the 50-700 to the frame. First drill and counterbore a hole
though the frame profile to match up to the mounting holes on the cylinder. Attach the
50-705 to the cylinder with 24-212-5. Then mount the attached 50-705 frame profile with
24-335-8 and 24-718-8 though the previously drilled hole.
3
Applications
3 Mount the rod end of the cylinder to the frame by drill and counterboring a hole though
and using a 24-140-10.
Special
The mounting information above is only one example of how the lift system can be
mounted. For example, a leveling foot can be placed in the rod end of the cylinder rather 2
than attaching to the frame. Order fasteners separately.
1

4-Cylinder Lift System is a compact Maximum lift capacity 340 kg (750lbs.)
versatile height adjustment 35
Adjustment range 300mm
mechanism. It consists of four
fluid-drive cylinders connected by Cylinders are single acting. External 35
flexible tubing to a manual pump force of approx. 9 kg (20 lbs.) is
with a unique “fold-away” hand required for return stroke.
340 24
crank. The cylinders are completely Tubing Length: Two at 8’ and two at
self-contained, requiring no external 10’ section.
support structure. Minimum bending radius for tubing 465
Each cylinder has five pre-tapped 40mm.
mounting holes: four on a flat side Operating temperature 0 - 115°F.
(M5x7mm deep) and one at the 35
bottom (M10x12mm deep).
M5x7 DP
Description Unit Weight (g) Part # 0 Min
∅25 300 Max
4-Cylinder Lift System Set 11700 50-700
Mounting Plate for 50-700 (2 per cylinder) Each 6 50-705
M10x12 DP

Catalog 1816-4/US
Index Linear Applications
Section 8
Linear Applications
Double Flange Slide Blocks
28 and 1" Series 200-201
40 and 1.5" Series 204-205
Side Flange Slide Blocks

28 and 1" Series 202-203
40 and 1.5" Series 206-207
Slide Pads & Shims 208
Slide Block Accessories

Clamp Accessories 209
Ratchet Lever 209
Clamp Machining 210-211
Roller Track 212
Roller Components 213-229

Catalog 1816-4/US
Slide Blocks
Slide Blocks
Application
Profile Slide Blocks are a versatile, The slide blocks attach to any surface
cost efficient concept to build a with M8 button head screws. The
multitude of adjustable slides and block slides along a profile when
movable rail systems. UMHW slide the profile is stationary, or a profile
pads engage directly into the T-slots. slides in the block, when the block is
Shims provide adjustment for a variety mounted. Clamping mechanism can
of assembly tolerances. Slide blocks be added to lock slide block in place.
are designed for a compression load
only.
f ile
Pro
Applications
Linear
Blocks Stationary
ck
Blo
Profile Stationary

Catalog 1816-4/US
Slide Blocks Linear Applications
UHMW-PE Design Information
The slide blocks use UHMW slide pads. UHMW-PE has one of the highest
impact strengths of any thermoplastic. It is abrasion resistant, has high tensile
strength, displays resistance to stress cracking, and has a low coefficient of
friction. It is well-suited where durability and low friction are of paramount
importance. Its high resistance to corrosive chemicals, with the exception
of oxidizing acids, make it an ideal choice for a wide variety of corrosive
environment applications. Maximum operating temperature is 210°F. UHMW-
PE can also operate successfully at temperatures as low as -375°F, making it an
excellent material for cryogenic applications.
Coefficient of Friction
UHMW-PE polymer has a lower coefficient of friction than glass. Together
with its self-lubricating characteristics, it is an ideal material for bearings,
bushings, valves, wear strips, or any application where sliding contact is
encountered.
Materials Static Kinetic

Aluminium vs. UHMW-PE 0.12 0.016
Anodized 204 R1 spec on extruded aluminum.


Catalog 1816-4/US
Slide Blocks
Chemical Resistance of UHMW-PE
Test specimens Dumb-bell type

Duration of Test 30 days
+ Resistant Mechanical properties not appreciably affected
/ Limited Resistance Decreases in yield stress and ultimate tensile strength less than 20%
- Not Resistant Decreases in yield stress and ultimate tensile strength greater than 20%
Reagent 20°C 50°C 80°C Reagent 20°C 50°C 80°C

I. Inorganic Acids V. Hydrocarbons
Chromic acid (80%) + + / Benzene / / -
Hydrochloric acid (conc) + + + Carbon Tetrachloride / - -
Hydrocyanic acid + + - Cyclohexane + + -
Hydrofluoric acid - - - Dichloroethylene - - -
Nitric acid (conc) / - - Diesel oil + + /
Nitric acid (50%) + + / n-Heptane + + -
Nitric acid (20%) + + + Petroleum ether + - -
Phosphoric acid (85%) + - - Trichloroethylene / - -
Sulphuric acid (conc) + - - Toluene / - -
Sulphuric acid (50%) + + + White spirit + / -
Xylene / / -
II. Alkalis
Aqueous ammonia + + - VI. Alcohols, Ketones,
Potassium Hydroxide Solution
+ + + Ester and Amines
Sodium Hydroxide Solution + + + Acetone + + -
Aniline + + /
III. Aqueous Solutions Benzyl alcohol + + +
of Inorganic Salts Butyl alcohol + + +
Aluminum Chloride + + - Cyclohexanol + + +
Aluminum Nitrate + + + Ethanol + + -
Bleaching powder + + + Ethyl acetate + + -
Calcium Chloride + + + Ethylene glycol + + +
Applications
Sodium Carbonate + + + Glycene + + +
Sodium Chloride + + + Lauryl alcohol + + +
Linear
Sodium Hypochlorite + + + Propyl alcohol + + +
Zinc Chloride + + +
VII. Miscellaneous
IV. Organic Acids Beer + + +
Acetic acid (99%) + + / Detergents in aqueous solution
+ + +
Acetic acid (10%) + + + Distilled water + + +
Butyric acid + + - Hydrogen peroxide 30% + + -
Citric acid + + + Linseed oil + + +
Formic acid + + - Milk + + +
Oleic acid + + / Olive Oil + + +
Sea water + + +
Wine + + +
The information contained herein is, to our best knowledge, true and accurate, but all recommendations or
suggestions are made without guarantee, since the conditions of use are beyond our control. We disclaim
any liability incurred in connection with the use of these data or suggestions. This publication is not to be
taken as a license to operate under, or a recommendation to infringe any patents. The observance of all
legal regulations and patents is the responsibility of the user.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Double Flange E E E C
H
K D
N
M G A
F
P
R
B
28 Series
Part # A B C D E F G
30-2801 80 50 4xØ8.3 11 28 32 64
30-2808 80 100 8xØ8.3 8 28 32 64
Part # H K L M N P* R
30-2801 39.5 8 16.75 28 9.25 1.1 26.9
30-2808 39.5 8 16.75 28 9.25 1.1 26.9
* Add 28mm (1.102") when using 12-248 profile.
30-2801
30-1002
1” Series
30-1002 3.15" 2.00" 4xØ0.28" 0.50" 1.00" 1.25" 2.50"
30-1004 3.15" 4.00" 8xØ0.28" 0.50" 1.00" 1.25" 2.50"
Part # H K L M N P R
30-1002 1.56" 0.31" 0.66" 1.03" 0.40" 0.06" 1.11"
30-1004 1.56" 0.31" 0.66" 1.03" 0.40" 0.06" 1.11"
Application
The slide block units offer low cost linear guidance. They utilize glide pads
oriented within T-slots. You make your own guidance device, by providing the
power – pneumatically, electro-mechanically or manually.
Shims are available to provide a more precise fit. See page 203 for optional
clamping mechanism and page 204 for machining details.
Technical Data
30-2808 UHMW Glide Pads
30-1004
Slide Block 28, 50mm Long Each 140 30-2801
Slide Block 1, 2" Long Each 140 30-1002

Catalog 1816-4/US
Slide Blocks
H
D
E E E
C Double Flange
K
M G A
N
P
R
B
28 Series
30-5601 Part # A B C D E F G
30-2002 30-5601 108 50 4xØ8.3 11 28 46 92
30-5608 108 100 8xØ8.3 8 28 46 92
30-5601 39.5 8 16.75 56 9.25 1.125 26.75
30-5608 39.5 8 16.75 56 9.25 1.125 26.75
1” Series
30-2002 4.25" 2.00" 4xØ0.28" 0.50" 1.00" 1.75" 3.50"
30-5608 30-2004 4.25" 4.00" 8xØ0.28" 0.50" 1.00" 1.75" 3.50"
30-2004 Part # H K L M N P R
30-2002 1.56" 0.31" 0.66" 2.03" 0.45" 0.06" 1.11"
30-2004 1.56" 0.31" 0.66" 2.03" 0.45" 0.06" 1.11"
Applications
Linear
Application Data
These double flange units offer low cost linear guidance. They utilize glide pads
Technical Data
UHMW Glide Pads

Catalog 1816-4/US
Side Flange
H
E E E
R
C
K D
G
L F
A
P
M
N B
28 Series
30-2821 54 50 2xØ8.3 11 28 10 18 30-2821
30-2828 54 100 4xØ8.3 8 28 10 18 30-1012
30-2821 49.5 8 41 28 11.9 1.2 26.3
1” Series
30-1012 2.13" 2.00" 2xØ0.28" 0.50" 1.00" 0.375" 0.71"
30-1014 2.13" 4.00" 4xØ0.28" 0.50" 1.00" 0.375" 0.71"
30-1012 1.95" 0.31" 1.68" 1.03" 0.52" 0.06" 1.03"
30-2828
Application 30-1014
Technical Data
UHMW Glide Pads
Slide Block 1", 2" Long Each 140 30-1012
Slide Block 1", 4" Long Each 250 30-1014

Catalog 1816-4/US
Slide Blocks
Side Flange Extended

H
R F C
K D
L
E A
N P G
M
B
30-2822
28 Series
30-1024
30-2822 54 90 4xØ8.3 10 28 13.2 20
30-2829 54 140 4xØ8.3 10 28 13.2 20
30-2822 49.5 8 18 28 12 11.9 26.3
30-2829 49.5 8 18 28 12 11.9 26.3
1” Series
30-1024 2.13" 4.00" 4xØ0.28" 0.50" 1.00" 0.56" 1.00"
30-2829
Application
Applications
Linear
Technical Data
UHMW Glide Pads
Slide Block 1" Extended, 4" Long Each 260 30-1024

Catalog 1816-4/US
Double Flange H
E E
E
K C
D
L
M G A
F
N
P
R
B
40 Series
Part # A B C D E F G 30-4001
30-4001 96 80 4xØ8.3 20 40 40 80 30-1503
30-4008 96 160 8xØ8.3 20 40 40 80
30-4001 50 8 16 40 12 4 34
* Add: 40mm (1.575") when using 10-080, 10-680 or 11-080 profile.

80mm (3.15") when using 10-120 profile.
120mm (4.72") when using 10-164 or 11-140 profile.
1.5” Series
Part # A B C D E F G 30-4001HC
30-1503 3.78" 3.00" 4xØ0.28" 0.75" 1.50" 1.50" 3.00" 30-1503HC
30-1506 3.78" 6.00" 8xØ0.28" 0.75" 1.50" 1.50" 3.00"
30-1503 1.97" 0.31" 0.63" 1.52" 0.50" 0.12" 1.34"
Application
The slide block units offer low cost linear guidance. They utilize glide pads oriented
within T-slots. You make your own guidance device, by providing the power –
pneumatically, electro-mechanically or manually. High cycle (HC) units utilize a
steel threaded insert to mount the pad to the unit. These specially designed slide
block units are used in high cycle applications. 30-4008
30-1506
Technical Data
Aluminum, Clear Anodized Safe load:
UHMW Glide Pads 30-4001 or 30-1503 = 102 kg (225 lbs)
30-4008 or 30-1506 = 204 kg (450 lbs)
Slide Block 40 HC, 80mm Long Each 310 30-4001HC 30-4008HC
Slide Block 1.5, 3" Long Each 310 30-1503
Slide Block 1.5 HC, 3" Long Each 310 30-1503HC

Catalog 1816-4/US
Slide Blocks
E E E
C
Double Flange
H
L D
K
Technical Data
M G A
F
UHMW Glide Pads
Safe load:
N 30-8001 or 30-3003 = 204 kg (450 lb)
P
R B 30-8008 or 30-3006 = 408 kg (900 lb)
40 Series
30-8001 136 80 4xØ8.3 20 40 60 120
30-8001
30-8008 136 160 8xØ8.3 20 40 60 120
30-3003
30-8001 50 8 16 80 12 3.7 34
30-8008 50 8 16 80 12 3.7 34
* Add: 40mm (1.575") when using 10-088 or 11-088 profile.

1.5” Series
30-8001HC
30-3003 5.35" 3.00" 4xØ0.34" 0.75" 1.50" 2.35" 4.69"
30-3003HC
30-3006 5.35" 6.00" 8xØ0.34" 0.75" 1.50" 2.35" 4.69"
30-3003 1.97" 0.31" 0.63" 3.02" 0.54" 0.12" 1.34"
30-3006 1.93" 0.31" 0.63" 3.02" 0.54" 0.12" 1.34"
Application
Applications
Linear
oriented within T-slots. You make your own guidance device, by providing
the power – pneumatically, electro-mechanically or manually. High cycle
(HC) units utilize a steel threaded insert to mount the pad to the unit. These
specially designed slide block units are used in high cycle applications.
30-8008
30-3006
Slide Block 80 HC, 80mm Long Each 380 30-8001HC
Slide Blolck 80 HC, 160mm Long Each 760 30-8008HC
Slide Block 3 HC, 3" Long Each 380 30-3003HC
30-8008HC Slide Block 3 HC, 6" Long Each 760 30-3006HC
30-3006HC

Catalog 1816-4/US
Side Flange R
H
E E E
C
K D
G
L F
A
P
M
N B
40 Series 30-4021
Part # A B C D E F G 30-1513
30-4021 66 80 2xØ8.3 20 40 10 18
30-4028 66 160 4xØ8.3 20 40 10 18
30-4021 66 8 50 40 14 4 34
30-4028 66 8 50 40 14 4 34
30-4021HC
1.5” Series
30-1513HC
30-1513 2.60" 3.00" 2xØ0.34" 0.75" 1.50" 0.38" 0.71"
30-1523 2.60" 6.00" 4xØ0.34" 0.75" 1.50" 0.38" 0.71"
30-1513 2.60" 0.31" 1.97" 1.61" 0.58" 0.12" 1.34"
30-1523 2.60" 0.31" 1.97" 1.61" 0.58" 0.12" 1.34"
Application
The slide block units offer low cost linear guidance. They utilize glide pads oriented within
T-slots. You make your own guidance device, by providing the power – pneumatically,
electro-mechanically or manually. High cycle (HC) units utilize a steel threaded insert to
mount the pad to the unit. These specially designed slide block units are used in high cycle
applications. 30-4028
Shims are available to provide a more precise fit. See page 203 for optional clamping 30-1523
mechanism and page 204 for machining details.
Technical Data
UHMW Glide Pads
30-4028HC

Catalog 1816-4/US
Slide Blocks
Side Flange Extended

C
H F
R
D
K
L
E A
N P G
M
30-4022 B
30-1516 40 Series
30-4022 66 120 4xØ8.3 10 40 10 20
30-4029 66 200 4xØ8.3 10 40 10 20
30-4022 66 8 18 40 14 4 34
30-4029 66 8 18 40 14 4 34
30-4022HC 1.5” Series
30-1516HC Part # A B C D E F G
30-1516 2.60" 4.50" 4xØ0.34" 0.50" 1.50" 0.47" 0.75"
30-1516 2.60" 0.31" 1.97" 1.50" 0.58" 0.12" 1.34"
Application
Applications
oriented within T-slots. You make your own guidance device, by providing
Linear
the power – pneumatically, electro-mechanically or manually. High cycle
(HC) units utilize a steel threaded insert to mount the pad to the unit. These
specially designed slide block units are used in high cycle applications.
30-4029
Technical Data
UHMW Glide Pads
30-4029HC
Slide Block 1.5, 4.5# Long Each 370 30-1516
Slide Block 1.5 HC, 4.5# Long Each 370 30-1516HC

Catalog 1816-4/US
Slide Pads & Shims

#10-32 x 1/2" BHCS Exploded view of the assembly
[25-108-2] and par ts for a high cycle slide.
Parts shown are included when you
order a slide block a ssembly , but
can be ordered separately to make
your own custom high cycle side
block a ssembly.
Appropriate Slide Profile
#10-32 Insert for UHMW

[25-705-2]
Slide Pad High Cycle 40
Application
Glide pads let you custom design a Technical Data
low friction guidance unit. Slide pad Slide Pad: UHMW
can also be attached to a profile to
serve as a guide in sliding door ap- Shim: PET (Polyethylene
plications. Terephthalate), 0.005" Thick
Slide Pad 28 Series, 50mm* Each 5 30-2800-2
Slide Pad 40 Series, 80mm* Each 15 30-4000-2
Slide Pad 40 Series, 80mm High Cycle Each 4 30-4000-6
Shim 80 Set 30-412Z2
Shim 160 Set 30-812Z2
Slide Pad, 1" x 2" * Each 13 30-1000
Slide Pad, 1" x 2" Top* Each 16 30-1001
Slide Pad, 1" x 2" Sides* Each 16 30-2000
Slide Pad, 1.5" x 3" * Each 36 30-1500
Slide Pad, 1.5" x 3" High Cycle Each 33 30-1501
Slide Pad, 3" * Each 41 30-3000
Slide Pad, 3" High Cycle Each 38 30-3001
* Tapped
High Cycle Nut

Threaded insert nut used to create Steel, Zinc Plated
25-705-2 high cycle UHMW slide blocks. Accepts #10-32 screw.
#10-32
High Cycle Nut #10-32 Each 0.5 25-705-2

Catalog 1816-4/US
Slide Blocks
Clamp Accessories
30-0001
Add an optional locking handle to

any slide block, to provide a mechanism
to lock the slide block in place anywhere
on the extrusion.
30-0005
Application
These clamp accessories provide positioning and
adjustment for 40 Series slide units. Handles provide
mechanism to lock the slide block in place anywhere
on the extrusion.
Slide extrusions and pads can be drilled to accept
clamp. See page 204.
30-0011
Series Description Weight (g) Part Number
Ratcheting L-Handle 56 30-0011
40/1.5”
Star Handle 39 30-0015 30-0015
Ratcheting L-Handle 49 30-0001
28
Star Handle 30 30-0005
Ratchet Lever
Applications
Application
Linear
For use on applications where a
locking handle is desired, particularly
on profile slide blocks. A 9mm hole
is required to mount the ratchet M8 Flat Washer
lever. [24-700-8]
Technical Data
Handle
Fiber Reinforced Techno-Polymer [23-325]
Plastic with Metal Insert.
Hardware varies with application. M8 Economy T-Nut
23-325
[20-081]
Ratchet Lever M8 x 16 Each 87 23-316

Catalog 1816-4/US
Clamp Machining
Slide blocks may be pre-drilled for mounting of the clamp. If drilling is desired, specify the machining service number
and give the location of the hole(s) to be drilled according to the drawings below.
Profiles Hole Size Machining Service No.

28, 40, 1.5" Ø9 19-140
Ordering Examples:
Multiple clamps may be mounted on a slide block. Each clamp requires a hole to be drilled. Note the description and
the number of holes is added to the slide block part number.
Guide drilled for two clamps, one on the right and one on the left:
30-4008 w/19-140 @ RS1 and LS1
Guide drilled for one clamp on the top:
30-8008 w/19-140 @ TS1
Right Side
S1 S2
Top Side
S1 Top Side S2
Left Side
Right Side
S3 S4
Single
Double
Left Side
LS1 S2

Catalog 1816-4/US
Slide Blocks
Clamp Machining
Right Side Top Side

S1 Right Side S2
Left Side
Top Side Top Side S2

TS1
Right Side
Left Side
Top Side Single

Right Double
Side
Left Side
Left Side
Applications
Linear
S1 S2

Catalog 1816-4/US
Roller Track Linear Applications
Roller Track
Drill 7mm Hole 14-100
Between the
Rollers
24-116-8
BHCS M8X16
22-145
Flat Plate 40 Series Profile
20-058
M8 T-Nut 40
Slide the Flat Plate

(22-145) with the 24-116-8
(BHCS M8X16) and
20-058 (M8 T-Nut 40) into
the bottom of the 14-100.
Use the 7mm hole drilled
into the 14-100 to tighten
the 24-116-8.

Economical track for flow rack Channel: Rolled Steel, Galvanized
system. Usually use two tracks per (0.028”)
runway but three of four may be Roller: PE, White
used with heavy or wide loads. Can 14-100
be attached to 40, 30 or 28 Series Load: 2.3 kg (5 lbs) per roller
profiles. Weight: 0.47 kg/m
Roller Track 3 meter 14-100

Catalog 1816-4/US
Linear Roller Systems
The LR Series
Linear Roller System
Linear Roller Series products provide a high

level of accuracy, load-bearing strength, and
flexibility in a modular, low-cost package. These
products use standard components and can
adapt to a wide range of applications.
The foundation of the LR product line is in the 40
Series of structural profiles that offer numerous
mounting configurations. Profiles allowing
maximum unsupported spans can be selected,
saving valuable space and reducing overall
system costs. Standard lengths of 6 meters and
the ability to splice multiple selections allow
configuration of nearly infinite stroke.
LR roller bearings are made of 100 Cr6 ground
and hardened steel and provide low friction, long
life, high speed, and heavy load capabilities. 80 250
Bearing units are available as single and double
roller types. Custom carriage configurations using 40
multiple bearing units can be set up to meet off- 116
the-shelf lead times.
The modular design allows for easy assembly,
fast engineering, and a flexible platform capable
of meeting even the most demanding application.
• Carriage Loads up to 753 lbs

• Custom Carriage Options
Applications
• Stroke Lengths over 6 Meters
Linear
Market applications:
• Material Handling
• Gantry Systems
• Visual Inspection 160 68 150
• Assembly and Transfer Lines
128
Performance Overview
LR 6 LR14 LR14HD
Maximum carriage load - kg (lbs) 66 (146) 272 (600) 341 (753)

Maximum travel without splice - mm* 5900 5850 5840
Minimum travel - mm 300 250 240
*Consult factory for long travel lengths

Catalog 1816-4/US
Linear Roller Systems Linear Applications
Order Example
LR B 5 2 S0150 M 2000
Profile Orientation
System Size
LR 6......................................................... A
LR 14....................................................... B
LR 14HD.................................................. C

Tall Narrow
Extrusion Selection* Side Side
40x80 Standard...................................... 3
40x80 Heavy........................................... 4
80x80 Standard...................................... 5
80x80 Heavy .......................................... 6
80x80 Super Heavy................................ 7
80x160 Standard.................................... 8
80x160 Heavy......................................... 9
80x120 Heavy......................................... 0
Profile Orientation
Tall Side (see example figures).............. 1
Narrow Side (see example figures)........ 2
Bearing Configuration
Double Bearing
(xxxx is standard carriage length)......... Dxxxx
Single Bearing (see page 200 for min.)
(enter total carriage length in mm)........ Sxxxx
Type
Manual.................................................... M
Travel
Travel Length (mm)................................. xxxx
* All profiles do not fit with all system sizes.

Contact factory for application assistance.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Loading
Capacity
Static Moment Loads Operating Condition Load Factor

Determine which moment loads are Steady Load 1
induced by the static load. Locate the
center of gravity of the load and the Fluctuating Load –
Mz length of the moment arm. Low 1.4

Average 1.7
Fz Moment Arm Lengths
Determine the moment arm lengths High 2
Mx My
associated with each moment load by
measuring the distance from the center Load Capacity = Load * Load Factor
of the load to the center of the carriage
in each moment load direction.
1 m/sec
Pitch Moment 2 m/sec
When determining the pitch moment arm, 3 m/sec
Fy 4 m/sec
it is necessary to consider the distance
5 m/sec
from the top of the load attachment plate
to the center of the carriage bearings. Key for charts on pages 213 and 214
LOADING (Fz) vs. LIFE LOADING (Fy) vs. LIFE

400
600
300 500
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
400
LR6 Series 200
300
200
Applications
100
100
Linear
0 0
0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000
LIFE (Hours) LIFE (Hours)
LOADING (Fz) vs. LIFE LOADING (Fy) vs. LIFE

2000 3500
3000
1500 2500
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
LR14/14HD Series 1000

2000
1500
1000
500
500
0 0
0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000
LIFE (Hours) LIFE (Hours)

Catalog 1816-4/US
Loading Capacity
LR6 Series
ROLL MOMENT (Mx) vs. LIFE PITCH MOMENT (My) vs. LIFE YAW MOMENT (Mz) vs. LIFE
30 175 350
150 300
25
125 250
MOMENT (Nm)
MOMENT (Nm)
MOMENT (Nm)
20
100 200
15
75 150
10
50 100
5 25 50
0 0 0
0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000
LIFE (Hours) LIFE (Hours) LIFE (Hours)
LR14 Series
150
1600 800
125 1400 700
1200 600
MOMENT (Nm)
MOMENT (Nm)
MOMENT (Nm)
100
1000 500
75 800 400
50 600 300
400 200
25
200 100
0 0 0
0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000
LR14HD Series
200 2250 1200
175 2000
1000
150 1750
MOMENT (Nm)
MOMENT (Nm)
MOMENT (Nm)
1500 800
125
1250
100 600
1000
75 400
750
50 500
200
25 250
0 0 0
0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000

Catalog 1816-4/US
Carriage
Information
Carriage Mounting Detail Width Length Thickness T-Slot Weight

LR Series actuators offer unmatched Series Carriage A B C D (g)
carriage flexibility. Available in LR6* Single 80 300** 16 39 Variable
fixed length double bearing units or
Double 80 242 16 39 80
adjustable length single bearing units,
the carriage can be tailored to meet LR14* Single 160 140** 28 40 Variable
specific load requirements. Double 160 141.6 28 40 3240
LR14HD* Single 159.5 160** 28 40 Variable
* Based on 40 mm Profile Width for LR6, LR14, and LR14HD

** Minimum length
Single Bearing Carriage Double Bearing Carriage
LR6 Series A A
D B C
D B C
Applications
D
Linear
A
LR14 Series A
B C B C
LR14HD Series A Consult Factory
B C

Catalog 1816-4/US
Carriage
Information
Carriage Orientation
A variety of carriage orientations
are available due to the LR Series’
modular design.
Options include multiple linked and
multiple independent carriages on a
single actuator and custom carriage
lengths.
Selecting the proper profile for
load support, and configuring the
carriage to suit the specific load and
application provides the benefits of a
custom product without the additional
costs and lead times.
Additional configurations are available to meet the

widest variety of applications. Contact the factory
to find the perfect fit for any design.
Inertia Values
Linear Inertia (oz-in2) vs Stroke (mm)

Series 100 200 300 500 750 1000 1500 3000 4000 6000
6 25.87 26.12 26.38 26.89 27.53 28.17 29.45 33.29 35.85 40.96

14 63.95 64.20 64.46 64.97 65.61 66.25 67.53 71.37 73.93 79.04

14HD 73.09 73.35 73.60 74.12 74.76 75.40 76.68 80.51 83.07 88.19
Linear Inertia (kg-cm2) vs Stroke (mm)

Series 100 200 300 500 750 1000 1500 3000 4000 6000
6 4.73 4.78 4.82 4.92 5.04 5.15 5.39 6.09 6.56 7.49

14 11.70 11.74 11.79 11.88 12.00 12.12 12.35 13.05 13.52 14.46

14HD 13.37 13.42 13.46 13.56 13.67 13.79 14.02 14.73 15.19 16.13

Catalog 1816-4/US
Roller System 6
Note:
Configuration shown: Double bearing
carriage (30-402 and 30-404) on 40x80
extrusion (10-080) with 16x80 extrusion
(10-081) for the carriage plate.
Applications
Linear
80 250
80 250
40 40
116 116

Catalog 1816-4/US
Roller System 6
Application
Components for constructing Roller System 6 for light duty applications
13-505
Technical Data
Linear Shaft: Cf53 high grade carbon steel (AISI 1050)
+0
Precision ground to ISO h6 tolerance -8 µm
Roundness: 4 µm
Parallelism: 5 µm/1000mm
Surface quality: Ra 0.3µm (Rz 1.6µm)
Hardness depth: minimum 0.4 mm 13-106
Surface hardness: 670 to 840 HV (RC 59 to 65)
Shaft clamp: Aluminum, Anodized
Bearing Units: Aluminum Anodized Housing, Roller 6 (30-008),

Bolt 6 Centric (30-006) or Eccentric (30-007), and
M6x8 cone point set screw
Preload range for eccentric bearing units ± 0.45 mm
End Cap/ Lubricating System (set of left and right):

Glass-Filled Nylon, Black; includes felt, spring and M4x10 SHCS 30-401
30-403
Linear Shaft 6, Hard Chrome Coated 6 meters 0.22 kg/m 13-505
Shaft Clamp 6 3 meters 0.12 kg/m 13-106
Single Bearing Unit 6, Centric Each 180 30-401
Single Bearing Unit 6, Eccentric Each 180 30-403
Double Bearing Unit 6, Centric Each 220 30-402
Double Bearing Unit 6, Eccentric Each 220 30-404 30-402
30-404
End Cap/ Lubricating System 6 Set 20 30-407
Replacement Felt 6 Each 0.1 30-407Z5
30-407

Catalog 1816-4/US
Roller System 14
Note:
Configuration shown: Double bearing
carriage (30-102 and 30-104) on 40x80
160 150
Applications
68
Linear
160 68 150
128 128

Catalog 1816-4/US
Roller System 14
Application
Components for constructing Roller System 14 for medium duty applications
Technical Data 13-513

+0
Roundness: 5 µm
Hardness depth: minimum 0.6 mm
Shaft Clamp: Aluminum, Anodized
13-114
Bearing Units:
Aluminum, Anodized Housing, Roller 14 (30-108),
Bolt 14 Centric (30-105) or Eccentric (30-106), and spacer (30-108z1)
End Cap/ Lubricating System (set of left and right):

Glass-Filled Nylon, Black; includes felt, spring, M8x10 BHCS

Description Unit Weight (g) Part # 30-103
Linear Shaft 14, (Hard chrome coated) 6 meters 1.21 kg/m 13-513
Single Bearing Unit 14, Centric Each 400 30-101

Single Bearing Unit 14, Eccentric Each 400 30-103
Double Bearing Unit 14, Centric Each 880 30-102
Double Bearing Unit 14, Eccentric Each 880 30-104
End Cap/ Lubricating System 14 Set 50 30-107 30-102

Replacement Felt 14 Each 0.2 30-107Z1 30-104
30-107

Catalog 1816-4/US
Roller System 14 HD
Note:
Configuration shown: Single bearing
carriage (30-111 and 30-113) on 40x80
The LR14HD only has single bearing

blocks. The minimum length of the carriage
is 200mm, but it can be made longer.
Applications
160 200 Min.
Linear
68
160 200 Min.

68
28
128

Catalog 1816-4/US
Roller System 14 HD
Application
Components for constructing Roller System 14 HD for medium and heavy duty
applications
13-513
Technical Data
+0
Roundness: 5 µm
Hardness depth: minimum 0.6 mm
13-114
Shaft Clamp: Aluminum, Anodized
Bearing Units:
Aluminum, Anodized Housing, Roller 14 (30-108),
Bolt 14 Centric (30-105) or Eccentric (30-106),
one spacer per roller (30-114z3), M8x12 nylon tipped set screw (24-689) for
eccentric only, End Cap/ Lubricating System
End Cap/ Lubricating System: Trespa Cap with Pin, Felt, Spring, M8x10 BHCS,
M4x10 Set Screw, and Access Plug
30-111
30-113
Linear Shaft 14, Hard Chrome Coated 6 meters 1.21 kg/m 13-513

Single Bearing Unit 14 HD, Centric Each 580 30-111

Single Bearing Unit 14 HD, Eccentric Each 580 30-113
End Cap, LR14 HD, Single Each 52 30-503Z6

Replacement Felt 14HD Each 2 30-114Z5
30-503Z6

Catalog 1816-4/US
Bearing Unit
30-401
30-403
30-111
30-113
Bearing Unit, Double 6, Centric Each 220 30-402
30-402 Bearing Unit, Double 6, Eccentric Each 220 30-404
30-404 Bearing Unit, Single 6, Centric Each 180 30-401
Bearing Unit, Single 6, Eccentric Each 180 30-403
Bearing Unit, Double 14, Centric Each 880 30-102
Bearing Unit, Double 14, Eccentric Each 880 30-104
Bearing Unit, Single 14, Centric Each 400 30-101
Bearing Unit, Single 14, Eccentric Each 400 30-103
Bearing Unit, Single 14HD, Centric Each 580 30-111
Applications
Bearing Unit, Single 14HD, Eccentric Each 580 30-113
Linear
30-101
30-103
30-102
30-104

Catalog 1816-4/US
Components for
Bearing Units
Technical Data
Steel, 100 Cr6, ground and hardened, double ball bearing with two shields,
maintenance free

Dimensions Weight Part #
Shaft Dia d2 a b1 b2 (g)
6 5 10.5 8 7 7 30-008
14 12 24 20 18 88 30-108 Bolts
30-006
Technical Data
Steel, Black Oxide
Weight
Type Eccentricity Used in Bearing Units Part # 30-007
(g)
6-Centric N/A 30-401, 30-402 6 30-006

6-Eccentric 0.45 30-403, 30-404 6 30-007
14-Centric N/A 30-101, 30-102, 30-111 48 30-105
14-Eccentric 1.0 30-103, 30-104, 30-113 46 30-106
30-105
Technical Data
Steel, Black Oxide
Dimensions Qty Required
Used in Bearing Units Part # 30-106
I.D. O.D. Thickness per Roller
12 18 1.0 30-101,30-102, 30-103, 30-104 1 30-108Z1
Spacers
10.2 19 1.1 30-111, 30-112 1 30-114Z3

Catalog 1816-4/US
Limit Stop

To define mechanically the limits of 31-037:
travel. The rubber shock absorber M8 T-slot nut HD w/retainer spring, 31-037
provides for a cushioned end stop. M8x8 cup point set screw, rubber
shock absorber, two M8 T-slot nuts,
M8x44 set screw, M8 washer, M8 flange
nut
31-038:
Two M8 T-slot nuts HD w/retainer
spring, two M8x8 cup point set screws,
two rubber shock absorbers, three
M8 T-slot nuts, M8x44 set screw, M8
washer, M8 flange nut
Limit Stop - One Direction Set 65 31-037
Limit Stop Bi-Directional Set 93 31-038 31-038
Rubber Shock Absorber Each 31-037Z3A
(40mm Long)
Applications
Linear

Catalog 1816-4/US
Shafts & Clamp
13-106 13-114 13-505 13-513
Technical Data
Linear shaft: Cf53 high-grade carbon steel (A151 1050)
Shaft clamp: Aluminum, clear anodized
Shaft Clamp Profile 6 6 meters 120 13-106
Shaft Clamp Profile 14 6 meters 260 13-114
Cut To Length Service Number Each 19-001
Linear Shaft 6 3 meters 220 13-505
Linear Shaft 14 3 meters 1210 13-513
Cut To Length Service Number Each 19-007

Catalog 1816-4/US
End Caps
End Cap, Lubricating System 6 Set 20 30-407
End Cap, Lubricating System 14 Set 50 30-107
End Cap, 14 HD Each 52 30-503Z6
Replacement Felt Insert 6 Each 0.1 30-407Z5
Replacement Felt Insert 14 Each 0.2 30-107Z1
Replacement Felt Insert 14HD Each 2 30-114Z5
30-407
30-107
Applications
Linear
30-503Z6

Catalog 1816-4/US
Contents Lean, Services, Tips, & Tools
Section 9
Lean, Services, Tips, & Tools
Tips
Pre-Assembly Tips 231
Panel and Wire Mesh Gasket 231
Cutting and Installation 231
Services
Saw Profile to Length 234
Tap Profile End 234
Step Drill 234
Services
Surface Locations 235
Chamfer Corner 237
Notch Corner for Extrusion
Clearance 237
Notch Corner for Universal
Fastener Clearance 237
Tools
Drilling Jigs 238
Tools
Drill Bit, Tap, T-Handle
Wrench 239-240
Spanner Wrenches 241
Lean
Lean Communication Boards
242-245

Catalog 1816-4/US
Tips
1. Upon receipt of your order, check to see that you have received a complete kit
with numbered components. All extrusions are clearly marked with a number Pre-Assembly
designation. Sort all the extrusions according to these designations. If a drawing
was supplied, these numbers will correspond with the numbers shown on the Instructions
drawing.
and Tips
2. Assembly should be performed on a flat surface as this helps insure proper
alignment and perpendicularity of the frame.
3. Thread all end fasteners into tapped ends of extrusions but do not tighten the bolts.
4. Pre-assemble all joiner plates, gussets, brackets, wire mesh clamps and anchor
fastener assemblies but do not tighten the bolts.
5. If economy T-nuts are being used on joiner plates, gussets, brackets and any
accessories which are to be mounted between end fastenings of the main
assembly, then these systems of the T-nut should be installed in the proper T-slot at
this time.
6. Install all wheels, leveling feet, hinges, handles and end caps after the main frame is
constructed.
7. If solid panels are part of the installation, they should be installed in the T-slot after
two sides of its frame have been formed. If panel gasket [12-106] is being used, it
should be wrapped around the panel, notched at each corner and then slid into the
extrusion's "L-shaped" frame.
Cut chamfers at panel corners that

are adjacent to standard fasteners. Panel and Wire
Chamfer should be at 45° angle
(approx.) and should be cut according Mesh Gasket
to detail on page 235.
Cutting and
Installation
Panel Gasket
[12-106] Measure the length of each
side of the panel and cut the
45° gasket to those lengths. Then
cut each end of the gasket as
Lean, Services,
shown above. Two 45° angle
Tips, & Tools

Gasket
cuts will insure proper fit.
45° Then slide the cut gasketing
Gasket End onto the side of the panel.
Cuts Detail
With the gasketing mounted on the

panel, insert the panel into the slot
of the extrusion. By loosening the
standard fasteners that hold the
extrusions together, the panel will be
allowed to slide more freely into place.
Gently tapping the extrusion into
place and tightening the extrusions
back together will insure a tight fitting
panel.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Services Lean, Services, Tips, & Tools
Description Part Number
Saw Cuts
Saw Cut Extrusion up to 40X80/1.5"X3" 19-001
Saw Cut Extrusion up to 80X80/3"X3" 19-002
Saw Cut Extrusion over 80X80/3"X3" 19-003
Saw Cut for Steel Shafts and Roller Track 19-007
Miter Saw Cut Extrusion Different from 45 Degrees 19-104
Miter Saw Cut Extrusion up to 80X80/3"X3" at 45 Degrees 19-105
Miter Saw Cut Extrusion over 80X80/3"X3" at 45 Degrees 19-106
End Taps
End Tap M5 for 20 Series Profile 19-005
End Tap M5 20mm Deep for Leveling Foot on 20 Series Profile 19-043
End Tap 1/4-20 1" Series Profile 19-008
End Tap 1/4-20 1” Deep for Leveling Foot on 1” Series Profile 19-044
End Tap 5/16-18 for 1.5" or 40 Series Profile 19-009
End Tap 5/16-18 1.25” Deep for Leveling Foot on 1.5” Series Profile 19-045
End Tap M8 for 40 Series Profile 19-010
End Tap M8 35mm Deep for Leveling Foot 19-016
End Drill and Tap M10 45mm Deep for Leveling Foot 19-017
End Tap 3/8-16 1.25” Deep for Leveling Foot on 1.5” Series Profile 19-046
Universal Fastener Machining
Universal Fastener Machining for 40 Series Profile 19-015
Universal Fastener Machining for 30 and 28 Series Profile 19-034
Universal Fastener Machining for 20 Series Profile 19-035
Universal Fastener Machining for 1.5" Series Profile 19-039
Universal Fastener Machining for 1" Series Profile 19-036
Universal Fastener Machining for Pnuematic Fasteners 20-011 and 20-012 19-020
Machining for Fasteners
Mill Slot with 7mm Access Hole for 20-132 on Extrusion 12-032 19-024
Machining for Central Connector 20-704 and 20-705 19-037
Machining for Miter Connector 27-022 and 27-024 19-038
Machining for Miter Connector 27-023 19-040

Catalog 1816-4/US
Services
Description Part Number
Machining for the Side of Extrusion
Along T-Slot Drill and Counterbore BHCS or SHCS 19-004
Along T-Slot Drill and Countersink for FHCS 19-006
Along T-Slot Drill Thru 7mm Access Hole 19-011
Along T-Slot Drill and Tap M3-M4 or #8-32-#10-32 19-013
Along T-Slot Drill and Tap M5-M10 or 1/4-20-3/8-16 19-012
Along T-Slot Drill and Tap M12 or 1/2-13 and Over 19-014
Along T-Slot Drill 7mm Access Hole Thru 160mm or 11-089 19-025
Drill Thru for Side Mounting Leveling Feet and Casters in Base Plates 19-023
Machining for Parts
Drill Thru 22.5mm for Quarter Turn Latches 19-018
Drill and Ream for Ball Plunger 23-129 19-022A
Drill and Ream for Ball Plunger 23-128 19-022B
Drill, Tap, and Mill Pocket for Roller 21-069 19-103
Drill Thru for Brake Option on Slide Block 19-140
Panel Machining
Drill Thru Hole up to 10mm or 3/8" 19-027
Panel or Wire Mesh Corner Notch for Universal Fastener (T-Slot Mounted) 19-028
Panel or Wire Mesh Corner Chamfer for Standard Fastener (T-Slot Mounted) 19-029
Panel Corner Notch Around Extrusion (Flush Mounted) 19-030
Lean, Services,
Tips, & Tools
Cut Panel or Shear Wire Mesh Each Cut 19-032
Drill Thru and Countersink Hole up to 10mm 19-033
Special Machining
Special Machining Required for Extrusion 19-210
Special Machining or Cutting Required for Panels or Wire Mesh 19-031

Catalog 1816-4/US
Saw Profile to Length

A cut-to-length extrusion profile can be ordered by Ordering Note:
specifying the appropriate machining service. Saw cut requirements should be described by specifying
Tolerances: Length = ±.04 mm (±0.015 in) the machining service number and length of cut required, in
milliimeters.
Maximum Length*: 6000 mm (240 in) for all profiles, Example:
except as noted otherwise
A project requires 4 pieces of the 80x80 profile, saw cut to a
length of 1500 mm each. These profiles would be ordered as
follows:
Line 1 – Specify the total quantity required:
Part No. = 10-088, Quantity = 4@1500mm
Line 2 – Specify machining services required:
Machining Service No. = 19-002
Quantity = 4
Tap Profile End

This machining service provides one or more tapped Ordering Note:
holes at the end of an extrusion profile. Profile end tapping requirements should be described by
specifying the machining service number and the end(s) at
which the tapped hole is required. See pages 233-234 for
locator drawings of the extrusion ends.
Example:
A length of 11-040 profile requires tapping at each end
for attachment of the M8 End Fastener Assembly. This
machining service would be ordered as follows:
Machining Service No. = 19-010@A, 19-010@B
In this example, there would be charges for two profile end
tapping services:
19-010, Quantity = 2
Step Drill
This service provides one or more counterbored holes
Ordering Note:
on the profile T-slot. These holes can accommodate Profile step drill requirements should be described by
the Universal or Butt Fasteners for both metric or inch specifying the machining service number and the end(s) at
extrusions. which the drill is required. See pages 233-234 for locator
drawings of the extrusion ends.
Example:
Two lengths of 11-080 profile require Butt Fasteners to
connect to each other. This machining service would be
ordered as follows:
Machining Service No. = 19-015@A3, A6
19-015@B3, B6
In this example, there would be charges for step drill services:
19-015, Quantity = 4

Catalog 1816-4/US
Services
Surface Locations
20 x 20 Profiles
28 x 28 Profiles
30 x 30 Profiles
40 x 40 Profiles
1” x 1” Profiles
1.5” x 1.5” Profiles
20 x 40 Profiles
28 x 56 Profiles
30 x 60 Profiles
40 x 80 Profiles
40 x 100 Profiles
1” x 2” Profiles
40 x 120 Profiles
40 x 160 Profiles
Lean, Services,
Tips, & Tools
40 x 40 Profiles
56 x 56 Profiles
80 x 80 Profiles
80 x 160 Profiles

Catalog 1816-4/US
Surface Locations
Quarter Round Profile
45° Angled Profile
Mono Slot Profile
Bi-Slot Corner Profile
Bi-Slot Mid-Frame Profile
Tri-Slot Profile
Tri-Slot Corner Profile
Bi-Slot Mid-Frame Profile
Quad-Slot Profile

Catalog 1816-4/US
Services
Chamfer Corner for Standard

Fastener Clearance
Chamfer gives clearance for standard fastener. This service is needed only when
panels or wire mesh are installed in T-slots.
Service 19-029
Dimensions
Profile A A
40 19 (.75”)
30 17 (.67”)
28 17 (.67”)
20 12 (.47”)
1.5" 19 (.75”) A
1" 17 (.67”)
Notch Corner for

Extrusion Clearance
Notch gives clearance for perpendicularly mounted extrusions. This service is needed
when panels or wire mesh are installed in T-slots or flush mounted.
Service 19-030
Dimensions
Profile A
A
40 9 (.35”)
30 9 (.35”)
28 9 (.35”)
20 6.40 (0.250")
1.5" 9 (.35”) A
Lean, Services,
Tips, & Tools
Notch Corner for Universal
Fastener Clearance
Notch gives clearance for universal fastener. This service is needed only when
panels or wire mesh are installed in T-slots.
Service 19-031
Dimensions
Profile A B
40 10 (.39”) 41 (1.61”)
30 10 (.39”) 39 (1.54”)
28 9 (.35”) 39 (1.54”) B
20 6.4 (.25”) 22.2 (.87”)
1.5" 10 (.39”) 41 (1.61)
1" 8 (.55”) 28 (1.10”)
A
Catalog 1816-4/US
Tools Lean, Services, Tips, & Tools
Drilling Jigs Application

For precise location of 7mm access
Technical Data
Std. Connection hole for standard fasteners. Ground and hardened drill bushings
with locations 28 and 40mm between
access holes. Clamping "T" bolt for
firm attachment.
Drilling Jig 40, Std. Connection Each 190 40-010
40-010 40-011 40-027

Catalog 1816-4/US
Tools
Step Drill 7x20

Univ. Connection

Used for drilling 20 mm diameter step High Performance, High Speed Steel,
bore for universal or butt fastener with nitrated.
40, 30, 28, or 1.5” series profiles. #2 Morse Taper or 0.5” diameter with
three flats.
40-023 Ordering Information

Step Drill 7x20, #2 Morse Taper Each 260 40-023
Step Drill 7x20 with 3 Flats Each 190 40-024
40-024
Step Drill 9x15

Used for drilling and counter boring High Performance, High Speed Steel,
profile for M8 or 5/16-18” BHCS or Nitrated.
SHCS. Straight shank.
Step Drill 9x15 Each 150 40-025
40-025
Lean, Services,
Tips, & Tools

Catalog 1816-4/US
Tools Lean, Services, Tips, & Tools
6.8mm Drill Bit

Tap drill size for M8x1.25 and drill size High Speed Steel
for standard fastener access hole. 6.8mm drill, right hand, jobbers length
6.8mm Drill Bit Each 20 40-018 40-018
Tap
Tooling to provide M8 tap in profile High Speed Steel
end holes for standard fastening set. M8x1.25 tap, right hand
Not to be used on light profiles:
10-540, 10-680, 12-1515 & 12-1530.
Description Unit Weight (g) Part # 40-016
M8x1.25 Tap Each 25 40-016 40-516
5/16-18 Tap Each 25 40-516
T-Handle Wrench
For tightening of standard and Chrome Vanadium Steel, Nickel Plated
universal connections. Handle: Acetate
Hex 5 Wrench with T-Handle Each 26 40-012 40-012
3/16" Wrench with T-Handle Each 26 40-044 40-044
1/4" Wrench with T-Handle Each 26 40-046 40-046
Ball-Headed Wrench
For tightening of standard and universal Chrome Vanadium Steel, Nickel Plated
connections. Handle: Plastic
5mm Wrench with Ball Head Each 50 40-013
6mm Wrench with Ball Head Each 50 40-022
3/16" Wrench with Ball Head Each 50 40-047 40-013
1/4" Wrench with Ball Head Each 50 40-048 40-022
40-047
40-048

Catalog 1816-4/US
Tools
Spanner
Wrenches

Designed for tightening spanner nuts Steel, Black or Brown Finish
on linear guide system 14. Tempered with Spot Welded Pins
40-029: Aluminum, Black Anodized
Steel Pins
40-029 Description Unit Weight (g) Part #

Pin Socket Wrench Each 80 40-029
Spanner Wrench for Linear 14 Each 40 40-032-14
40-032-14
Lean, Services,
Tips, & Tools

Catalog 1816-4/US
Lean Lean, Services, Tips, & Tools
Modular Lean Solutions

Versatile Display Stands for Lean
Team Tracking and Communication Boards
Communicate.
Analyze. Execute.
Visual management and team
improvement boards are lean
fundamentals and should be deployed
across all levels and processes of an
organization to maximize customer
satisfaction, efficiency, effectiveness
and safety.
In a lean workplace environment, visual
management and team improvement
boards make the status of the current
condition obvious at a glance. Utilizing
visual information helps us to run
our businesses by creating rapid
recognition of problems (waste).
Analysis of displayed data intuitively PDCA cycle guides teams through

accelerates and supports the problem- effective execution to eliminate muda
solving. Visual representation of the and generate improvements.
Effortless, Mobile, Modular...

Implementing a visual workplace Choose the configuration tailored
requires a significant time and effort to the specific needs of your
investment to setup and to maintain. application:
To simplify your lean and quality • Vertical, angled and double
journey, Parker has created a series angled display styles
of standard, mobile communication • Two sizes: 3 x 4 or 4 x 6 feet
board stands using our modular • Choice of white magnetic dry
Industrial Profile System (IPS) T-slot erase, black push pin, or mount
aluminum framing system. your own board
These pre-configured designs simplify With Parker Modular Lean Solutions,

your implementation by providing there’s no need to spend time
a single part number to order your designing your tracking centers or
board and mobile stand. Units can be communication boards. Simply order
provided either fully assembled or as for quick delivery and start using
fully machined kits for easy on-site immediately to uncover problems and
assembly. drive solutions.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Lean

Team Tracking and Communication Boards and Stands
With Parker Modular Lean Solutions, there’s no
need to spend time designing your team tracking W
and communication boards and stands. Simply
order for quick delivery and start using immediately
to uncover problems and drive solutions.
H
60”
Fill in an order code from each of the numbered fields
to create a complete model order code.
1 2 3 4 5
30”
Order Example: 70 - 2 46 – N K
1 Display Stand Series W

70 Team Tracking and Communication Boards
2 Diplay Stand Type

1 Vertical
2 Angled H
3 Double Angled 60”
3 Display Size
34 3’ x 4’
46 4’ x 6’
4 Diplay Stand Type 23”

W White Magnetic
P Black Push Pin
N No Board W
Lean, Services,
Tips, & Tools
5 Package
K Kit
A Assembly H
60”
36”

Catalog 1816-4/US
Lean Lean, Services, Tips, & Tools

Display Stands for Day by the Hour Tracking
Track.
Audit.
Execute.
Visual management and day by the hour
tracking boards are lean fundamentals
and should be deployed across all
key processes of an organization
to maximize customer satisfaction,
efficiency, effectiveness and safety.
Using simple visual devices in the
workplace, as simple as the color of a
plastic cup, can make all the difference
in helping key personnel across an
entire shop floor keep track of ongoing
operation status, trends and goals.
Track... In a lean workplace

environment, visual management
Convenient, Standard,
and team improvement boards Modular…
make the tracking of the current
condition obvious at a glance. Utilizing Implementing a visual workplace
visual information helps us to run requires a significant time and effort
our businesses by creating rapid investment to setup and to maintain.
recognition of problems (waste). To simplify your lean and quality
Audit... Displayed data allows live journey, Parker has created a series of
auditing and enables quick reaction to standard, day by the hour boards using
abnormal situations. our modular T-slot aluminum framing
system, also known as IPS.
Execute... Day by the hour tracking
ensures visual data to support problem- These pre-configured designs simplify
solving activities and the PDCA cycle. your implementation by providing
Effective execution of the PDCA cycle a single part number to order your
results in waste elimination and day by the hour board. Units can be
continuous improvement. provided either fully assembled or as
fully machined kits for easy on-site
assembly.

Catalog 1816-4/US
Lean

Display Stands for Day by the Hour Tracking
ER NUMBER REV REASON FOR CHANGE
ECO-0066686 - PRODUCT RELEASE
Choose the configuration tailored to the specific Floor Mount

needs of your application: 867.4 [34.15]
ANDON POST
• Floor mount, rolling mobile unit, or wall 54.2 [2.13]
108.4 [4.27] OPTION
mount display styles

• Available with Andon Post Option for ahead
or behind indication or without option
127.0 [5.00]
• Choice of polycarbonate or black Trespa®
791.2 [31.15]
711.2 [28.00]
INSIDE
backboard 787.4 [31.00]
INSIDE
1631.9 [64.25]
With Parker Modular Lean Solutions, there’s no
need to spend time designing your day by the hour
boards. Simply order for quick delivery and start
840.7 [33.10]
using immediately to uncover problems and drive
solutions.
ER NUMBER REV REASON FOR CHANGE
Ordering Information ECO-0066686 - PRODUCTION RELEASE
40.0 [1.57] Park

Fill in an order code from each of the numbered fields
TOLERANCE UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
to create a complete model order code. Mobile CUSTOMER:

1 2 3 4 5 6
NAME:
NOTES: 867.4 [34.15] DECIMALS
.X  .2 mm
1. SHIP REMAINDER OF LABEL KIT (70-000-XX) IN BOX.
108.4 [4.27] .XX  .10 mm Day
54.2 [2.13] .XXX  .05 mm
This document is and shall remain an unpublished work of Parker Automation - IPS protected by copyright, and is ANGLES DATE NAME
Order Example: 71 - 1 1
loaned for a limited purpose only. This document remains the property of Parker Automation - IPS and is to be returned
3 – P K upon request. Neither it nor any of the information contained hereon will be reproduced, used, or disclosed to anyone not
having need-to-know consistent with the purpose of the loan, without written consent from Parker Automation - IPS.
1/2
FINISH  RMS
DRWN BY 10/20/2014 WMW
RA 3.2 SHEET: 1 OF: 8

127.0 [5.00]
1 Display Stand Series

791.2 [31.15]
711.2 [28.00]
INSIDE
71 Day by the Hour Tracking Display Stands 787.4 [31.00]
INSIDE
1632.0 [64.25]
2 Board Orientation
1 Floor Mount
2 Mobile
840.8 [33.10]
3 Wall Mount ER NUMBER REV REASON FOR CHANGE

ECO-0066686 - PRODUCTION RELEASE
Lean, Services,
3 Andon Post Option
Tips, & Tools

1 Andon Post Option (8 total)
40.0 [1.57]
2 No Andon Post Option 609.6 [24.00]
TOLERANCE UNLESS
Pa
Wall Mount OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
4 Board Size CUSTOMER:
3 3’ x 3’ (approximate) NOTES:
1. SHIP REMAINDER OF LABEL KIT867.4 [34.15]
70-000-XX IN BOX DECIMALS NAME:
.X  .2 mm
ANDON POST .XX  .10 mm Day B
108.4 [4.27] OPTION .XXX  .05 mm
54.2 [2.13]
5 Board Type This document is and shall remain an unpublished work of Parker Automation - IPS protected by copyright, and is ANGLES DATE N
loaned for a limited purpose only. This document remains the property of Parker Automation - IPS and is to be returned 1/2 DRWN BY 5/27/2014
upon request. Neither it nor any of the information contained hereon will be reproduced, used, or disclosed to anyone not
P Clear Poly Board for Easel Pad having need-to-know consistent with the purpose of the loan, without written consent from Parker Automation - IPS. FINISH  RMS
B Black Trespa Board for Easel Pad

127.0 [5.00]
N Ready for Special Board 787.4 [31.00]

791.2 [31.15]
711.2 [28.00]
INSIDE
INSIDE
6 Package
K Kit
A Shipped pre-assembled (except caster sub
assemblies, which customer will have to mount to the unit) 1.57 (40.0)
© 2014 Parker Hannifin Corporation Issue Date 5.14.14

88-032429-01 TOLERANCE UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
Par
CUSTOMER:
NOTES:
SHIP REMAINDER OF 70-000-XX LABEL KIT IN BOX
245 DECIMALS NAME:
T-Slot Aluminum Framing • Wadsworth, OH 800.333.4932 • Rohnert Park, CA 800.358.9068 .X  .2 mm
.XX  .10 mm
.XXX  .05 mm
Da
This document is and shall remain an unpublished work of Parker Automation - IPS protected by copyright, and is ANGLES DATE NAM
loaned for a limited purpose only. This document remains the property of Parker Automation - IPS and is to be returned 1/2 DRWN BY 5/27/2014 WM
upon request. Neither it nor any of the information contained hereon will be reproduced, used, or disclosed to anyone not
having need-to-know consistent with the purpose of the loan, without written consent from Parker Automation - IPS. FINISH  RMS
Catalog 1816-4/US
Part Number Part Number Index
Part # Description Page # Part # Description Page #

10-016 ��16X40...........................................................................32 12-040 ��40X40 20 Series...........................................................51
10-040 ��40X40 Standard...........................................................27 12-044 ��28X28 45 Deg..............................................................47
10-040B ��40X40 Standard (Black)..............................................27 12-056 ��56X56...........................................................................45
10-043 ��40X40 Quarter Round ST............................................29 12-060 ��30X60...........................................................................43
10-044 ��40x40-45 Deg. Standard.............................................30 12-101 ��Cover/Gasket Strip 40 Series (Clear).........................68
10-045 ��40X45 Deg. Standard..................................................30 12-1010 ��1.0"X1.0"......................................................................60
10-080 ��80X40 Standard...........................................................34 12-101B ��Cover/Gasket Strip 40 Series (Black).........................68
10-080B ��80X40 Standard (Black)..............................................34 12-101G ��Cover/Gasket Strip 40 Series (Gray)..........................68
10-081 ��16X80...........................................................................32 12-101Y ��Cover/Gasket Strip 40 Series (Yellow)........................68
10-083 ��R40X80 30 Deg. Standard..........................................31 12-102 ��Cover Strip 40 Series (Aluminum)...............................68
10-085 ��R40X80 45 Deg. Standard..........................................31 12-1020 ��1.0"X2.0"......................................................................60
10-086 ��R40X80 60 Deg. Standard..........................................31 12-103B ��Cover/Gasket Strip 28 Series (Black).........................68
10-088 ��80X80 Standard...........................................................35 12-105 ��Profile Clamp Bar........................................................64
10-088B ��80X80 Standard (Black)..............................................35 12-106 ��Panel Gasket 8............................................................67
10-089 ��R40X80 90 Deg. Standard..........................................31 12-107 ��Mesh Gasket 8............................................................67
10-120 ��120x40 Standard.........................................................36 ‘12-108 ��Panel Gasket 10..........................................................67
10-140 ��40X40 Bi-Slot Corner..................................................28 12-109 ��Profile Rack Angle with Holes....................................65
10-1515 ��1.5"X1.5"......................................................................53 12-110 ��Profile Rack Angle no Holes.......................................65
10-1530 ��1.5"X3.0"......................................................................56 12-111 ��Cover Strip 40 Series (PVC Clear)..............................68
10-1543 ��1.5"X1.5" Quarter Round............................................55 12-111B ��Cover Strip 40 Series (PVC Black)..............................68
10-1560 ��1.5"X6.0"......................................................................58 12-111BL ��Cover Strip 40 Series (PVC Blue)................................68
10-1591 ��1.5"X1.5" Mono-Slot...................................................54 12-111Y ��Cover Strip 40 Series (PVC Yellow)............................68
10-1592 ��1.5"X1.5" Bi-Slot Corner.............................................54 12-113 ��Safety Cover Strip.......................................................68
10-1593 ��1.5"X1.5" Tri-Slot.........................................................54 12-114 ��Anti-Skid Cover 40 Series...........................................66
10-1594 ��1.5"X1.5" Bi-Slot Mid-Frame......................................54 12-115 ��Cover/Gasket Strip 20 Series (Clear).........................68
10-160 ��160x80 Standard.........................................................37 12-115B ��Cover/Gasket Strip 20 Series (Black).........................68
10-161 ��16X160.........................................................................32 12-116 ��Cover Strip 30/28 Series (Clear).................................68
10-164 ��160x40 Standard.........................................................36 12-116B ��Cover Strip 30/28 Series (Black).................................68
10-180 ��80X40 Tri-Slot Corner..................................................34 12-117-3 ��Push-In Panel Seal (3mm)...........................................68
10-240 ��40X40 Bi-Slot Mid-Frame...........................................28 12-117-6 ��Push-In Panel Seal (6mm)...........................................68
10-3030 ��3.0"X3.0"......................................................................57 12-120 ��20X10...........................................................................50
10-340 ��40X40 Tri-Slot..............................................................28 12-124 ��20X40 ..........................................................................50
10-380 ��40X80 Quad-Slot.........................................................34 12-128 ��28X28 Tri-Slot..............................................................46
10-440 ��40X40 Mono-Slot........................................................28 12-1515 ��1.5"X1.5" Light............................................................53
10-540 ��40X40 Light..................................................................27 12-1530 ��1.5"X3.0" Light............................................................56
10-540B ��40X40 Light (Black).....................................................27 12-2020 ��2.0"X2.0"......................................................................60
10-680 ��80X40 Light..................................................................34 12-228 ��28X28 Bi-Slot...............................................................46
11-040 ��40X40 Heavy................................................................27 12-328 ��28X28 Bi-Slot Mid-Frame...........................................46
11-080 ��80X40 Heavy................................................................34 12-400 ��Slide Bar UHMW.........................................................66
11-084 ��80X80X40 Corner Heavy.............................................38 12-410 ��Slide Strip UHMW.......................................................66
11-088 ��80X80 Heavy................................................................35 12-420 ��Slide Bar UHMW 40X10.............................................66
11-089 ��80X80 Extra Heavy......................................................35 12-421 ��Guide Profile UHMW...................................................66
11-100 ��40X100 Heavy..............................................................33 12-428 ��28X56 Open Slot.........................................................45
11-122 ��80x120 Heavy..............................................................35 12-430 ��Slide Bar UHMW 28/30X8...........................................66
11-128 ��28X160.........................................................................33 12-628 ��28X56 Bi-Slot...............................................................48
11-140 ��160x40 Heavy..............................................................36 12-728 ��28X56 Quad-Slot.........................................................48
11-1515 ��1.5"X1.5" Heavy..........................................................53 13-012 ��Handle, Tube Style Coated Steel Tubing..................139
11-1530 ��1.5"X3.0" Heavy..........................................................56 13-106 ��Roller System 6, Shaft Clamp...................................220
11-160 ��160x80 Heavy..............................................................37 13-114 ��Roller System 14, Shaft Clamp.................................222
11-3030 ��3.0"X3.0" Heavy..........................................................57 13-505 ��Roller System 6, Linear Shaft...................................228
11-540 ��40X40 Heavy Square...................................................39 13-513 ��Roller System 14, Linear Shaft.................................228
12-010 ��Profile Mesh Clamp.....................................................64 14-100 ��Conv Roller Track 7/8" Dia........................................212
12-011 ��Profile Stiffener / Handle.............................................63 14-248 ��Profile Rail 40X80, Clear.............................................61
12-012 ��Profile Sliding Door Guide 40 Upper..........................62 15-040 ��Conduit Support 40.....................................................75
12-013 ��Profile Sliding Door Guide 40 Lower..........................62 15-041 ��Conduit Support 40 with T-Slots................................75
12-014 ��Profile Sliding Door Guide 30/28 Upper.....................62 15-042 ��Conduit Wall Duct 40..................................................76
12-015 ��Profile Sliding Door Guide 30/28 Lower.....................62 15-080 ��Conduit Support 80.....................................................75
12-016B ��Profile Panel Holder (Black)........................................63 15-082 ��Conduit Wall Duct 80..................................................76
12-020 ��20X20 ..........................................................................50 15-120 ��Conduit Support 120...................................................75
12-022 ��Profile Rolling Door Guide..........................................61 15-122 ��Conduit Wall Duct 120................................................76
12-028 ��28X28 Quad-Slot.........................................................45 15-160 ��Conduit Support 160...................................................75
12-030 ��30X30...........................................................................41 15-161 ��Conduit Support 160 with T-Slots..............................75
12-032 ��18X32 Bi-Slot...............................................................61 15-803 ��Conduit Cap 40x40.....................................................77
12-033 ��30X30 Quarter Round.................................................42 15-804 ��Conduit Cap 40x80.....................................................77
12-034 ��30X30 Bi-Slot Corner..................................................41 15-805 ��Conduit Cap 80x80.....................................................77

Catalog 1816-4/US
Part Number

15-806 ��Conduit Cap 40x160...................................................77 18-917 ��End Cap 40x80, Secure w/ Stud.................................71
15-807 ��Conduit Cap 80x160...................................................77 18-918 ��End Cap 80x80, Secure..............................................71
15-812 ��Conduit Cap 120x120.................................................77 19-001 ��Service, Saw Cut to 80x40mm.................................232
15-813 ��Conduit Cap 120x160.................................................77 19-002 ��Service, Saw Cut to 80x80mm.................................232
18-1010 ��End Cap 1.0"x1.0".......................................................70 19-003 ��Service, Saw Cut to 160x80mm...............................232
18-1020 ��End Cap 1.0"x2.0".......................................................70 19-004 ��Drill and Counter Bore for BHCS or SHCS...............233
18-1515 ��End Cap 1.5"x1.5".......................................................70 19-005 ��End Tap M5 for 20 Series Profile..............................232
18-1530 ��End Cap 1.5"x3.0".......................................................70 19-006 ��Drill and Counter Bore for FHCS..............................232
18-1543 ��End Cap 1.5"x1.5" Quarter Round.............................70 19-007 ��Saw Cut For Linear Shafts........................................232
18-2020 ��End Cap 2.0"x2.0".......................................................70 19-009 ��Tap Profile End 5/16-18.............................................232
18-3030 ��End Cap 3.0"x3.0".......................................................70 19-010 ��Tap profile End M8....................................................232
18-710 ��Access Hole Plug, 7mm Plastic..................................70 19-011 ��Drill 7mm Access Hole..............................................232
18-712 ��Corner Connector Plug 28........................................104 19-012 ��Drill & Tap for M5, M6, M8 or M10............................232
18-713 ��Access Hole Plug, 7mm Nickel...................................70 19-013 ��Drill & Tap for M3 or M4............................................232
18-715 ��End Cap Push-in Fastener..........................................71 19-014 ��Drill & Tap M12 or M16 (Knuckle Foot 80)................232
18-802 ��End Cap 20x20............................................................69 19-015 ��Step Drill for Universal Fastener 40 or 28................232
18-803 ��End Cap 30x30............................................................69 19-016 ��Drill and Tap M8 (Knuckle Foot 40)..........................232
18-805 ��End Cap 40x40 Heavy Square....................................69 19-017 ��Drill and Tap M10 (Knuckle foot 80).........................232
18-806 ��End Cap 160x16..........................................................69 19-018 ��Service for Quarter Turn Handles (22.5mm Dia)......233
18-807 ��End Cap 32x18............................................................69 19-020 ��Drill 20mm x 6mm for Pneumatic Universal................232
18-808 ��End Cap 28x28............................................................69 19-022A ��Drill and Ream for Ball Plunger 23-129....................233
18-809 ��End Cap 28x56............................................................69 19-022B ��Drill and Ream for Ball Plunger 23-128....................233
18-811 ��End Cap 40x16............................................................69 19-023 ��Drill through hole for Side Mtg Knuckle Foot..........233
18-812 ��End Cap 80x16............................................................69 19-024 ��Mill Slot w 7mm Acc Hole for 20-132 on 12-032.....232
18-813 ��End Cap 40x40............................................................69 19-025 ��Drill 7mm Access Hole through 160mm Side..........233
18-814 ��End Cap 40x80............................................................69 19-027 ��Drill thru panel up to 10mm for screws....................232
18-815 ��End Cap 80x80............................................................69 19-028 ��Panel or Wire Mesh Corner Notch for Universal......232
18-816 ��End Cap 160x28..........................................................69 19-029 ��Chamfer Panel Corner..............................................232
18-817 ��End Cap 40x160..........................................................69 19-030 ��Notch Panel Corner...................................................232
18-818 ��End Cap 80x160..........................................................69 19-031 ��Special Service Cut...................................................232
18-820 ��End Cap 40x40-45 Degree..........................................69 19-032 ��Panel cut to size........................................................232
18-821 ��Connector Cap 40, Radius.......................................103 19-033 ��Drill Thru and Countersink Hole up to 10mm...........232
18-822 ��Connector Cap 40, 3x45 Degree..............................103 19-034 ��Uni Fastener Mach for 30 and 28 Series Profile......232
18-826 ��Corner Connector 40, 2-Way....................................104 19-035 ��Universal Fastener Machining for 20 Series Profile.232
18-827 ��Corner Connector 40, 3-Way....................................104 19-036 ��Universal Fastener Machining for 1” Series Profile.232
18-829 ��Corner Connector 28, 3-Way....................................104 19-037 ��Mach for Central Connector 20-704 and 20-705.....232
18-830 ��End Cap 20x10............................................................69 19-038 ��Mach for Miter Connector 20-022 and 25-024........232
18-831 ��End Cap 20x40............................................................69 19-039 ��Universal Fastener Mach. for 1.5” Series Profile.....232
18-832 ��End Cap 40x40 (20 Series)..........................................69 19-040 ��Machining for Miter Connector 20-128....................232
18-838 ��End Cap 30x30, Quarter Round.................................69 19-043 ��End Tap M5 20mm Deep for Lvl Foot on 20 Series .232
18-840 ��End Cap 40x120..........................................................69 19-044 ��End Tap 1/4-20 1” Deep for Lvl Foot on 1” Series...232
18-841 ��End Cap 80x120..........................................................69 19-045 ��End Tap 5/16-18 1.25” Deep for Lvl Foot on 1.5”....232
Part Number
18-842 ��Connector Cap 40, Square.......................................103 19-046 ��End Tap 3/8-16 1.25” Deep Lvl Foot 1.5” Series ....232
18-843 ��End Cap 40x40 Quarter Round..................................69 19-103 ��Drill/Tap/Mill for Roller PA.........................................233
Index
18-844 ��End Cap 28x28x45 Degree.........................................69 19-104 ��Special Miter Cut.......................................................232
18-852 ��Corner Connector 20, 2-Way....................................104 19-105 ��45 Degree Miter Cut up to 80x80 (3"x3").................232
18-853 ��Corner Connector 20, 3-Way....................................104 19-106 ��45oDegree Miter Cut, 6"x1.5"...................................232
18-863 ��End Cap 30x60............................................................69 19-140 ��Drill hole 0.323" for 40 & 80 profiles.........................233
18-872 ��Corner Connector 1.0", 2-Way.................................104 19-210 ��Special Machining Required for Extrusion..............232
18-873 ��Corner Connector 1.0", 3-Way.................................104 20-002 ��Standard Fastener 40, M8..........................................81
18-883 ��End Cap R40/80-30 Degree .......................................69 20-002SS ��Standard Fastener 40, M8 (SS)...................................81
18-885 ��End Cap R40/80-45 Degree .......................................69 20-003 ��Standard Fastener 30/28, M8.....................................81
18-886 ��End Cap R40/80-60 Degree .......................................69 20-003SS ��Standard Fastener 30/28, M8 (SS).............................81
18-892 ��Corner Connector 1.5", 2-Way.................................104 20-004 ��Universal Fastener 40, M8..........................................83
18-893 ��Corner Connector 1.5", 3-Way.................................104 20-004Z1 ��Universal Fastener 40 Zinc Casting...........................83
18-902 ��Corner Connector 30, 2-Way....................................104 20-005 ��Universal Fastener 28, M6..........................................83
18-903 ��Corner Connector 30, 3-Way....................................104 20-005Z1 ��Universal Fastener 28 Zinc Casting...........................83
18-911 ��End Cap 28x28, Secure..............................................71 20-006 ��Butt Fastener 40, M8...................................................84
18-912 ��End Cap 28X56, Secure..............................................71 20-008 ��Universal Fastener 30, M6..........................................83
18-913 ��End Cap 40x40, Secure..............................................71 20-011 ��Pneumatic Fastener, Universal.................................189
18-914 ��End Cap 40x80, Secure..............................................71 20-011 ��Universal Fastener 28 to 40 M6..................................83
18-915 ��End Cap 80x80, Secure w/ Stud.................................71 20-012 ��Butt Fastener 30/28, M6.............................................84
18-916 ��End Cap 40x40, Secure w/ Stud.................................71 20-012 ��Pneumatic Fastener, Butt-Fastening Set.................189

Catalog 1816-4/US

20-015 ��Profile to Wall Fastener 40, M8...................................85 20-117 ��Connecting Plate 20..................................................107
20-018-1 ��Clamp Block 1, 40 Series, 1 Hole.............................106 20-118 ��Connecting Plate 20, Double....................................107
20-018-2 ��Clamp Block 2, 40 Series, 2 Hole.............................106 20-132 ��18x32 Bi-Slot Fastener.............................................130
20-019 ��Self Tapping Connector 40.........................................85 20-143 ��Standard Fastener 30/28, S End, M8x18...................81
20-021 ��Standard Fastener 20, M5..........................................81 20-144 ��Standard Fastener 40, S End, M8..............................81
20-028 ��Flat Plate Fastener 40.................................................82 20-181 ��Economy Offset 40, M8..............................................91
20-028Z1 ��Flat Plate Only.............................................................82 20-182 ��Economy Offset 40, 5/16-18.......................................91
20-033 ��Z-Nut 40, M3................................................................92 20-190 ��Economy Offset 30/28, M6.........................................91
20-034 ��Z-Nut 40, M4................................................................92 20-193 ��Economy Offset 30/28, 1/4-20....................................91
20-035 ��Z-Nut 40, M5................................................................92 20-200 ��Wire Mesh Retainer 20..............................................123
20-036 ��Z-Nut 30/28, M3..........................................................92 20-200P ��Panel Retainer 20......................................................123
20-037 ��Z-Nut 30/28, M4..........................................................92 20-202 ��Wire Mesh Retainer 40..............................................123
20-038 ��Z-Nut 30/28, M5..........................................................92 20-202P ��Panel Retainer 40......................................................123
20-044 ��Standard 20, M4..........................................................88 20-2828M ��Machined Gusset 28.................................................114
20-045 ��Standard 20, M5..........................................................88 20-2856M ��Machined Gusset 28X56...........................................114
20-049 ��Double Standard 30/40, M8, 24mm...........................89 20-300 ��Connecting Plate 1.5"...............................................107
20-050 ��Double Standard 30/40, M8, 40mm...........................89 20-301 ��Joining Plate 1, 1.5"..................................................107
20-051 ��Standard 30/40, M4.....................................................88 20-302 ��Joining Plate 2, 1.5"..................................................107
20-052 ��Standard 30/40, M5.....................................................88 20-303 ��Joining Plate 2, 3.0"..................................................107
20-055 ��Standard 28, M6..........................................................88 20-304 ��Joining Plate 1.5", Corner.........................................108
20-056 ��Standard 30/40, M6.....................................................88 20-305 ��Joining Plate 1.5", T..................................................108
20-056SS ��Standard 30/40, M6 (SS).............................................88 20-306 ��Joining Plate 3.0", T..................................................108
20-057 ��Standard 28, M8..........................................................88 20-307 ��Joining Plate 3.0", Corner.........................................108
20-058 ��Standard 30/40, M8.....................................................83 20-310 ��Connecting Plate 1.0"...............................................107
20-058SS ��Standard 30/40, M8 (SS).............................................88 20-311 ��Joining Plate 1, 1.0"..................................................107
20-059 ��T-Slot Bar 40/30 Standard..........................................90 20-312 ��Joining Plate 2, 1.0"..................................................107
20-060 ��Heavy Duty Single 40, M6...........................................90 20-313 ��Joining Plate 2, 2.0"..................................................107
20-0614 ��Heavy Duty Retainer Spring.......................................90 20-314 ��Joining Plate 1.0", Corner.........................................108
20-062 ��T-Slot Bar 40, Heavy Duty...........................................90 20-315 ��Joining Plate 1.0", T..................................................108
20-063 ��Heavy Duty Double 40, M8.........................................90 20-4040 ��Gusset 40...................................................................112
20-064 ��Heavy Duty Single 40, M8...........................................90 20-4040M ��Machined Gusset 40.................................................114
20-065 ��Self Aligning 28/30/40, M5..........................................89 20-4080M ��Machined Gusset 40X80...........................................114
20-066 ��Self Aligning 28/30/40, M6..........................................89 20-440 ��Gusset Bracket 1.5"..................................................111
20-067 ��Heavy Duty Single 40, M5...........................................90 20-441 ��Gusset Bracket 3.0"..................................................111
20-068 ��Self Aligning 28/30/40, M8..........................................89 20-442 ��Gusset Bracket 1.0"..................................................111
20-070 ��Anodize Breaker..........................................................93 20-506 ��Machined Gusset 1.0"...............................................114
20-075 ��Rack Angle Clip Nut M5..............................................99 20-507 ��Machined Gusset 1.0"X2.0"......................................114
20-076 ��Rack Angle Clip Nut M6..............................................99 20-508 ��Machined Gusset 1.5"...............................................114
20-080 ��Economy Standard 40, M6.........................................91 20-509 ��Machined Gusset 1.5"X3.0"......................................114
20-081 ��Economy Standard 40, M8.........................................91 20-704 ��Central Connector Perpendicural...............................84
20-082 ��Economy Standard 40, 5/16-18..................................91 20-705 ��Central Connector Parallel..........................................84
20-083 ��Economy Standard 40, 1/4-20....................................91 20-8040 ��Gusset 40x80.............................................................112
20-085 ��Economy Standard 20, M5.........................................91 21-001 ��Leveling Foot 40, M8X16..........................................167
20-086 ��Economy Standard 20, #10-24...................................91 21-001-30 ��Leveling Foot 30, M8X9............................................167
20-088 ��Economy Standard 1.5", #10-32................................91 21-004 ��Base Plate 28, M8, 54x25.4......................................183
20-090 ��Economy Standard 30/28, M6....................................91 21-005 ��Base Plate 28, M10, 54x25.4....................................183
20-090SS ��Economy Standard 30/28, M6 (SS)............................91 21-006 ��Base Plate 28, M12, 54x25.4....................................183
20-091 ��Economy Standard 30/28, M8....................................91 21-007 ��Leveling Foot 20, M5X25..........................................167
20-092 ��Economy Standard 30/28, 5/16-18.............................91 21-008 ��Knuckle Foot 40 M8x80............................................167
20-093 ��Economy Standard 30/28, 1/4-20...............................91 21-009 ��Knuckle Foot 40 M8x60............................................167
20-101 ��Gusset Bracket 30/28, 80x28...................................111 21-010 ��Knuckle Foot 30/28 M8.............................................167
20-1010 ��Gusset 20...................................................................112 21-012 ��Knuckle Foot 40 M10x80..........................................167
20-102 ��Gusset Bracket 40, 40x40.........................................111 21-013 ��Knuckle Foot 80, M12x100.......................................171
20-103 ��Gusset Bracket 40, 80x80.........................................111 21-014 ��Knuckle Foot 80, M12x160.......................................171
20-104 ��Joining Plate 28-40...................................................107 21-015 ��Knuckle Foot HD, M20 ANTISKID............................168
20-105 ��Joining Plate 28, Corner...........................................108 21-016 ��Knuckle Foot 80, M16x100.......................................171
20-106 ��Joining Plate 28, T.....................................................108 21-018 ��Knuckle Foot 80, M16x160.......................................171
20-108 ��Joining Plate 1, 80.....................................................107 21-020 ��Knuckle Foot 80 Rubber Insert.................................172
20-109 ��Joining Plate 40, Corner...........................................108 21-021 ��Knuckle Foot 80 Clamping Shoe..............................172
20-110 ��Joining Plate 40, T.....................................................108 21-022 ��Leveling Foot L-Base 40...........................................173
20-111 ��Joining Plate 2, 40.....................................................107 21-022-28 ��Leveling Foot L-Base 28...........................................173
20-112 ��Joining Plate 2, 80.....................................................107 21-022-30 ��Leveling Foot L-Base 30...........................................173
20-113 ��Joining Plate 80, Corner...........................................108 21-023 ��Floor Anchor 40.........................................................173
20-114 ��Joining Plate 80, T.....................................................108 21-023-28 ��Floor Anchor 28.........................................................173
20-116 ��Connecting Angle 20, Double...................................110 21-023-30 ��Floor Anchor 30.........................................................173

Catalog 1816-4/US
Part Number

21-029-10 ��Base Plate 30, M10, 60x30.......................................183 21-411 ��Knuckle Foot 1.5" 3/8-16 x 2.38".............................168
21-029-12 ��Base Plate 30, M12, 60x30.......................................183 21-412 ��Knuckle Foot 1.0" Steel 1/4-20 x 1.44"....................168
21-029-8 ��Base Plate 30, M8, 60x30.........................................183 21-413 ��Knuckle Foot 1.5" Steel 3/8-16 x 2.38"....................168
21-031E ��Corner Mounting Plate Fastening Set (English).......172 21-414 ��Knuckle Foot 1.5" Steel 1/2-13 x 2.63"....................168
21-031M ��Corner Mounting Plate Fastening Set (Metric)........172 21-415 ��Leveling Foot L-Base 1.5"........................................173
21-032 ��Floor Fastening Set...................................................172 21-416 ��Leveling Foot L-Base 1.0"........................................173
21-035 ��Corner Element 1, 40................................................113 21-420 ��Knuckle Foot 1/2-13 Bolt Down...............................169
21-036 ��Corner Element 1, 80................................................113 21-421 ��Knuckle Foot 5/8-11 Bolt Down...............................169
21-037 ��Corner Element 2, 40................................................113 21-423 ��Knuckle Foot Anti-Vibe 1/2-13 Medium...................169
21-038 ��Corner Element 2, 80................................................113 21-500 ��Adapter Plate, Leveling Foot 21-324 5/16-18..........184
21-040ZX ��Pneumatic Connector Plate 40x80...........................188 21-502 ��Adapter Plate, Leveling Foot 21-328........................184
21-041 ��Pneumatic Seal 80x40..............................................190 21-504 ��Adapter Plate, Leveling Foot....................................185
21-042 ��Pneumatic Seal 80x80..............................................190 21-8000Z1 ��Blank Plate 80X80.....................................................189
21-043ZX ��Pneumatic Connector Plate 80x80...........................188 22-100 ��Multiblock PA 40, M6................................................120
21-060 ��Floor Anchor 1.5"......................................................173 22-103 ��Multiblock PA 30/28, M6...........................................120
21-061 ��Floor Anchor 1.0"......................................................173 22-105 ��Multiblock Aluminum, M5.........................................121
21-065 ��Roller Insert 25..........................................................133 22-106 ��Multiblock Aluminum, M6.........................................121
21-067 ��Guide Insert Set, Metric............................................131 22-107 ��Uniblock PA 20, M4...................................................122
21-068 ��Roller Insert Set, Metric............................................131 22-108 ��Multiblock Aluminum, M8.........................................121
21-069 ��Roller 40.....................................................................132 22-110 ��Wire Mesh Retainer Economy 40 (M6).....................124
21-073 ��Guide Insert Set, Inch...............................................131 22-111 ��Wire Mesh Retainer Economy 40 (1/4-20)...............124
21-075 ��Roller Insert Set, Inch................................................131 22-112 ��Multiblock, Clamp Style 40.......................................121
21-080 ��Bifold Door Glide Set, 28S........................................125 22-113 ��Multiblock, Clamp Style 30/28..................................121
21-081 ��Bifold Door Glide Set, 40S........................................125 22-115 ��Multiblock PA Universal, 1/4-20...............................120
21-1020-04 �Base Plate 1.0", 1/4-20, 1.0"x2.0"............................183 22-116 ��Multiblock PA 1.0", 1/4-20........................................122
21-1020-05 �Base Plate 1.0", 5/16-18, 1.0"x2.0"..........................183 22-117 ��Multiblock 25 CS.......................................................122
21-135 ��Corner Element 3, 40................................................113 22-121 ��Drawer 6.75" H..........................................................193
21-136 ��Corner Element 3, 80................................................113 22-122 ��Drawer 13.5" H..........................................................193
21-2020-05 �Base Plate 1.0", 5/16-18, 2.0"x2.0"..........................183 22-126 ��Parts Bin, Polypropylene..........................................192
21-2020-06 �Base Plate 1.0", 3/8-16, 2.0"x2.0"............................183 22-127 ��Parts Bin, Polypropylene..........................................192
21-2020-08 �Base Plate 1.0", 1/2-13, 2.0"x2.0"............................183 22-128 ��Parts Bin, Polypropylene..........................................192
21-204 ��Base Plate 28, M8, 56x56.........................................183 22-128Z2 ��Parts Bin Mounting Bracket, Flat.............................192
21-205 ��Base Plate 28, M10, 56x56.......................................183 22-128Z3 ��Parts Bin Mounting Bracket, Angled........................192
21-206 ��Base Plate 28, M12, 56x56.......................................183 22-129 ��Parts Bin, Polypropylene..........................................192
21-220-10 ��Base Plate 20, M10, 20x40.......................................183 22-136 ��Tool Runner, Straight.................................................193
21-220-12 ��Base Plate 20, M12, 20x40.......................................183 22-139 ��Mounting Plate for 16X40.........................................106
21-220-8 ��Base Plate 20, M8, 20x40.........................................183 22-140 ��Connecting Element 40, Flat....................................107
21-224 ��Knuckle Foot HD, M20 HEAVY DUTY.......................168 22-145 ��Connecting Element 28, Flat....................................107
21-300 ��Caster, Hollow King Pin 50mm No Lock..................178 22-146 ��Corner Bracket 40.....................................................103
21-301 ��Caster, Hollow King Pin 50mm Wheel Lock.............178 22-150 ��Corner Bracket 30.....................................................103
21-302 ��Caster, Plate Type Rigid, 102kg, No Lock................180 22-151 ��Connector Cap 30, Radius.......................................103
21-303 ��Caster, Plate Type Swivel, 102kg, No Lock..............180 22-152 ��Connector Cap 30, Square.......................................103
21-304 ��Caster, Plate Type Swivel, 102kg, Total Lock...........180 22-153 ��Corner Bracket 1.5"..................................................103
21-310 ��Caster, Hollow King Pin 75mm Total Lock...............178 22-154 ��Connector Cap 1.5"..................................................103
Part Number
21-311 ��Caster, Plate Type Rigid, 136kg, No Lock................180 22-200 ��Cable/Hose Holder, 40..............................................101
21-312 ��Caster, Plate Type Swivel, 136kg, No Lock..............180 22-201 ��Cable Tie Holder 30/28.............................................100
Index
21-313 ��Caster, Plate Type Swivel, 136kg, Total Lock...........180 22-202 ��Cable Tie Holder 40...................................................100
21-314 ��Caster, M10 Threaded 125mm No Lock...................179 22-203 ��Cable/Hose Holder, Qtr Turn Connection................101
21-315 ��Caster, M10 Threaded 125mm Total Lock...............179 22-206 ��T-Clip 40, 6-8mm.......................................................100
21-318 ��Caster, Plate Type Swivel, 410kg, No Lock..............180 22-208 ��T-Clip 40, 8-10mm.....................................................100
21-319 ��Caster, Plate Type Swivel, 410kg, Total Lock...........180 22-210 ��T-Clip 40, 10-13mm...................................................100
21-323 ��Caster, M12 Threaded Leveler, 600kg/set................179 22-212 ��T-Clip 40, 13-16mm...................................................100
21-324 ��Caster, Plate Type Leveler, 600kg/set......................180 22-215 ��T-Clip 40, 16-19mm...................................................100
21-325 ��Caster, Floor Lock.....................................................185 22-230 ��Cable/Hose Holder, 1.5"...........................................101
21-327 ��Caster, M12 Threaded Leveler, 1200kg/set..............179 23-004 ��Ball Catch, 3-Way (small)..........................................165
21-328 ��Caster, Plate Type Leveler, 1200kg/set....................180 23-010 ��Pivot Joint 40 (Clear).................................................154
21-4000Z1 ��Blank Plate 40X80.....................................................189 23-010B ��Pivot Joint 40 (Black)................................................155
21-401 ��Knuckle Foot 1.5" 5/16-18 x 2.00"...........................170 23-011 ��Hinge, 40 Steel Heavy Duty (Clear)..........................150
21-402 ��Knuckle Foot 1.5" 5/16-18 x 2.50"...........................170 23-011B ��Hinge, 40 Steel Heavy Duty (Black)..........................150
21-403 ��Knuckle Foot 1.0" 3/8-16 x 2.50".............................170 23-012 ��Ball Catch, 3-Way (medium).....................................165
21-404 ��Knuckle Foot 1.5" 1/2-13 x 3.15".............................171 23-013 ��Pivot Joint 30/28 (Clear)............................................154
21-405 ��Knuckle Foot 1.5" 1/2-13 x 5.50".............................171 23-013B ��Pivot Joint 30/28 (Black)...........................................155
21-406 ��Knuckle Foot 1.5" 5/8-11 x 3.15".............................171 23-014 ��Pivot Joint 40with Clamp Handle (Clear).................154
21-407 ��Knuckle Foot 1.5" 5/8-11 x 5.50".............................171 23-014B ��Pivot Joint 40 with Clamp Handle (Black)................155
21-410 ��Knuckle Foot 1.0" 1/4-20 x 1.44".............................168 23-015 ��Pivot Joint 30/28 with Clamp Handle (Clear)...........154

Catalog 1816-4/US

23-015B ��Pivot Joint 30/28 with Clamp Handle (Black)...........155 23-250L ��Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Lift Off Left 28-28..........145
23-016 ��Hinge, Multi-Series....................................................153 23-250R ��Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Lift Off Right 28-28........145
23-018 ��Hinge, 28 Light Duty, Right Side...............................141 23-251 ��Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Non-Removable 28-40.. 145
23-019 ��Hinge, 28 Light Duty, Left Side.................................141 23-251L ��Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Lift Off Left 28-40..........145
23-020 ��Hinge, 20 Light Duty..................................................146 23-251R ��Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Lift Off Right 28-40........145
23-021 ��Hinge, 40 Light Duty, Right Side...............................142 23-252 ��Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Non-Removable 40-40.. 145
23-023 ��Hinge, 40 Light Duty, Left Side.................................142 23-252L ��Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Lift Off Left 40-40..........145
23-024 ��Hinge, 30 Medium Duty ...........................................147 23-252R ��Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Lift Off Right 40-40........145
23-025 ��Hinge, 40 Medium Duty ...........................................147 23-260 ��Pivot Joint 1.0"..........................................................154
23-028 ��Handle, Multipurpose Plastic, 170mm.....................138 23-261 ��Pivot Joint 1.0" with Clamp Handle..........................154
23-030 ��Handle, Light Duty Aluminum...................................136 23-262 ��Pivot Joint 1.5"..........................................................154
23-033 ��Handle, Multipurpose Plastic, 112mm.....................138 23-263 ��Pivot Joint 1.5" with Clamp Handle..........................154
23-034 ��Handle, Light Duty Aluminum, Angled.....................136 23-316 ��Ratchet Lever M8x16................................................209
23-038 ��Handle, Qtr Turn 40, L Handle, Locking...................156 23-320 ��Ratchet Lever M8x20................................................209
23-038Z1 ��Qtr Turn Backing Plate..............................................158 23-325 ��Ratchet Lever M8x25................................................209
23-039 ��Handle, Qtr Turn 40, L Handle, Non-Locking...........156 23-340 ��Ratchet Lever M8x40................................................209
23-040 ��Handle, Qtr Turn 28, L Handle, Locking...................156 23-350 ��Ratchet Lever M8x50................................................209
23-041 ��Handle, Qtr Turn 28, L Handle, Non-Locking...........156 23-363 ��Ratchet Lever M8x63................................................209
23-043 ��Ball Catch 40 (M8).....................................................164 23-440L ��Hinge, 40 Lift Off Left................................................140
23-045 ��Magnetic Catch 20/1.0"............................................162 23-440R ��Hinge, 40 Lift Off Right..............................................140
23-046 ��Magnetic Catch 28/30/40/1.5"..................................162 23-535 ��Hinge, Med. Duty Plastic Non-Removable 28/30-40...143
23-051 ��Magnetic Catch Strike Plate.....................................162 23-535L ��Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Left 28/30-40..143
23-054 ��Sliding Door Guides..................................................128 23-535R ��Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Right 28/30-40....143
23-065 ��Sliding Door Set........................................................127 23-545 ��Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Non-Removable 40-40...143
23-072 ��Handle, Tube Style Ends...........................................139 23-545L ��Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Left 40-40.......143
23-073 ��Handle, Tube Style Center Support..........................139 23-545R ��Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Right 40-40.....143
23-074 ��Handle, Large Angled...............................................137 23-550 ��Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Non-Removable 1.0".. 143
23-075 ��Handle, Medium Open Angled.................................137 23-550L ��Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Left 1.0"..........143
23-076 ��Handle, Medium Open Caps....................................137 23-550R ��Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Right 1.0"........143
23-121 ��Ball Catch 40 (1/4-20)...............................................164 23-551 ��Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Non-Removable 1.5".. 144
23-124 ��Door Stop, Straight...................................................161 23-551L ��Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Left 1.5"..........144
23-125 ��Door Stop 30/40, Angled..........................................165 23-551R ��Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Right 1.5"........144
23-128 ��Ball Plunger 28, 3/8" x 18mm...................................165 23-552 ��Hinge, Med. Duty Plastic Non-Removable 1.5" to1"...144
23-129 ��Ball Plunger 40/40, 1/2" x 28mm..............................152 24-1XX-X ��Screws, Button Head (Metric).....................................95
23-133 ��Handle, Qtr Turn 40, T Handle, Non-Locking...........156 24-2XX-X ��Screws, Flat Head (Metric)..........................................95
23-134 ��Handle, Qtr Turn 40, Wing Knob, Locking................156 24-3XX-X ��Screws, Socket Head (Metric)....................................95
23-135 ��Handle, Qtr Turn 40, Square Insert...........................156 24-4XX-X ��Screws, T-Bolt (Metric)................................................93
23-140Z1 ��Qtr Turn Spare Key....................................................157 24-5XX-XX �Screws, Set Screws w/ Hexagon Socket (Metric).....99
23-140Z2 ��Qtr Turn Spare Key....................................................157 24-695 ��Conduit Locking Screw 4.2x9.5..................................77
23-140Z3 ��Qtr Turn Cam, Offset 8..............................................157 24-719-6 ��Economy Compression Spring, M6............................91
23-140Z4 ��Qtr Turn Cam, Offset 16............................................157 24-719-8 ��Economy Compression Spring, M8............................91
23-140Z5 ��Qtr Turn Cam, Offset 10............................................157 24-7XX-X ��Metric Nuts..................................................................94
23-140Z6 ��Qtr Turn Cam, Offset -2.............................................157 24-7XX-X ��Washers.......................................................................94
23-140Z7 ��Qtr Turn Keeper Bracket...........................................157 25-001 ��Standard, 30/40, 1/4-20..............................................88
23-142Z1 ��Qtr Turn Cam, Hooked..............................................157 25-002 ��Standard, 30/40, 5/16-18............................................88
23-143 ��Handle, Qtr Turn Pnl Mount, T-Handle, Non-Locking..157 25-003 ��Standard Fastener 1.5", 5/16-18................................81
23-144 ��Handle, Qtr Turn Pnl Mount, Wing Knob, Locking...157 25-003SS ��Standard Fastener 1.5", 5/16-18 (SS).........................81
23-145 ��Handle, Qtr Turn Pnl Mount, Square Insert, Locking...157 25-004 ��Universal Fastener 1.5", 5/16-18................................83
23-155 ��Slam Latch - Locking................................................160 25-009 ��Standard, 30/40, #10-32.............................................88
23-156 ��Slam Latch - Non-Locking........................................160 25-014 ��Standard Fastener 1.5", S End, 5/16-18....................81
23-158 ��Velcro Plate................................................................161 25-016 ��Butt Fastener 1.5", 5/16-18........................................84
23-159 ��Handle, Qtr Turn Inside Mount.................................158 25-017 ��Butt Fastener 1.0", 1/4-20..........................................84
23-160 ��Deadbolt Latch..........................................................159 25-022 ��Standard Fastener 1", 1/4-20.....................................81
23-200 ��Rail Cart, 8 Roller......................................................134 25-023 ��Universal Fastener 1.0", 1/4-20..................................83
23-201 ��Rail Cart, 4 Roller......................................................134 25-027 ��Cross Connector 1.5", Double Tab...........................105
23-202 ��Rail Cart, 4 Roller w/ Fastening Set.........................134 25-028 ��Flat Plate Fastener 1.5"..............................................82
23-220 ��Hinge, Adjustable 28.................................................152 25-030 ��Standard, 1.0", #10-32................................................88
23-222 ��Hinge, Adjustable 40.................................................152 25-031 ��Standard, 1.0", 1/4-20.................................................88
23-225 ��Concealed Hinge 40..................................................150 25-041 ��Double Standard 1.5", 5/16-18, 1.5"..........................89
23-225Z1 ��Concealed Hinge, Half Hinge...................................150 25-045 ��Economy Offset 1.5", #8-32........................................91
23-225Z2 ��Concealed Hinge, Hinge Pin.....................................150 25-046 ��Double Economy 1.5", 5/16-18, 0.5"..........................92
23-226 ��Hinge, Positioning, 120o...........................................151 25-047 ��Double Economy 1.5", 5/16-18, 0.88"........................92
23-233 ��Handle, 20..................................................................138 25-048 ��Double Economy 1.5", 5/16-18, 1.0"..........................92
23-242 ��Hinge, 30/28 Medium Duty.......................................146 25-050 ��Heavy Duty Single 1.5", 1/4-20...................................90
23-250 ��Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Non-Removable 28-28.. 145 25-051 ��Heavy Duty Single 1.5", 5/16-18.................................90

Catalog 1816-4/US
Part Number

25-052 ��Heavy Duty Double 1.5", 1/4-20, 1.0"........................90 28-602 ��Economy Gusset 40/1.5"..........................................109
25-053 ��Heavy Duty Double 1.5", 5/16-18, 1.5"......................90 28-603 ��Economy Gusset 28x56/30x60/1"x2"......................105
25-055 ��Standard 28, 1/4-20....................................................88 28-604 ��Economy Gusset 80/3".............................................105
25-057 ��Standard 28, 5/16-18..................................................88 28-605 ��Economy Gusset 56/60.............................................104
25-075 ��Rack Angle Clip Nut #10-32........................................65 28-606 ��Economy Gusset 80/3".............................................104
25-076 ��Rack Angle Clip Nut 1/4-20........................................65 28-607 ��Economy Gusset 56x56/60x60.................................110
25-080 ��Bi-fold Door Guide, 40 to 40.....................................125 28-608 ��Economy Gusset 80x80/3"x3"..................................110
25-082 ��Bi-fold Door Guide, 30/28 to 30/28..........................125 30-0001 ��Slide Block 28 Ratcheting L-Handle........................209
25-1XX-X ��Screws, Button Head (English)...................................97 30-0005 ��Slide Block 28 Star Handle.......................................209
25-2XX-X ��Screws, Flat Head (English)........................................97 30-0011 ��Slide Block 40 Ratcheting L-Handle........................209
25-3XX-X ��Screws, Socket Head (English)...................................92 30-0015 ��Slide Block 40 Star Handle.......................................209
25-5XX-XX �Screws, Set Screws w/ Hexagon Socket (English)....99 30-006 ��Roller System Components, Bolt, 6-Centric............226
25-705-2 ��High Cycle Nut #10-32..............................................208 30-007 ��Roller System Components, Bolt, 6-Eccentric........226
25-7XX-XX �Inch Nuts.....................................................................94 30-008 ��Roller System Comp., Track Roller, Track Dia. 6.....226
25-7XX-XX �Washers.......................................................................94 30-1000 ��Slide Pad 1.0"x2.0", Tapped.....................................208
26-110-6 ��Panel, Aluminum Veneer, 6mm, Black......................118 30-1001 ��Slide Pad 1.0"x2.0" Top, Tapped..............................208
26-170-6 ��Panel, Aluminum Veneer, 6mm, Clear......................118 30-1002 ��Slide Block 1.0" Double Flange, 2.00".....................200
26-180-6 ��Panel, Aluminum Veneer, 6mm, White......................118 30-1004 ��Slide Block 1.0" Double Flange, 4.00".....................200
26-210-05 ��Panel, Wire Mesh .5"x.5" Black................................117 30-101 ��Roller System 14, Single Bearing Unit Centric........222
26-210-10 ��Panel, Wire Mesh 1"x1" Black..................................117 30-1012 ��Slide Block 1.0" Side Flange, 2.00"..........................202
26-210-15 ��Panel, Wire Mesh 1.5"x1.5" Black............................117 30-1014 ��Slide Block 1.0" Side Flange, 4.00"..........................202
26-210-20 ��Panel, Wire Mesh 2"x2" Black..................................117 30-102 ��Roller System 14, Double Bearing Unit Centric.......222
26-250-10 ��Panel, Wire Mesh 1"x1" Yellow.................................117 30-1024 ��Slide Block 1.0" Side Flange Extended, 4.00".........203
26-410-6 ��Panel, 6mm TRESPA - Black....................................117 30-103 ��Roller System 14, Single Bearing Unit Eccentric.....222
26-410-8 ��Panel, 8mm TRESPA - Black....................................117 30-104 ��Roller System 14, Double Bearing Unit Eccentric...222
26-420-6 ��Panel, 6mm TRESPA - Grey......................................117 30-105 ��Roller System Components, Bolt, 14-Centric..........226
26-430-10 ��Panel, 10mm TRESPA - Blue (CA Stock Only).........117 30-106 ��Roller System Components, Bolt, 14-Eccentric......226
26-430-6 ��Panel, 6mm TRESPA - Blue......................................117 30-107 ��Roller System 14, End Cap/Lubricating System......229
26-480-6 ��Panel, 6mm TRESPA - White....................................117 30-107Z1 ��Roller System 14, Replacement Felt........................229
26-510-6 ��Panel, Expanded PVC, 6mm, Black.........................118 30-108 ��Roller System Comp., Track Roller, Track Dia. 14...226
26-530-6 ��Panel, Expanded PVC, 6mm, Blue...........................118 30-108Z1 ��Roller System Components, Spacer Shim, LR14....226
26-580-6 ��Panel, Expanded PVC, 6mm, White.........................118 30-111 ��Roller System 14 HD, Single Bearing Unit Centric..224
26-790-3 ��Panel, Polycarbonate 3mm, Clear............................117 30-113 ��Roller System 14 HD, Single Bearing Unit Eccentric...224
26-790-6 ��Panel, Polycarbonate, Clear.....................................117 30-114Z3 ��Roller System Comp., Spacer Shim, LR14HD.........226
26-795-6 ��Panel, Polycarbonate, Light Smoked.......................117 30-114Z5 ��Roller System 14 HD, Replacement Felt..................229
27-002-XX ��SMART Base Plate 40x80/1.5"x3.0".........................182 30-1500 ��Slide Pad 1.5"x3.0", Tapped.....................................208
27-003-XX ��SMART Base Plate 80x80/3.0"x3.0".........................182 30-1501 ��Slide Pad 1.5"x3.0", High Cycle...............................208
27-023 ��Miter Connector 30/28, Variable.................................86 30-1503 ��Slide Block 1.5" Double Flange, 3.00".....................204
27-024 ��Miter Connector 40, 1.5” Variable..............................86 30-1503HC �Slide Block 1.5" High Cycle Single...........................204
27-030 ��Corner Mounting Plate..............................................172 30-1506 ��Slide Block 1.5" Double Flange, 6.00".....................204
27-050 ��Flange Foot 40/1.5"...................................................176 30-1506HC �Slide Block 1.5" High Cycle Double.........................204
27-055 ��Flange Foot 40X80/1.5"X3"......................................176 30-1513 ��Slide Block 1.5" Side Flange, 3.00"..........................206
27-056 ��Flange Foot 80/3"......................................................176 30-1513HC �Slide Block 1.5" High Cycle Flush, Single................206
27-057 ��Floor Mounting Bracket 40/1.5"...............................174 30-1516 ��Slide Block 1.5" Side Flange Extended, 4.50".........207
Part Number
27-058 ��Floor Mounting Bracket 80/3.0"...............................174 30-1516HC �Slide Block 1.5" High Cycle Extended, Single.........207
27-059 ��Floor Mounting Bracket 28/30/1.0"..........................174 30-1523 ��Slide Block 1.5" Side Flange, 6.00"..........................206
Index
27-060 ��Floor Mounting Bracket 56/60/2.0"..........................174 30-1523HC �Slide Block 1.5" High Cycle Flush, Single................206
27-146 ��Catch Bracket Universal...........................................162 30-2000 ��Slide Pad 1.0"x2.0" Top, Tapped..............................208
27-202 ��Cross Cable Tie Holder 40/1.5"................................100 30-2002 ��Slide Block 2.0" Double Flange, 2.00".....................201
27-203 ��Cross Cable Tie Holder 1.0".....................................100 30-2004 ��Slide Block 2.0" Double Flange, 4.00".....................201
27-600 ��Angle Connector 40/1.5", 45o..................................105 30-2800-2 ��Slide Pad 28, 80mm..................................................208
28-004 ��Milling Connector 40/1.5"...........................................82 30-2801 ��Slide Block 28 Double Flange, 50mm......................200
28-005 ��Milling Connector 30...................................................82 30-2808 ��Slide Block 28 Double Flange, 100mm....................200
28-501 ��Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 20......................175 30-2821 ��Slide Block 28 Side Flange, 50mm...........................202
28-502 ��Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 1".......................175 30-2822 ��Slide Block 28 Side Flange Extended, 90mm..........203
28-503 ��Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 30......................175 30-2828 ��Slide Block 28 Side Flange, 100mm.........................202
28-504 ��Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 1.5"....................175 30-2829 ��Slide Block 28 Side Flange Extended, 140mm........203
28-505 ��Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 40......................175 30-3000 ��Slide Pad 1.5"x3.0", Tapped.....................................208
28-506 ��Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 20X20................175 30-3001 ��Slide Pad 1.5"x3.0", High Cycle...............................208
28-507 ��Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 2".......................175 30-3003 ��Slide Block 3.0" Double Flange, 3.00".....................205
28-508 ��Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 60......................175 30-3003HC �Slide Block 3.0" High Cycle Single...........................205
28-509 ��Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 3.0"....................175 30-3006 ��Slide Block 3.0" Double Flange, 6.00".....................205
28-510 ��Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 80......................175 30-3006HC �Slide Block 3.0" High Cycle Double.........................205
28-600 ��Economy Gusset 20/1".............................................109 30-4000-2 ��Slide Pad 40, 80mm..................................................208
28-601 ��Economy Gusset 28/30.............................................109 30-4000-6 ��Slide Pad 40, 80mm High-Cycle...............................208

Catalog 1816-4/US
Part # Description Page #

30-4001 ��Slide Block 40 Double Flange, 80mm......................204
30-4001HC �Slide Block 40 High Cycle Single.............................204
30-4008 ��Slide Block 40 Double Flange, 160mm....................204
30-4008HC �Slide Block 40 High Cycle Double............................204
30-401 ��Roller System 6, Single Bearing Unit Centric..........220
30-402 ��Roller System 6, Double Bearing Unit Centric.........220
30-4021 ��Slide Block 40 Side Flange, 80mm...........................206
30-4021HC �Slide Block 40 High Cycle Flush, Single..................206
30-4022 ��Slide Block 40 Side Flange Extended, 120mm........207
30-4022HC �Slide Block 40 High Cycle Extended, Single...........207
30-4028 ��Slide Block 40 Side Flange, 160mm.........................206
30-4028HC �Slide Block 40 High Cycle Flush, Double.................206
30-4029 ��Slide Block 40 Side Flange Extended, 200mm........207
30-4029HC �Slide Block 40 High Cycle Extended, Double..........207
30-403 ��Roller System 6, Single Bearing Unit Eccentric.......220
30-404 ��Roller System 6, Double Bearing Unit Eccentric.....220
30-407 ��Roller System 6, End Cap/Lubricating System........220
30-407Z5 ��Roller System 6, Replacement Felt..........................220
30-412Z2 ��Shim Pack 80.............................................................208
30-503Z6 ��Roller System 14 HD, End Cap/Lubricating System....224
30-8001HC �Slide Block 80 High Cycle Single.............................205
30-8008HC �Slide Block 80 High Cycle Double............................205
30-812Z2 ��Shim Pack 160...........................................................208
31-031 ��Roller System Tensioning Block...............................226
31-033 ��Roller System Exciter Cam.......................................228
31-035 ��Roller System Proximity Switch...............................228
31-036 ��Roller System Proximity Switch Mounting Element....228
31-037 ��Roller System Limit Stop - Single Direction.............227
31-037Z3A �Rubber Shock Absorber...........................................227
31-038 ��Roller System Limit Stop - Bi-Directional................227
40-010 ��Drilling Jig 40, Standard Connection.......................238
40-012 ��Wrench with T-Handle, Hex 5...................................240
40-013 ��Wrench, Ball Headed Hex 5......................................240
40-016 ��Tap M8x1.25..............................................................240
40-018 ��Drill Bit 6.8mm...........................................................240
40-022 ��Wrench, Ball Headed Hex 6......................................240
40-023 ��Step Drill 7x20, #2 Morse Taper...............................239
40-024 ��Step Drill 7x20 with 3 Flats.......................................239
40-025 ��Step Drill 9x15...........................................................239
40-029 ��Spanner Wrench, Pin Socket for LR14.....................241
40-032-14 ��Spanner Wrench, Fixed, LR14..................................241
40-044 ��Wrench with T-Handle, 3/16"....................................240
40-046 ��Wrench with T-Handle, 1/4"......................................240
40-047 ��Wrench, Ball Headed 3/16"......................................240
40-048 ��Wrench, Ball Headed 1/4"........................................240
40-516 ��Tap 5/16-18................................................................240
50-700 ��Workstation Lift System, 4 Cylinder.........................195
50-702 ��Workstation Lift System, 2 Cylinder.........................194
50-703 ��Workstation Lift System, Telescopic Guide.............194
50-704 ��Workstation Lift System Mounting Plate 50-703.....194
50-705 ��Workstation Lift System Mounting Plate for 50-700....195
800.17 ��Shoulder Bolt M5x6x25.............................................132
70-xxx-xx ��Tracking & Communication Boards..........................243
71-xxx-xx ��Day by the Hour Boards...........................................245

Catalog 1816-4/US
Topic
Description Part # Page # Description Part # Page #

1" Series Profile 40X40 Mono-Slot..................................................10-440.................20
1.0"X1.0"...............................................................12-1010...............60 40X40 Quarter Round ST......................................10-043.................21
1.0"X2.0"...............................................................12-1020...............60 40X40 Standard....................................................10-040.................19
2.0"X2.0"...............................................................12-2020...............60 40X40 Standard (Black)........................................10-040B...............19
1.5" Series Profile 40X40 Tri-Slot........................................................10-340.................20
1.5"X1.5"...............................................................10-1515...............53 40x40-45 Deg. Standard.......................................10-044.................22
1.5"X1.5" Bi-Slot Corner.......................................10-1592...............54 40X45 Deg. Standard............................................10-045.................22
1.5"X1.5" Bi-Slot Mid-Frame................................10-1594...............54 40X80 Quad-Slot...................................................10-380.................26
1.5"X1.5" Heavy....................................................11-1515...............53 80x120 Heavy........................................................11-122.................27
1.5"X1.5" Light......................................................12-1515...............53 80X40 Heavy.........................................................11-080.................26
1.5"X1.5" Mono-Slot.............................................10-1591...............54 80X40 Light...........................................................10-680.................26
1.5"X1.5" Quarter Round......................................10-1543...............47 80X40 Standard....................................................10-080.................26
1.5"X1.5" Tri-Slot...................................................10-1593...............46 80X40 Standard (Black)........................................10-080B...............26
1.5"X3.0"...............................................................10-1530...............48 80X40 Tri-Slot Corner...........................................10-180.................26
1.5"X3.0" Heavy....................................................11-1530...............48 80X80 Extra Heavy................................................11-089.................27
1.5"X3.0" Light......................................................12-1530...............56 80X80 Heavy.........................................................11-088.................27
1.5"X6.0"...............................................................10-1560...............50 80X80 Standard....................................................10-088.................27
3.0"X3.0"...............................................................10-3030...............49 80X80 Standard (Black)........................................10-088B...............27
3.0"X3.0" Heavy....................................................11-3030...............49 80X80X40 Corner Heavy.......................................11-084.................30
20 Series Profile Post 56X56 ...........................................................11-056.................31
20X10.....................................................................12-120.................50 Profile Rail 40X80, Clear.......................................14-248.................61
20X20 ....................................................................12-020.................42 R40X80 30 Deg. Standard....................................10-083.................23
20X40 ....................................................................12-124.................50 R40X80 45 Deg. Standard....................................10-085.................23
40X40 20 Series....................................................12-040.................51 R40X80 60 Deg. Standard....................................10-086.................23
28 Series Profile R40X80 90 Deg. Standard....................................10-089.................23
28X28 45 Deg........................................................12-044.................47 Anodize Breaker
28X28 Bi-Slot........................................................12-228.................46 Anodize Breaker....................................................20-070.................93
28X28 Bi-Slot Mid-Frame.....................................12-328.................46 Base Plate
28X28 Quad-Slot...................................................12-028.................37 Adapter Plate, Leveling Foot................................21-504...............185
28X28 Quad-Slot (Black)......................................12-028B...............37 Adapter Plate, Leveling Foot 21-324 5/16-18......21-500...............184
28X28 Tri-Slot........................................................12-128.................46 Adapter Plate, Leveling Foot 21-328...................21-502...............184
28X56 Bi-Slot........................................................12-628.................48 Base Plate 1.0", 1/2-13, 2.0"x2.0"........................21-2020-08........183
28X56 Open Slot...................................................12-428.................45 Base Plate 1.0", 1/4-20, 1.0"x2.0"........................21-1020-04........183
28X56 Quad-Slot...................................................12-728.................48 Base Plate 1.0", 3/8-16, 2.0"x2.0"........................21-2020-06........183
56X56.....................................................................12-056.................45 Base Plate 1.0", 5/16-18, 1.0"x2.0"......................21-1020-05........183
30 Series Profile Base Plate 1.0", 5/16-18, 2.0"x2.0"......................21-2020-05........183
30X30.....................................................................12-030.................33 Base Plate 20, M10, 20x40...................................21-220-10..........183
30X30 Bi-Slot Corner............................................12-034.................41 Base Plate 20, M12, 20x40...................................21-220-12..........183
Part Number
30X30 Quarter Round...........................................12-033.................34 Base Plate 20, M8, 20x40.....................................21-220-8............183
30X60.....................................................................12-060.................43 Base Plate 28, M10, 54x25.4................................21-005...............183
Index
40 Series Profile Base Plate 28, M10, 56x56...................................21-205...............183
120x40 Standard...................................................10-120.................28 Base Plate 28, M12, 54x25.4................................21-006...............183
160x40 Heavy........................................................11-140.................28 Base Plate 28, M12, 56x56...................................21-206...............183
160x40 Standard...................................................10-164.................28 Base Plate 28, M8, 54x25.4..................................21-004...............183
160x80 Heavy........................................................11-160.................29 Base Plate 28, M8, 56x56.....................................21-204...............183
160x80 Standard...................................................10-160.................29 Base Plate 30, M10, 60x30...................................21-029-10..........183
16X160...................................................................10-161.................24 Base Plate 30, M12, 60x30...................................21-029-12..........183
16X40.....................................................................10-016.................32 Base Plate 30, M8, 60x30.....................................21-029-8............183
16X80.....................................................................10-081.................24 Corner Mounting Plate.........................................27-030...............172
28X160...................................................................11-128.................25 Corner Mounting Plate Fastening Set (English)..21-031E.............172
40X100 Heavy.......................................................11-100.................25 Corner Mounting Plate Fastening Set (Metric)....21-031M............172
40X40 Bi-Slot Corner............................................10-140.................20 SMART Base Plate 40x80/1.5"x3.0"....................27-002-XX.........182
40X40 Bi-Slot Mid-Frame.....................................10-240.................20 SMART Base Plate 80x80/3.0"x3.0"....................27-003-XX.........182
40X40 Heavy.........................................................11-040.................19 Bi-Fold Door Guide
40X40 Heavy Square.............................................11-540.................31 Bifold Door Glide Set, 28S....................................21-080...............125
40X40 Light...........................................................10-540.................19 Bifold Door Glide Set, 40S....................................21-081...............125
40X40 Light (Black)...............................................10-540B...............19 Bi-fold Door Guide, 30/28 to 30/28......................25-082...............125

Catalog 1816-4/US
Topic Part Number Index

Bi-fold Door Guide, 40 to 40.................................25-080...............125 Clamp Blocks
Bi-Slot Profile Clamp Block 1, 40 Series, 1 Hole.........................20-018-1............106
18X32 Bi-Slot........................................................12-032.................54 Clamp Block 2, 40 Series, 2 Hole.........................20-018-2............106
18x32 Bi-Slot Fastener.........................................20-132...............130 Conduit Accessories
Butt Fastener Conduit Cap 120x120...........................................15-812.................77
Butt Fastener 1.0", 1/4-20....................................25-017.................84 Conduit Cap 120x160...........................................15-813.................77
Butt Fastener 1.5", 5/16-18..................................25-016.................84 Conduit Cap 40x120.............................................15-810.................77
Butt Fastener 30/28, M6.......................................20-012.................84 Conduit Cap 40x160.............................................15-806.................77
Butt Fastener 40, M8............................................20-006.................84 Conduit Cap 40x40...............................................15-803.................77
Cable/Hose Holder Conduit Cap 40x80...............................................15-804.................77
Cable Tie Holder 30/28.........................................22-201...............100 Conduit Cap 80x120.............................................15-811.................77
Cable Tie Holder 40..............................................22-202...............100 Conduit Cap 80x160.............................................15-807.................77
Cable/Hose Holder, 1.5".......................................22-230...............101 Conduit Cap 80x80...............................................15-805.................77
Cable/Hose Holder, 40..........................................22-200...............101 Conduit Locking Screw 4.2x9.5...........................24-695.................77
Cable/Hose Holder, Qtr Turn Connection............22-203...............101 Conduit Profiles
Cross Cable Tie Holder 1.0".................................27-203...............100 Conduit Support 120............................................15-120.................75
Cross Cable Tie Holder 40/1.5"............................27-202...............100 Conduit Support 160............................................15-160.................75
T-Clip 40, 10-13mm...............................................22-210...............100 Conduit Support 160 with T-Slots........................15-161.................75
T-Clip 40, 13-16mm...............................................22-212...............100 Conduit Support 40..............................................15-040.................75
T-Clip 40, 16-19mm...............................................22-215...............100 Conduit Support 40 with T-Slots..........................15-041.................75
T-Clip 40, 6-8mm...................................................22-206...............100 Conduit Support 80..............................................15-080.................75
T-Clip 40, 8-10mm.................................................22-208...............100 Conduit Wall Duct 120..........................................15-122.................76
Casters Conduit Wall Duct 40............................................15-042.................76
Caster, Floor Lock.................................................21-325...............185 Conduit Wall Duct 80............................................15-082.................76
Caster, Hollow King Pin 50mm No Lock..............21-300...............178 Connecting Element
Caster, Hollow King Pin 50mm Wheel Lock........21-301...............178 Connecting Angle 20, Double...............................20-116...............110
Caster, Hollow King Pin 75mm Total Lock...........21-310...............178 Connecting Element 28, Flat................................22-145...............107
Caster, M10 Threaded 125mm No Lock..............21-314...............179 Connecting Element 40, Flat................................22-140...............107
Caster, M10 Threaded 125mm Total Lock...........21-315...............179 Connecting Plate 1.0"...........................................20-310...............107
Caster, M12 Threaded Leveler, 1200kg/set.........21-327...............179 Connecting Plate 1.5"...........................................20-300...............107
Caster, M12 Threaded Leveler, 600kg/set...........21-323...............179 Connecting Plate 20.............................................20-117...............107
Caster, Plate Type Leveler, 1200kg/set................21-328...............180 Connecting Plate 20, Double................................20-118...............107
Caster, Plate Type Leveler, 600kg/set..................21-324...............180 Mounting Plate for 16X40.....................................22-139...............106
Caster, Plate Type Rigid, 102kg, No Lock............21-302...............180 Connector Accessories
Caster, Plate Type Rigid, 136kg, No Lock............21-311...............180 Connector Cap 30, Radius...................................22-151...............103
Caster, Plate Type Swivel, 102kg, No Lock.........21-303...............180 Connector Cap 30, Square...................................22-152...............103
Caster, Plate Type Swivel, 102kg, Total Lock......21-304...............180 Connector Cap 40, 3x45o.....................................18-822...............103
Caster, Plate Type Swivel, 136kg, No Lock.........21-312...............180 Connector Cap 40, Radius...................................18-821...............103
Caster, Plate Type Swivel, 136kg, Total Lock......21-313...............180 Corner Connector Plug 28....................................18-712...............104
Caster, Plate Type Swivel, 410kg, No Lock.........21-318...............180 Corner Connectors
Caster, Plate Type Swivel, 410kg, Total Lock......21-319...............180 Corner Bracket 1.5"..............................................22-153...............103
Catches Corner Bracket 30.................................................22-150...............103
Ball Catch 40 (1/4-20)...........................................23-121...............164 Corner Bracket 40.................................................22-146...............103
Ball Catch 40 (M8).................................................23-043...............164 Corner Connector 1.0", 2-Way.............................18-872...............104
Ball Catch, 3-Way (medium).................................23-012...............165 Corner Connector 1.0", 3-Way.............................18-873...............104
Ball Catch, 3-Way (small)......................................23-004...............165 Corner Connector 1.5", 2-Way.............................18-892...............104
Ball Plunger 28, 3/8" x 18mm...............................23-128...............165 Corner Connector 1.5", 3-Way.............................18-893...............104
Ball Plunger 40/40, 1/2" x 28mm..........................23-129...............165 Corner Connector 20, 2-Way................................18-852...............104
Catch Bracket Universal.......................................27-146...............162 Corner Connector 20, 3-Way................................18-853...............104
Magnetic Catch 20/1.0"........................................23-045...............162 Corner Connector 28, 3-Way................................18-829...............104
Magnetic Catch 28/30/40/1.5".............................23-046...............162 Corner Connector 30, 2-Way................................18-902...............104
Magnetic Catch Strike Plate.................................23-051...............162 Corner Connector 30, 3-Way................................18-903...............104
Central Connector Corner Connector 40, 2-Way................................18-826...............104
Central Connector Parallel...................................20-705.................85 Corner Connector 40, 3-Way................................18-827...............104
Central Connector Perpendicural........................20-704.................84 Corner Element
Clamp Bar Corner Element 1, 40............................................21-035...............113
Profile Clamp Bar..................................................12-105.................64

Catalog 1816-4/US
Topic

Corner Element 1, 80............................................21-036...............113 End Cap 40x120....................................................18-840.................69
Corner Element 2, 40............................................21-037...............113 End Cap 40x16......................................................18-811.................69
Corner Element 2, 80............................................21-038...............113 End Cap 40x160....................................................18-817.................69
Corner Element 3, 40............................................21-135...............113 End Cap 40x40......................................................18-813.................69
Corner Element 3, 80............................................21-136...............113 End Cap 40x40 (20 Series)...................................18-832.................69
Covers End Cap 40x40 Heavy Square..............................18-805.................69
Anti-Skid Cover 40 Series.....................................12-114.................66 End Cap 40x40 Quarter Round............................18-843.................69
Cover Strip 30/28 Series (Black)..........................12-116B...............68 End Cap 40x40, Secure........................................18-913.................71
Cover Strip 30/28 Series (Clear)...........................12-116.................68 End Cap 40x40, Secure w/ Stud..........................18-916.................71
Cover Strip 40 Series (Aluminum)........................12-102.................68 End Cap 40x40-45 Degree...................................18-820.................69
Cover Strip 40 Series (PVC Black).......................12-111B...............68 End Cap 40x80......................................................18-814.................69
Cover Strip 40 Series (PVC Blue).........................12-111BL............68 End Cap 40x80, Secure........................................18-914.................71
Cover Strip 40 Series (PVC Clear)........................12-111.................68 End Cap 40x80, Secure w/ Stud..........................18-917.................71
Cover Strip 40 Series (PVC Yellow)......................12-111Y...............68 End Cap 56x56 (Post Profile)................................18-819.................69
Covers/Gaskets End Cap 80x120....................................................18-841.................69
Cover/Gasket Strip 20 Series (Black)...................12-115B...............68 End Cap 80x16......................................................18-812.................69
Cover/Gasket Strip 20 Series (Clear)...................12-115.................68 End Cap 80x160....................................................18-818.................69
Cover/Gasket Strip 28 Series (Black)...................12-103B...............68 End Cap 80x80......................................................18-815.................69
Cover/Gasket Strip 40 Series (Black)...................12-101B...............68 End Cap 80x80, Secure........................................18-918.................71
Cover/Gasket Strip 40 Series (Clear)...................12-101.................68 End Cap 80x80, Secure w/ Stud..........................18-915.................71
Cover/Gasket Strip 40 Series (Gray)....................12-101G..............68 End Cap Push-in Fastener...................................18-715.................71
Cover/Gasket Strip 40 Series (Yellow).................12-101Y...............68 End Cap R40/80-30 Degree .................................18-883.................69
Door Guide System End Cap R40/80-45 Degree .................................18-885.................69
Guide Insert Set, Inch...........................................21-073...............131 End Cap R40/80-60 Degree .................................18-886.................69
Roller Insert Set, Inch...........................................21-075...............131 Feet
Door Stops Knuckle Foot 1.0" 1/4-20 x 1.44".........................21-410...............168
Door Stop 30/40, Angled......................................23-125...............161 Knuckle Foot 1.0" 3/8-16 x 2.50".........................21-403...............170
Door Stop, Straight...............................................23-124...............161 Knuckle Foot 1.0" Steel 1/4-20 x 1.44"................21-412...............168
Velcro Plate...........................................................23-158...............161 Knuckle Foot 1.5" 1/2-13 x 3.15".........................21-404...............171
End Caps Knuckle Foot 1.5" 1/2-13 x 5.50".........................21-405...............171
Access Hole Plug, 7mm Nickel............................18-713.................70 Knuckle Foot 1.5" 3/8-16 x 2.38".........................21-411...............168
Access Hole Plug, 7mm Plastic...........................18-710.................70 Knuckle Foot 1.5" 5/16-18 x 2.00".......................21-401...............170
Connector Cap 1.5"..............................................22-154...............103 Knuckle Foot 1.5" 5/16-18 x 2.50".......................21-402...............170
Connector Cap 40, Square...................................18-842...............103 Knuckle Foot 1.5" 5/8-11 x 3.15".........................21-406...............171
End Cap 1.0"x1.0".................................................18-1010...............70 Knuckle Foot 1.5" 5/8-11 x 5.50".........................21-407...............171
End Cap 1.0"x2.0".................................................18-1020...............70 Knuckle Foot 1.5" Steel 1/2-13 x 2.63"................21-414...............168
End Cap 1.5"x1.5".................................................18-1515...............70 Knuckle Foot 1.5" Steel 3/8-16 x 2.38"................21-413...............168
End Cap 1.5"x1.5" Quarter Round.......................18-1543...............70 Knuckle Foot 1/2-13 Bolt Down...........................21-420...............169
Part Number
End Cap 1.5"x3.0".................................................18-1530...............70 Knuckle Foot 30/28 M8.........................................21-010...............167
End Cap 160x16....................................................18-806.................69 Knuckle Foot 40 M10x80......................................21-012...............167
Index
End Cap 160x28....................................................18-816.................69 Knuckle Foot 40 M8x60........................................21-009...............167
End Cap 2.0"x2.0".................................................18-2020...............70 Knuckle Foot 40 M8x80........................................21-008...............167
End Cap 20x10......................................................18-830.................69 Knuckle Foot 5/8-11 Bolt Down...........................21-421...............169
End Cap 20x20......................................................18-802.................69 Knuckle Foot 80 Clamping Shoe..........................21-021...............172
End Cap 20x40......................................................18-831.................69 Knuckle Foot 80 Rubber Insert............................21-020...............172
End Cap 28x28......................................................18-808.................69 Knuckle Foot 80, M12x100...................................21-013...............171
End Cap 28x28, Secure........................................18-911.................71 Knuckle Foot 80, M12x160...................................21-014...............171
End Cap 28x28x45 Degree..................................18-844.................69 Knuckle Foot 80, M16x100...................................21-016...............171
End Cap 28x56......................................................18-809.................69 Knuckle Foot 80, M16x160...................................21-018...............171
End Cap 28X56, Secure........................................18-912.................71 Knuckle Foot Anti-Vibe 1/2-13 Medium...............21-423...............169
End Cap 3.0"x3.0".................................................18-3030...............70 Knuckle Foot HD, M20 ANTISKID........................21-015...............168
End Cap 30x30......................................................18-803.................69 Knuckle Foot HD, M20 HEAVY DUTY..................21-224...............168
End Cap 30x30, Quarter Round...........................18-838.................69 Leveling Foot 20, M5X25......................................21-007...............167
End Cap 30x30, Secure........................................18-919.................71 Leveling Foot 30, M8X9........................................21-001-30..........167
End Cap 30x60......................................................18-863.................69 Leveling Foot 40, M8X16......................................21-001...............167
End Cap 30x60, Secure........................................18-920.................71 Leveling Foot L-Base 1.0"....................................21-416...............173
End Cap 32x18......................................................18-807.................69 Leveling Foot L-Base 1.5"....................................21-415...............173

Catalog 1816-4/US

Leveling Foot L-Base 28.......................................21-022-28..........173 Gusset Bracket 40, 80x80....................................20-103...............111
Leveling Foot L-Base 30.......................................21-022-30..........173 Machined Gusset 1.0"..........................................20-506...............114
Leveling Foot L-Base 40.......................................21-022...............173 Machined Gusset 1.0"X2.0".................................20-507...............114
Flat Plate Fastener Machined Gusset 1.5"..........................................20-508...............114
Flat Plate Fastener 1.5"........................................25-028.................82 Machined Gusset 1.5"X3.0".................................20-509...............114
Flat Plate Fastener 40...........................................20-028.................82 Machined Gusset 28.............................................20-2828M..........114
Flat Plate Only.......................................................20-028Z1.............82 Machined Gusset 28X56.......................................20-2856M..........114
Floor Mounting Machined Gusset 40.............................................20-4040M..........114
Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 1"...................28-502...............175 Machined Gusset 40X80.......................................20-4080M..........114
Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 1.5"................28-504...............175 Handle/Stiffiner
Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 2"...................28-507...............175 Profile Stiffener / Handle......................................12-011.................57
Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 20..................28-501...............175 Handles
Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 20X20............28-506...............175 Handle, 20.............................................................23-233...............138
Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 3.0"................28-509...............175 Handle, Large Angled...........................................23-074...............137
Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 30..................28-503...............175 Handle, Light Duty Aluminum...............................23-030...............136
Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 40..................28-505...............175 Handle, Light Duty Aluminum, Angled.................23-034...............136
Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 60..................28-508...............175 Handle, Medium Open Angled.............................23-075...............137
Economy Floor Mounting Bracket 80..................28-510...............175 Handle, Medium Open Caps................................23-076...............137
Flange Foot 40/1.5"..............................................27-050...............176 Handle, Multipurpose Plastic, 112mm.................23-033...............138
Flange Foot 40X80/1.5"X3"..................................27-055...............176 Handle, Multipurpose Plastic, 170mm.................23-028...............138
Flange Foot 80/3".................................................27-056...............176 Handle, Qtr Turn 28, L Handle, Locking...............23-040...............156
Floor Anchor 1.0"..................................................21-061...............173 Handle, Qtr Turn 28, L Handle, Non-Locking.......23-041...............156
Floor Anchor 1.5"..................................................21-060...............173 Handle, Qtr Turn 40, L Handle, Locking...............23-038...............156
Floor Anchor 28.....................................................21-023-28..........173 Handle, Qtr Turn 40, L Handle, Non-Locking.......23-039...............156
Floor Anchor 30.....................................................21-023-30..........173 Handle, Qtr Turn 40, Square Insert.......................23-135...............156
Floor Anchor 40.....................................................21-023...............173 Handle, Qtr Turn 40, T Handle, Non-Locking.......23-133...............156
Floor Fastening Set...............................................21-032...............172 Handle, Qtr Turn 40, Wing Knob, Locking...........23-134...............156
Floor Mounting Bracket 28/30/1.0"......................27-059...............174 Handle, Qtr Turn Inside Mount.............................23-159...............158
Floor Mounting Bracket 40/1.5"...........................27-057...............174 Handle, Qtr Turn Pnl Mount, Square Insert, Locking...23-145...............157
Floor Mounting Bracket 56/60/2.0"......................27-060...............174 Handle, Qtr Turn Pnl Mount, T-Handle, Non-Locking..23-143...............157
Floor Mounting Bracket 80/3.0"...........................27-058...............174 Handle, Qtr Turn Pnl Mount, Wing Knob, Locking..23-144...............157
Gasket Handle, Tube Style Center Support.....................23-073...............139
Mesh Gasket 8......................................................12-107.................67 Handle, Tube Style Coated Steel Tubing.............13-012...............139
Panel Gasket 10....................................................12-108.................67 Handle, Tube Style Ends.......................................23-072...............139
Panel Gasket 8......................................................12-106.................67 Qtr Turn Backing Plate..........................................23-038Z1...........158
Profile Panel Holder (Black)..................................12-016B...............57 Qtr Turn Cam, Hooked..........................................23-142Z1...........157
Push-In Panel Seal (3mm)....................................12-117-3..............68 Qtr Turn Cam, Offset 10........................................23-140Z5...........157
Push-In Panel Seal (6mm)....................................12-117-6..............68 Qtr Turn Cam, Offset 16........................................23-140Z4...........157
Safety Cover Strip.................................................12-113.................68 Qtr Turn Cam, Offset -2........................................23-140Z6...........157
Gusset Qtr Turn Cam, Offset 8..........................................23-140Z3...........157
Economy Gusset 20/1".........................................28-600...............109 Qtr Turn Keeper Bracket.......................................23-140Z7...........157
Economy Gusset 28/30........................................28-601...............109 Qtr Turn Spare Key...............................................23-140Z1...........157
Economy Gusset 28x56/30x60/1"x2"..................28-603...............110 Qtr Turn Spare Key...............................................23-140Z2...........157
Economy Gusset 40/1.5"......................................28-602...............109 Hinge
Economy Gusset 56/60........................................28-605...............109 Concealed Hinge 40.............................................23-225...............150
Economy Gusset 56x56/60x60.............................28-607...............110 Concealed Hinge, Half Hinge...............................23-225Z1...........150
Economy Gusset 80/3".........................................28-604...............110 Concealed Hinge, Hinge Pin................................23-225Z2...........150
Economy Gusset 80/3".........................................28-606...............109 Hinge, 20 Light Duty.............................................23-020...............146
Economy Gusset 80x80/3"x3".............................28-608...............110 Hinge, 28 Light Duty, Left Side.............................23-019...............141
Gusset 20..............................................................20-1010.............111 Hinge, 28 Light Duty, Right Side..........................23-018...............141
Gusset 40..............................................................20-4040.............112 Hinge, 30 Medium Duty .......................................23-024...............147
Gusset 40x80........................................................20-8040.............112 Hinge, 30/28 Medium Duty...................................23-242...............146
Gusset Bracket 1.0"..............................................20-442...............111 Hinge, 40 Lift Off Left............................................23-440L.............140
Gusset Bracket 1.5"..............................................20-440...............111 Hinge, 40 Lift Off Right.........................................23-440R.............140
Gusset Bracket 3.0"..............................................20-441...............111 Hinge, 40 Light Duty, Left Side.............................23-023...............142
Gusset Bracket 30/28, 80x28...............................20-101...............111 Hinge, 40 Light Duty, Right Side..........................23-021...............142
Gusset Bracket 40, 40x40....................................20-102...............111 Hinge, 40 Medium Duty .......................................23-025...............147

Catalog 1816-4/US
Topic

Hinge, 40 Steel Heavy Duty (Black)......................23-011B.............150 Lean Tools
Hinge, 40 Steel Heavy Duty (Clear)......................23-011...............150 Tracking & Communication Boards...............................70-xxx-xx..............243
Hinge, Adjustable 28.............................................23-220...............152 Day by the Hour Boards..................................................71-xxx-xx..............245
Hinge, Adjustable 40.............................................23-222...............152 Linear Roller System
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Left 1.0"......23-550L.............143 Roller System 14 HD, End Cap/Lubricating System...30-503Z6...........224
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Left 1.5"......23-551L.............144 Roller System 14 HD, Replacement Felt..............30-114Z5...........229
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Left 28/30-40..23-535L.............143 Roller System 14 HD, Single Bearing Unit Centric.....30-111...............224
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Left 40-40...23-545L.............143 Roller System 14 HD, Single Bearing Unit Eccentric...30-113...............224
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Right 1.0"...23-550R.............143 Roller System 14, Double Bearing Unit Centric.......30-102...............222
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Right 1.5"...23-551R.............144 Roller System 14, Double Bearing Unit Eccentric...30-104...............222
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Right 28/30-40....23-535R.............143 Roller System 14, End Cap/Lubricating System.....30-107...............229
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Lift Off Right 40-40.23-545R.............143 Roller System 14, Linear Shaft.............................13-513...............228
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Non-Removable 1.0".23-550...............143 Roller System 14, Replacement Felt....................30-107Z1...........229
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Non-Removable 1.5".23-551...............144 Roller System 14, Shaft Clamp............................13-114...............222
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Non-Removable 1.5" to1"....23-552...............144 Roller System 14, Single Bearing Unit Centric....30-101...............222
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Non-Removable 28/30-40...23-535...............143 Roller System 14, Single Bearing Unit Eccentric.....30-103...............222
Hinge, Medium Duty Plastic Non-Removable 40-40...23-545...............143 Roller System 6, Double Bearing Unit Centric....30-402...............220
Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Lift Off Left 28-28......23-250L.............145 Roller System 6, Double Bearing Unit Eccentric.30-404...............220
Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Lift Off Left 28-40......23-251L.............145 Roller System 6, End Cap/Lubricating System...30-407...............220
Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Lift Off Left 40-40......23-252L.............145 Roller System 6, Linear Shaft...............................13-505...............228
Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Lift Off Right 28-28...23-250R.............145 Roller System 6, Replacement Felt......................30-407Z5...........230
Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Lift Off Right 28-40...23-251R.............145 Roller System 6, Shaft Clamp..............................13-106...............229
Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Lift Off Right 40-40...23-252R.............145 Roller System 6, Single Bearing Unit Centric......30-401...............220
Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Non-Removable 28-28.23-250...............145 Roller System 6, Single Bearing Unit Eccentric..30-403...............220
Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Non-Removable 28-40.23-251...............145 Roller System Components, Bolt, 14-Centric.....30-105...............226
Hinge, Medium Duty Steel Non-Removable 40-40.....23-252...............145 Roller System Components, Bolt, 14-Eccentric..30-106...............226
Hinge, Multi-Series...............................................23-016...............153 Roller System Components, Bolt, 6-Centric.......30-006...............226
Hinge, Positioning, 120 Degree...........................23-226...............151 Roller System Components, Bolt, 6-Eccentric....30-007...............226
Joining Plates Roller System Components, Spacer Shim, LR14....30-108Z1...........226
Joining Plate 1, 1.0"..............................................20-311...............107 Roller System Components, Spacer Shim, LR14HD...30-114Z3...........226
Joining Plate 1, 1.5"..............................................20-301...............107 Roller System Components, Track Roller, Track Dia. 14..30-108...............226
Joining Plate 1, 80................................................20-108...............107 Roller System Components, Track Roller, Track Dia. 6...30-008...............226
Joining Plate 1.0", Corner....................................20-314...............108 Roller System Exciter Cam...................................31-033...............228
Joining Plate 1.0", T..............................................20-315...............108 Roller System Limit Stop - Bi-Directional............31-038...............227
Joining Plate 1.5", Corner....................................20-304...............108 Roller System Limit Stop - Single Direction........31-037...............227
Joining Plate 1.5", T..............................................20-305...............108 Roller System Proximity Switch...........................31-035...............228
Joining Plate 2, 1.0"..............................................20-312...............107 Roller System Proximity Switch Mounting Element....31-036...............228
Joining Plate 2, 1.5"..............................................20-302...............107 Roller System Tensioning Block...........................31-031...............226
Part Number
Joining Plate 2, 2.0"..............................................20-313...............107 Rubber Shock Absorber.......................................31-037Z3A........227
Joining Plate 2, 3.0"..............................................20-303...............107 Mesh Clamp
Index
Joining Plate 2, 40................................................20-111...............107 Profile Mesh Clamp..............................................12-010.................58
Joining Plate 2, 80................................................20-112...............107 Mesh Retainer
Joining Plate 28, Corner.......................................20-105...............108 Wire Mesh Retainer 20.........................................20-200...............123
Joining Plate 28, T................................................20-106...............108 Wire Mesh Retainer 40.........................................20-202...............123
Joining Plate 28-40...............................................20-104...............107 Wire Mesh Retainer Economy 40 (1/4-20)...........22-111...............124
Joining Plate 3.0", Corner....................................20-307...............108 Wire Mesh Retainer Economy 40 (M6).................22-110...............124
Joining Plate 3.0", T..............................................20-306...............108 Milling Connector
Joining Plate 40, Corner.......................................20-109...............108 Milling Connector 30.............................................28-005.................82
Joining Plate 40, T................................................20-110...............108 Milling Connector 40/1.5".....................................28-004.................82
Joining Plate 80, Corner.......................................20-113...............108 Multiblocks
Joining Plate 80, T................................................20-114...............108 Multiblock 25 CS...................................................22-117...............122
Latches Multiblock Aluminum, M5.....................................22-105...............121
Deadbolt Latch.....................................................23-160...............159 Multiblock Aluminum, M6.....................................22-106...............121
Slam Latch - Locking............................................23-155...............159 Multiblock Aluminum, M8.....................................22-108...............121
Slam Latch - Non-Locking....................................23-156...............159 Multiblock PA 1.0", 1/4-20....................................22-116...............122
Multiblock PA 30/28, M6.......................................22-103...............120

Catalog 1816-4/US

Multiblock PA 40, M6............................................22-100...............120 Profile to Wall Fastener
Multiblock PA Universal, 1/4-20...........................22-115...............120 Profile to Wall Fastener 40, M8............................20-015.................85
Multiblock, Clamp Style 30/28.............................22-113...............121
Multiblock, Clamp Style 40...................................22-112...............121 Rack Angle
Uniblock PA 20, M4...............................................22-107...............122 Profile Rack Angle no Holes.................................12-110.................65
Nuts Profile Rack Angle with Holes..............................12-109.................65
Metric Nuts............................................................24-7XX-X.............94 Rack Angle Clip Nut #10-32.................................25-075.................65
English Nuts..........................................................25-7XX-X.............94 Rack Angle Clip Nut 1/4-20..................................25-076.................65
Panel Material Rack Angle Clip Nut M5.......................................20-075.................99
Panel, 10mm TRESPA - Blue (CA Stock Only).....26-430-10..........117 Rack Angle Clip Nut M6.......................................20-076.................99
Panel, 6mm TRESPA - Black................................26-410-6............117 Rail Cart
Panel, 6mm TRESPA - Blue..................................26-430-6............117 Rail Cart, 4 Roller..................................................23-201...............134
Panel, 6mm TRESPA - Grey.................................26-420-6............117 Rail Cart, 4 Roller w/ Fastening Set.....................23-202...............134
Panel, 6mm TRESPA - White................................26-480-6............117 Rail Cart, 8 Roller..................................................23-200...............134
Panel, 8mm TRESPA - Black................................26-410-8............117 Ratchet Lever
Panel, Aluminum Veneer, 6mm, Black.................26-110-6............118 Ratchet Lever M8x16............................................23-316...............209
Panel, Aluminum Veneer, 6mm, Clear..................26-170-6............118 Ratchet Lever M8x20............................................23-320...............209
Panel, Aluminum Veneer, 6mm, White.................26-180-6............118 Ratchet Lever M8x25............................................23-325...............209
Panel, Expanded PVC, 6mm, Black.....................26-510-6............118 Ratchet Lever M8x40............................................23-340...............209
Panel, Expanded PVC, 6mm, Blue.......................26-530-6............118 Ratchet Lever M8x50............................................23-350...............209
Panel, Expanded PVC, 6mm, White.....................26-580-6............118 Ratchet Lever M8x63............................................23-363...............209
Panel, Polycarbonate 3mm, Clear........................26-790-3............117 Roller Track
Panel, Polycarbonate, Clear.................................26-790-6............117 Conv Roller Track 7/8" Dia...................................14-100...............212
Panel, Polycarbonate, Light Smoked..................26-795-6............117 Rollers
Panel, Wire Mesh .5"x.5" Black............................26-210-05..........117 Roller 40................................................................21-069...............132
Panel, Wire Mesh 1"x1" Black..............................26-210-10..........117 Roller Insert 25......................................................21-065...............133
Panel, Wire Mesh 1"x1" Yellow............................26-250-10..........117 Shoulder Bolt M5x6x25........................................800.17...............132
Panel, Wire Mesh 1.5"x1.5" Black........................26-210-15..........117 Rolling Door Guide
Panel, Wire Mesh 2"x2" Black..............................26-210-20..........117 Guide Insert Set, Metric........................................21-067...............131
Panel Retainer Guide Profile UHMW.............................................12-421.................66
Panel Retainer 20..................................................20-200P.............123 Profile Rolling Door Guide....................................12-022.................55
Panel Retainer 40..................................................20-202P.............123 Roller Insert Set, Metric........................................21-068...............131
Pivot Joint Screws
Pivot Joint 1.0"......................................................23-260...............154 Screws, Button Head (English).............................25-1XX-X.............97
Pivot Joint 1.0" with Clamp Handle.....................23-261...............154 Screws, Button Head (Metric)..............................24-1XX-X.............95
Pivot Joint 1.5"......................................................23-262...............154 Screws, Flat Head (English)..................................25-2XX-X.............97
Pivot Joint 1.5" with Clamp Handle.....................23-263...............154 Screws, Flat Head (Metric)...................................24-2XX-X.............95
Pivot Joint 30/28 (Black).......................................23-013B.............155 Screws, Set Screws w/ Hexagon Socket (English)..25-5XX-XX..........94
Pivot Joint 30/28 (Clear).......................................23-013...............154 Screws, Set Screws w/ Hexagon Socket (Metric)...24-5XX-XX..........94
Pivot Joint 30/28 with Clamp Handle (Black)......23-015B.............155 Screws, Socket Head (English)............................25-3XX-X.............97
Pivot Joint 30/28 with Clamp Handle (Clear).......23-015...............154 Screws, Socket Head (Metric)..............................24-3XX-X.............95
Pivot Joint 40 (Black)............................................23-010B.............155 Screws, T-Bolt (Metric).........................................24-4XX-X.............93
Pivot Joint 40 (Clear).............................................23-010...............154 Self Tapping Connector
Pivot Joint 40 with Clamp Handle (Black)............23-014B.............155 Self Tapping Connector 40...................................20-019.................85
Pivot Joint 40with Clamp Handle (Clear).............23-014...............154 Services
Pneumatics 45o Miter Cut up to 80x80 (3"x3")........................19-105...............232
Blank Plate 40X80.................................................21-4000Z1.........189 45o Miter Cut, 6"x1.5"..........................................19-106...............232
Blank Plate 80X80.................................................21-8000Z1.........189 Chamfer Panel Corner..........................................19-029...............233
Pneumatic Connector Plate 40x80......................21-040ZX..........188 Drill & Tap for M3 or M4........................................19-013...............233
Pneumatic Connector Plate 80x80......................21-043ZX..........188 Drill & Tap for M5, M6, M8 or M10.......................19-012...............233
Pneumatic Fastener, Butt-Fastening Set.............20-012.................84 Drill & Tap M12 or M16 (Knuckle Foot 80)...........19-014...............233
Pneumatic Fastener, Universal.............................20-011...............189 Drill 20mm x 6mm for Pneumatic Universal Fastener..19-020...............232
Pneumatic Seal 80x40..........................................21-041...............190 Drill 7mm Access Hole..........................................19-011...............233
Pneumatic Seal 80x80..........................................21-042...............190 Drill 7mm Access Hole through 160mm Side......19-025...............233
Profile Connectors Drill and Counter Bore for BHCS or SHCS..........19-004...............233
Angle Connector 40/1.5", 45o..............................27-600...............100 Drill and Counter Bore for FHCS..........................19-006...............233
Cross Connector 1.5", Double Tab......................25-027...............100 Drill and Tap M10 (Knuckle foot 80).....................19-017...............232

Catalog 1816-4/US
Topic

Drill and Tap M8 (Knuckle Foot 40)......................19-016...............232 Slide Block 40 High Cycle Single.........................30-4001HC........204
Drill hole 0.323" for 40 & 80 profiles.....................19-140...............233 Slide Block 40 Ratcheting L-Handle....................30-0011.............209
Drill through hole for Side Mounting Knuckle Foot.19-023...............233 Slide Block 40 Side Flange Extended, 120mm....30-4022.............207
Drill thru panel up to 10mm for screws................19-027...............233 Slide Block 40 Side Flange Extended, 200mm....30-4029.............207
Drill/Tap/Mill for Roller PA....................................19-103...............233 Slide Block 40 Side Flange, 160mm....................30-4028.............206
Notch Panel Corner..............................................19-030...............233 Slide Block 40 Side Flange, 80mm......................30-4021.............206
Panel cut to size....................................................19-032...............233 Slide Block 40 Star Handle...................................30-0015.............209
Saw Cut For Linear Shafts....................................19-007...............232 Slide Block 56 Double Flange, 100mm................30-5608.............201
Service for Quarter Turn Handles (22.5mm Dia)..19-018...............233 Slide Block 56 Double Flange, 50mm..................30-5601.............201
Service, Saw Cut to 160x80mm...........................19-003...............232 Slide Block 80 Double Flange, 160mm................30-8008.............205
Service, Saw Cut to 80x40mm.............................19-001...............232 Slide Block 80 Double Flange, 80mm..................30-8001.............205
Service, Saw Cut to 80x80mm.............................19-002...............232 Slide Block 80 High Cycle Double.......................30-8008HC........205
Special Miter Cut..................................................19-104...............232 Slide Block 80 High Cycle Single.........................30-8001HC........205
Special Service Cut...............................................19-031...............233 Slide Pad 1.0"x2.0" Top, Tapped..........................30-1001.............208
Step Drill for Universal Fastener 40 or 28............19-015...............232 Slide Pad 1.0"x2.0" Top, Tapped..........................30-2000.............208
Tap Profile End 5/16-18........................................19-009...............232 Slide Pad 1.0"x2.0", Tapped.................................30-1000.............208
Tap profile End M8................................................19-010...............232 Slide Pad 1.5"x3.0", High Cycle...........................30-1501.............208
Slide Blocks Slide Pad 1.5"x3.0", High Cycle...........................30-3001.............208
High Cycle Nut #10-32..........................................25-705-2............208 Slide Pad 1.5"x3.0", Tapped.................................30-1500.............208
Shim Pack 160......................................................30-812Z2...........208 Slide Pad 1.5"x3.0", Tapped.................................30-3000.............208
Shim Pack 80........................................................30-412Z2...........208 Slide Pad 28, 80mm..............................................30-2800-2..........208
Slide Block 1.0" Double Flange, 2.00".................30-1002.............200 Slide Pad 40, 80mm..............................................30-4000-2..........208
Slide Block 1.0" Double Flange, 4.00".................30-1004.............200 Slide Pad 40, 80mm High-Cycle..........................30-4000-6..........208
Slide Block 1.0" Side Flange Extended, 4.00".....30-1024.............203 Sliding Door Guide
Slide Block 1.0" Side Flange, 2.00".....................30-1012.............202 Profile Sliding Door Guide 30/28 Lower...............12-015.................56
Slide Block 1.0" Side Flange, 4.00".....................30-1014.............202 Profile Sliding Door Guide 30/28 Upper...............12-014.................56
Slide Block 1.5" Double Flange, 3.00".................30-1503.............204 Profile Sliding Door Guide 40 Lower....................12-013.................56
Slide Block 1.5" Double Flange, 6.00".................30-1506.............204 Profile Sliding Door Guide 40 Upper....................12-012.................56
Slide Block 1.5" High Cycle Double.....................30-1506HC........204 Sliding Door Guides..............................................23-054...............128
Slide Block 1.5" High Cycle Extended, Single.....30-1516HC........204 Sliding Door Set
Slide Block 1.5" High Cycle Flush, Single...........30-1513HC........296 Sliding Door Set....................................................23-065...............127
Slide Block 1.5" High Cycle Flush, Single...........30-1523HC........206 Standard Fastener
Slide Block 1.5" High Cycle Single......................30-1503HC........204 Standard Fastener 1", 1/4-20...............................25-022.................81
Slide Block 1.5" Side Flange Extended, 4.50".....30-1516.............207 Standard Fastener 1.5", 5/16-18..........................25-003.................81
Slide Block 1.5" Side Flange, 3.00".....................30-1513.............206 Standard Fastener 1.5", 5/16-18 (SS)..................25-003SS............81
Slide Block 1.5" Side Flange, 6.00".....................30-1523.............206 Standard Fastener 1.5", S End, 5/16-18..............25-014.................81
Slide Block 2.0" Double Flange, 2.00".................30-2002.............201 Standard Fastener 20, M5....................................20-021.................81
Slide Block 2.0" Double Flange, 4.00".................30-2004.............201 Standard Fastener 30/28, M8...............................20-003.................81
Part Number
Slide Block 28 Double Flange, 100mm................30-2808.............200 Standard Fastener 30/28, M8 (SS).......................20-003SS............81
Slide Block 28 Double Flange, 50mm..................30-2801.............200 Standard Fastener 30/28, S End, M8x18.............20-143.................81
Index
Slide Block 28 Ratcheting L-Handle....................30-0001.............209 Standard Fastener 40, M8....................................20-002.................81
Slide Block 28 Side Flange Extended, 140mm....30-2829.............203 Standard Fastener 40, M8 (SS)............................20-002SS............81
Slide Block 28 Side Flange Extended, 90mm......30-2822.............203 Standard Fastener 40, S End, M8........................20-144.................81
Slide Block 28 Side Flange, 100mm....................30-2828.............202 T-Nut
Slide Block 28 Side Flange, 50mm......................30-2821.............202 Double Economy 1.5", 5/16-18, 0.5"....................25-046.................92
Slide Block 28 Star Handle...................................30-0005.............209 Double Economy 1.5", 5/16-18, 0.88"..................25-047.................92
Slide Block 3.0" Double Flange, 3.00".................30-3003.............205 Double Economy 1.5", 5/16-18, 1.0"....................25-048.................92
Slide Block 3.0" Double Flange, 6.00".................30-3006.............205 Double Standard 1.5", 5/16-18, 1.5"....................25-041.................89
Slide Block 3.0" High Cycle Double.....................30-3006HC........205 Double Standard 30/40, M8, 24mm.....................20-049.................89
Slide Block 3.0" High Cycle Single......................30-3003HC........205 Double Standard 30/40, M8, 40mm.....................20-050.................89
Slide Block 40 Double Flange, 160mm................30-4008.............204 Economy Compression Spring, M6.....................24-719-6..............91
Slide Block 40 Double Flange, 80mm..................30-4001.............204 Economy Compression Spring, M8.....................24-719-8..............91
Slide Block 40 High Cycle Double.......................30-4008HC........204 Economy Offset 1.5", #8-32.................................25-045.................91
Slide Block 40 High Cycle Extended, Double......30-4029HC........207 Economy Offset 30/28, 1/4-20.............................20-193.................91
Slide Block 40 High Cycle Extended, Single.......30-4022HC........207 Economy Offset 30/28, M6...................................20-190.................91
Slide Block 40 High Cycle Flush, Double............30-4028HC........206 Economy Offset 40, 5/16-18.................................20-182.................91
Slide Block 40 High Cycle Flush, Single..............30-4021HC........206 Economy Offset 40, M8........................................20-181.................91

Catalog 1816-4/US

Economy Standard 1.5", #10-32..........................20-088.................91 Wrench with T-Handle, Hex 5...............................40-012...............240
Economy Standard 20, #10-24.............................20-086.................91 Wrench, Ball Headed 1/4"....................................40-048...............240
Economy Standard 20, M5...................................20-085.................91 Wrench, Ball Headed 3/16"..................................40-047...............240
Economy Standard 30/28, 1/4-20........................20-093.................91 Wrench, Ball Headed Hex 5..................................40-013...............240
Economy Standard 30/28, 5/16-18......................20-092.................91 Wrench, Ball Headed Hex 6..................................40-022...............240
Economy Standard 30/28, M6..............................20-090.................91 UHMW Slides
Economy Standard 30/28, M6 (SS)......................20-090SS............91 Slide Bar UHMW...................................................12-400.................66
Economy Standard 30/28, M8..............................20-091.................91 Slide Bar UHMW 40X10.......................................12-420.................66
Economy Standard 40, 1/4-20..............................20-083.................91 Slide Bar UHMW 28/30X8.....................................12-430.................66
Economy Standard 40, 5/16-18............................20-082.................91 Slide Strip UHMW.................................................12-410.................66
Economy Standard 40, M6...................................20-080.................91 Universal Fastener
Economy Standard 40, M8...................................20-081.................91 Universal Fastener 1.0", 1/4-20............................25-023.................83
Heavy Duty Double 1.5", 1/4-20, 1.0"..................25-052.................90 Universal Fastener 1.5", 5/16-18..........................25-004.................83
Heavy Duty Double 1.5", 5/16-18, 1.5"................25-053.................90 Universal Fastener 28 to 40 M6............................20-011...............189
Heavy Duty Double 40, M8...................................20-063.................85 Universal Fastener 28 Zinc Casting.....................20-005Z1.............83
Heavy Duty Retainer Spring.................................20-0614...............85 Universal Fastener 28, M6....................................20-005.................83
Heavy Duty Single 1.5", 1/4-20............................25-050.................90 Universal Fastener 30, M6....................................20-008.................83
Heavy Duty Single 1.5", 5/16-18..........................25-051.................90 Universal Fastener 40 Zinc Casting.....................20-004Z1.............83
Heavy Duty Single 40, M5....................................20-067.................90 Universal Fastener 40, M8....................................20-004.................83
Heavy Duty Single 40, M6....................................20-060.................90 Washers
Heavy Duty Single 40, M8....................................20-064.................90 Washers (English)..................................................25-7XX-X.............94
Self Aligning 28/30/40, M5....................................20-065.................89 Washers (Metric)...................................................24-7XX-X.............94
Self Aligning 28/30/40, M6....................................20-066.................89 Workstations
Self Aligning 28/30/40, M8....................................20-068.................89 Drawer 13.5" H......................................................22-122...............193
Standard 20, M4....................................................20-044.................88 Drawer 6.75" H......................................................22-121...............193
Standard 20, M5....................................................20-045.................88 Parts Bin Mounting Bracket, Angled...................22-128Z3...........192
Standard 28, 1/4-20..............................................25-055.................88 Parts Bin Mounting Bracket, Flat.........................22-128Z2...........192
Standard 28, 5/16-18............................................25-057.................88 Parts Bin, Polypropylene......................................22-126...............192
Standard 28, M6....................................................20-055.................88 Parts Bin, Polypropylene......................................22-127...............192
Standard 28, M8....................................................20-057.................88 Parts Bin, Polypropylene......................................22-128...............192
Standard 30/40, M4..............................................20-051.................88 Parts Bin, Polypropylene......................................22-129...............192
Standard 30/40, M5..............................................20-052.................88 Tool Runner, Straight............................................22-136...............193
Standard 30/40, M6..............................................20-056.................88 Workstation Lift System Mounting Plate 50-703.....50-704...............194
Standard 30/40, M6 (SS).......................................20-056SS............88 Workstation Lift System Mounting Plate 50-700.....50-705...............195
Standard 30/40, M8..............................................20-058.................88 Workstation Lift System, 2 Cylinder.....................50-702...............194
Standard 30/40, M8 (SS).......................................20-058SS............88 Workstation Lift System, 4 Cylinder.....................50-700...............195
Standard, 1.0", #10-32..........................................25-030.................88 Workstation Lift System, Telescopic Guide.........50-703...............194
Standard, 1.0", 1/4-20...........................................25-031.................88 Z-Nut
Standard, 30/40, #10-32.......................................25-009.................88 Z-Nut 30/28, M3....................................................20-036.................92
Standard, 30/40, 1/4-20........................................25-001.................88 Z-Nut 30/28, M4....................................................20-037.................92
Standard, 30/40, 5/16-18......................................25-002.................88 Z-Nut 30/28, M5....................................................20-038.................92
T-Slot Bar 40, Heavy Duty.....................................20-062.................85 Z-Nut 40, M3.........................................................20-033.................92
T-Slot Bar 40/30 Standard....................................20-059.................85 Z-Nut 40, M4.........................................................20-034.................92
Tooling/Jigs Z-Nut 40, M5.........................................................20-035.................92
Drill Bit 6.8mm.......................................................40-018...............240
Drilling Jig 28, Standard Connection...................40-027...............238
Spanner Wrench, Fixed, LR14..............................40-032-14..........241
Spanner Wrench, Pin Socket for LR14................40-029...............241
Step Drill 7x20 with 3 Flats...................................40-024...............239
Step Drill 7x20, #2 Morse Taper...........................40-023...............239
Step Drill 9x15.......................................................40-025...............239
Tap 5/16-18...........................................................40-516...............240
Tap M8x1.25..........................................................40-016...............240
Wrench with T-Handle, 1/4"..................................40-046...............240
Wrench with T-Handle, 3/16"................................40-044...............240

Catalog 1816-4/US
Part Number
Index

Offer of Sale
The items described in this document and other documents or descriptions provided by Parker, its subsidiaries and its authorized distributors are hereby
offered for sale at prices to be established by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized distributors. This offer and its acceptance by
any customer (“Buyer”) shall be governed by all of the following Terms and Conditions. Buyer’s order for any such item, when communicated to Parker, its
subsidiary or an authorized distributor (“Seller”) verbally or in writing, shall constitute acceptance of this offer.
1. Terms and Conditions of Sale: All descriptions, quotations, proposals, and not withstanding any charges paid by Buyer. Unless otherwise agreed,
offers acknowledgments, acceptances and sales of Seller’s products are Seller shall have the right to alter, discard or otherwise dispose of any special
subject to and shall be governed exclusively by the terms and conditions tooling or other property in its sole discretion at any time.
stated herein. Buyer’s acceptance of any offer to sell is limited to these terms 8. Buyer’s Property: Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings
and conditions. Any terms or conditions in addition to, or inconsistent with confidential information or equipment furnished by Buyer, or any other items
those stated herein, proposed by Buyer in any acceptance of an offer by which become Buyer’s property, may be considered obsolete and may be
Seller, are hereby objected to. No such additional, different or inconsistent destroyed by Seller after two (2) consecutive years have elapsed without Buyer
terms and conditions shall become part of the contract between, Buyer and placing an order for the items which are manufactured using such property.
Seller unless expressly accepted in writing by Seller. Seller’s acceptance of Seller shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to such property while
any offer to purchase by Buyer is expressly conditional upon Buyer’s assent it is in Seller’s possession or control.
to all the terms and conditions stated herein, including any terms in addition
to, or inconsistent with those contained in Buyer’s offer. Acceptance of Seller’s 9. Taxes: Unless otherwise indicated on the face hereof, all prices and charges
products shall in all events constitute such assent. are exclusive of excise, sales, use, property, occupational or like taxes which
may be imposed by any taxing authority upon the manufacture, sale or delivery
2. Payment: Payment shall be made by Buyer net 30 days from the date of of the items sold hereunder. If any such taxes must be paid by Seller or if Seller
delivery of the items purchased hereunder. Amounts not timely paid shall bear is liable for the collection of such tax, the amount thereof shall be in addition
interest at the maximum rate permitted by law for each month or portion thereof to the amounts for the items sold. Buyer agrees to pay all such taxes or to
that the Buyer is late in making payment. Any claims by Buyer for omissions or reimburse Seller therefore upon receipt of its invoice. If Buyer claims exemption
shortages in a shipment shall be waived unless Seller receives notice thereof from any sales, use or other tax imposed by any taxing authority, Buyer shall
within 30 days after Buyer’s receipt of the shipment. save Seller harmless from and against any such tax, together with any interest
or penalties thereon which may be assessed if the items are held to be taxable.
3. Delivery: Unless otherwise provided on the face hereof, delivery shall be
made F.O.B. Seller’s plant. Regardless of the method of delivery, however, 10. Indemnity For Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights: Seller shall
risk of loss shall pass to Buyer upon Seller’s delivery to a carrier. Any delivery have no liability for infringement of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade
dates shown are approximate only and Seller shall have no liability for any dress, trade secrets or similar rights except as provided in this Part 10. Seller
delays in delivery. will defend and indemnify Buyer against allegations of infringement of U.S.
patents, U.S. trademarks, copyrights, trade dress and trade secrets (hereinafter
4. Warranty: Seller warrants that the items sold hereunder shall be free from ‘Intellectual Property Rights’). Seller will defend at its expense and will pay the
defects in material or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of cost of any settlement or damages awarded in an action brought against Buyer
shipment from Parker. THIS WARRANTY COMPRISES THE SOLE AND ENTIRE based on an allegation that an item sold pursuant to this contract infringes the
WARRANTY PERTAINING TO ITEMS PROVIDED HEREUNDER. SELLER Intellectual Property Rights of a third party. Seller’s obligation to defend and
MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, GUARANTEE, OR REPRESENTATION OF indemnify Buyer is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller within ten (10) days
ANY KIND WHATSOEVER. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT after Buyer becomes aware of such allegations of infringement, and Seller
LIMITED TO, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE, WHETHER having sole control over the defense of any allegations or actions including all
EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, TRADE USAGE, negotiations for settlement or compromise. If an item sold hereunder is subject
OR COURSE OF DEALING ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. NOTWITHSTANDING to a claim that it infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party, Seller
THE FOREGOING, THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER ON ITEMS may, at its sole expense and option, procure for Buyer the right to continue using
BUILT OR ACQUIRED WHOLLY OR PARTIALLY, TO BUYER’S DESIGNS OR said item, replace or modify said item so as to make it non infringing, or offer
SPECIFICATIONS. to accept return of said item and return the purchase price less a reasonable
allowance for depreciation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall have
5. Limitation of Remedy: SELLER’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR IN ANY no liability for claims of infringement based on information provided by Buyer,
WAY CONNECTED WITH THE ITEMS SOLD OR THIS CONTRACT SHALL or directed to items delivered hereunder for which the designs are specified
BE LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE ITEMS in whole or part by Buyer, or infringements resulting from the modification,
SOLD OR REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID BY BUYER, AT combination or use in a system of any item sold hereunder. The foregoing
SELLER’S SOLE OPTION. IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR provisions of this Part 10 shall constitute Seller’s sole and exclusive liability
ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OF ANY and Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy for infringement of Intellectual Property
KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO Right. If a claim is based on information provided by Buyer or if the design for
LOST PROFITS ARISING FROM OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS an item delivered hereunder is specified in whole or in part by Buyer, Buyer
AGREEMENT OR ITEMS SOLD HEREUNDER, WHETHER ALLEGED TO shall defend and indemnify Seller for all costs, expenses or judgments resulting
ARISE FORM BREACH OF CONTRACT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, from any claim that such item infringes any patent, trademark, copyright, trade
OR IN TORT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, NEGLIGENCE, FAILURE dress, trade secret or any similar right.
TO WARN OR STRICT LIABILITY.
11. Force Majeure: Seller does not assume the risk of and shall not be liable for
6. Changes, Reschedules and Cancellations: Buyers may request to modify delay or failure to perform any of Seller’s obligations by reason of circumstances
the designs or specifications for the items sold hereunder as well as the beyond the reasonable control of Seller (hereinafter ‘Events of Force Majeure’).
quantities and delivery dates thereof, or may request to cancel all or part of this Events of Force Majeure shall include without limitation, accidents, acts of God,
order, however, no such requested modification or cancellation shall become strikes or labor disputes, acts, laws, rules or regulations of any government
part of the contract between Buyer and Seller unless accepted by Seller in or government agency, fires, floods, delays or failures in delivery of carriers or
a written amendment to this Agreement. Acceptance of any such requested suppliers, shortages of materials and any other cause beyond Seller’s control.
modification of cancellation shall be at Seller’s discretion, and shall be upon
such terms and conditions as Seller may require. 12. Entire Agreement/Governing Law: The terms and conditions set forth
herein, together with any amendments, modifications and any different terms
7. Special Tooling: A tooling charge may be imposed for any special tooling, or conditions expressly accepted by Seller in writing, shall constitute the
including without limitation, dies, fixtures, molds and patterns, acquired to entire Agreement concerning the items sold, and there are no oral or other
manufacture items sold pursuant to this contract. Such special tooling shall representations or agreements which pertain thereto. This Agreement shall
be and remain Seller’s property notwithstanding payment of any charges by be governed in all respects by the law of the State of Ohio. No actions arising
Buyer. In no event will Buyer acquire any interest in apparatus belonging to out of the sale of the items sold hereunder of this Agreement may be brought
Seller which is utilized in the manufacture of the items sold hereunder, even if by either party more than two (2) years after the cause of action accrues.
such apparatus has been specially converted or adapted for such manufacture
! WARNING
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN
CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or system op-
tions for further investigation by users having technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application and review the informa-
tion concerning the product or system in the current product catalog. Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or
systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring
that all performance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to change by
Parker Hannifin Corporation and its subsidiaries at any time without notice.

Other Products from Parker...
Electromechanical Solutions
HMI and Controllers Electric Actuators Motors and Drives Gearheads
Parker’s family of
Superior integration and Screw, belt-driven, and Parker offers a full line
innovative servo/stepper
support for machine linear motor actuators of in-line and right angle
motors and drives
control as well as HMI for the complete range of planetary gearheads,
continues to expand to
hardware and software. industrial applications, multi-drive NEMA
meet the challenges of
www.parkermotion.com/globalpac offering precise motion new technologies. gearheads, and integral
Or go to: and flexibility. gearmotors.
www.parkermotion.com/ipa
www.parkermotion.com/hmi www.parkermotion.com/eth www.parker.com/gearheads
Or go to:
www.parkermotion.com/motor
Pneumatic Solutions
Linear Actuator Rotary Actuators Vacuum Products and Grippers
Sensors
Aluminum and steel

Industry leader in the
pneumatic cylinders, Parallel, angular, and
design and manufacture Vacuum solutions
guided cylinders, rodless three jaw grippers are
of pneumatic rack and include a broad range of
cylinders, and short available in over 1,000
pinion, and vane-style generators (integrated/
stroke thrusters from the configurations.
rotary actuators. inline), cups, and
industry leader.
www.parker.com/pneu/rotary pressure sensors. www.parker.com/pneu/grippers
www.parker.com/pneu/linear
www.parker.com/pneu/vacsen
Airline Accessories Air Control Valves Air Preparation Connectors and Tubing
Valve technology Parker, the industry

Airline accessories that meets the most leader in air preparation, The most complete
include silencers, flow demanding requirements offers a complete line line of fluid connectors
controls, and mufflers in any industrial of products to ensure worldwide will
to round out Parker’s application. clean, dry, oil-free air. meet virtually any
pneumatic solution. www.parker.com/pneu/valve www.parker.com/pneu/airprep automation application.
www.parker.com/pneu/accessories www.parker.com/parflex

EM Sales Offices
Australia India Thailand
Parker Hannifin (Australia) Pty Ltd. Parker Hannifin India Pvt. Ltd Parker Hannifin (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
9 Carrington Road Automation Group-SSD Drives Div. 1265 Rama 9 Road
Castle Hill NSW 2154 133 & 151 Developed Plots Estate Suanluang, Bangkok 10250
Australia Perungudi, Chennai 600 096 Thailand
Tel: +61 (0) 2 9634-7777 Tel: 044-4391-0799 Tel: (66) 2 186 7000
Fax: +61 (0) 2 9634 3749 Fax: 044-4391-0700 Fax: (66) 2 374 1645
Brazil Italy UK
Parker Hannifin Ind. Com Ltda. Parker Hannifin SpA Parker Hannifin Ltd.
Av. Lucas Nogueira Garcez 2181 Via Gounod 1 Tachbrook Park Drive
Esperança 20092 Cinsello Balsamo Tachbrook Park
12325-900 Jacareí, SP Milano, Italy Warwick CV34 6TU
Tel: 12 3954 5100 Tel: +39 02 361081 Tel: +44 (0) 1926 317970
Fax: 12 3954 5262 Fax: +39 02 36108400 Fax: +44 (0) 1926 317980
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]
USA
Canada Korea Parker Hannifin
Parker Hannifin (Canada) Inc. Parker Hannifin Korea Electromechanical & Drives Division
160 Chisholm Dr 9th Floor KAMCO Yangjae Tower Headquarters
Milton, Ontario  L9T 3G9 949-3 Dogok 1-dong Gangnam-gu 9225 Forsyth Dr.
Tel: 905-693-3000 Seoul 135-860, Korea Charlotte, NC 28273
Fax: 905-876-1958 Tel:   82-2-559-0454 Tel: 704-588-3246
Email: [email protected] Fax: 82-2-556-8187 Email: [email protected]
China Mexico
Parker Hannifin Motion & Control Parker Hannifin de Mexico
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd Eje uno Norte No.100
280 Yunqiao Rd. Jin Qiao Export Parque Industrial Toluca 2000
Processing Zone Toluca, CP 50100 México
Shanghai 201206, China Tel: 52-722-275-4200
Tel: (86-21) 50312525 Fax: 52-722-279-0316
Fax: (86-21) 64459717
Singapore
France Parker Hannifin Singapore Pte Ltd
Parker SSD Parvex 11, Fourth Chin Bee Road
8 avenue du Lac Singapore 619702
B.P. 249 Tel: (65) 6887 6300
F-21007 Dijon Cedex Fax: (65) 6265 5125/6261 4929
Tel: +33 (0) 3 80 42 41 40
Fax: +33 (0) 3 80 42 41 23
Taiwan
Parker Hannifin Taiwan Co., Ltd
Germany No. 40, Wuchiuan 3rd Road
Electromechanical Europe Wuku Industrial Park
Parker Hannifin GmbH & Co KG Taipei County, Taiwan 248
Robert-Bosch-Strasse 22 ROC
D-77656 Offenburg Tel: 886 2 2298 8987
Germany Fax: 886 2 2298 8982
Tel: +49 (0) 781 509 0
Fax: +49 (0) 781 509 98176
Email: [email protected]
© 2016 Parker Hannifin Corporation Print Date 02.22.16
5500 Business Park Dr. 135 Quadral Dr

Rohnert Park, CA 94928 Wadsworth, OH 44281
800.358.9068 800.358.9068
Email: [email protected] or [email protected]

IPS 2016 Catalog Links 0316

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IPS 2016 Catalog Links 0316

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

IPS 2016 Catalog Links 0316

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What products and services does Parker Hannifin offer related to T-slot aluminum framing?

What products and services does Parker Hannifin offer related to T-slot aluminum framing?

Where are Parker Hannifin's service centers and distributors located?

Where are Parker Hannifin's service centers and distributors located?

T-Slot Aluminum Framing

Parker Industrial Profile Systems

Test Station with Granite Top

Cabinets and Storage Material Handling Systems

Factory Lean Solutions Machine Bases and Frames

2 Parker Hannifin Corporation • Electromechanical & Drives Division • www.parker.com/ips

Authorized Design Centers

Avoid paying too much for an over-engineered solution,

T-Slot Aluminum Framing • Wadsworth, OH 800.333.4932 • Rohnert Park, CA 800.358.9068 3

4 Parker Hannifin Corporation • Electromechanical & Drives Division • www.parker.com/ips

T-Slot Aluminum Framing • Wadsworth, OH 800.333.4932 • Rohnert Park, CA 800.358.9068 5

to Work for You

6 Parker Hannifin Corporation • Electromechanical & Drives Division • www.parker.com/ips

With the Parker IPS redesign, the customer was

T-Slot Aluminum Framing • Wadsworth, OH 800.333.4932 • Rohnert Park, CA 800.358.9068 7

Fasteners • Miter Connectors

• Panels & Wire Mesh

• Slide Blocks Linear

Lean, Services, Tips, & Tools • Tools

• Part Number Index

Index / Offer of Sale • Catalog Index by Topic

T-Slot Aluminum Framing • Wadsworth, OH 800.333.4932 • Rohnert Park, CA 800.358.9068 9

Section 1 – Profiles & Accessories

40 Series 30 Series 28 Series 20 Series 1.5" Series

Fasteners Miter Connectors T-Nuts T-Slot Bars Anodize Breaker

Bolts, Nuts, Washers Screws Clips T-Clips/Cable Holders

10 Parker Hannifin Corporation • Electromechanical & Drives Division • www.parker.com/ips

Section 3 – Brackets, Gussets, & Plates

Tips, & Tools

T-Slot Aluminum Framing • Wadsworth, OH 800.333.4932 • Rohnert Park, CA 800.358.9068 11

Section 5 – Handles, Hinges, & Latches

Deadbolt Slam Latch Door Catches Ball Plungers Door Stops

Section 6 – Feet & Casters

Floor Brackets Flange Feet Casters Floor Lock Base Plates

12 Parker Hannifin Corporation • Electromechanical & Drives Division • www.parker.com/ips

Section 8 – Linear Applications

Section 9 – Lean, Services, Tips, & Tools

Section 10 – Index and Offer of Sale Tips, & Tools

T-Slot Aluminum Framing • Wadsworth, OH 800.333.4932 • Rohnert Park, CA 800.358.9068 13

Product Each product page in the catalog

Catalog 1816-3/US Industrial Profile Systems

How to Assemble 28 Series Ø7 51 6.5

Technical 23-125 51 44.5 25.4 30 4.75 M5

Information optional Velcro® plate can be added to

Recommended Fastening Hardware (Order Separately) A B

Description Unit Weight Part # 23-158*

Parker Hannifin Corporation

14 Parker Hannifin Corporation • Electromechanical & Drives Division • www.parker.com/ips

• Bulk – IPS product line can be ordered as bundles of

• UPS Shipping Requirements – IPS profiles can be

• Additional machining should also be specified along with the profile

options include tapping, drilling, and counter boring. See machining

services pages in this catalog for correct part numbers. Any

additional custom machining can be done by our expert machinists

• Cut to length tolerance is +/-0.40mm[+/-0.015”].

T-Slot Aluminum Framing • Wadsworth, OH 800.333.4932 • Rohnert Park, CA 800.358.9068 15